Mazak

Return to Main Menu
Original Instructions
PARAMETER LIST
ALARM LIST
M-CODE LIST
for
QUICK TURN SMART

SERIES
MANUAL No. :
HB07HA0012E
Serial No. :
Before using this machine and equipment, fully understand the contents of this
manual to ensure proper operation. Should any questions arise, please ask the
nearest Technical Center or Technology Center.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
1. Be sure to observe the safety precautions described in this manual and the contents of the
safety plates on the machine and equipment. Failure may cause serious personal injury or
material damage. Please replace any missing safety plates as soon as possible.
2. No modifications are to be performed that will affect operation safety. If such modifications are
required, please contact the nearest Technical Center or Technology Center.
3. For the purpose of explaining the operation of the machine and equipment, some illustrations
may not include safety features such as covers, doors, etc. Before operation, make sure all
such items are in place.
4. This manual was considered complete and accurate at the time of publication, however, due to
our desire to constantly improve the quality and specification of all our products, it is subject
to change or modification. If you have any questions, please contact the nearest Technical
Center or Technology Center.
5. Always keep this manual near the machinery for immediate use.
6. If a new manual is required, please order from the nearest Technical Center or Technology
Center with the manual No. or the machine name, serial No. and manual name.
Issued by Manual Publication Section, Yamazaki Mazak Corporation, Japan
04. 2010
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Preface
Safety precautions relating to the CNC unit (in the remainder of this manual, referred to simply
as the NC unit) that is provided in this machine are explained below. Not only the persons who
create programs, but also those who operate the machine must thoroughly understand the
contents of this manual to ensure safe operation of the machine.
Read all these safety precautions, even if your NC model does not have the corresponding
functions or optional units and a part of the precautions do not apply.
Rule
1)
This section contains the precautions to be observed as to the working methods and states
usually expected. Of course, however, unexpected operations and/or unexpected working
states may take place at the user site.
During daily operation of the machine, therefore, the user must pay extra careful attention
to its own working safety as well as to observe the precautions described below.
2)
Although this manual contains as great an amount of information as it can, since it is not
rare for the user to perform the operations that overstep the manufacturer-assumed ones,
not all of what the user cannot perform or what the user must not perform can be fully
covered in this manual with all such operations taken into consideration beforehand.
It is to be understood, therefore, that functions not clearly written as executable are
inexecutable functions.
3)
The meanings of our safety precautions to DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION are as
follows:
Failure to follow these instructions could result in loss of life.
Failure to observe these instructions could result in serious harm to a human

life or body.
Failure to observe these instructions could result in minor injuries or serious

machine damage.
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
HGENPA0051E
S-1
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Basics
! After turning power on, keep hands away from the keys, buttons, or switches of the
operating panel until an initial display has been made.
WARNING
! Before proceeding to the next operations, fully check that correct data has been entered
and/or set. If the operator performs operations without being aware of data errors,
unexpected operation of the machine will result.
! Before machining workpieces, perform operational tests and make sure that the
machine operates correctly. No workpieces must be machined without confirmation of
normal operation. Closely check the accuracy of programs by executing override,
single-block, and other functions or by operating the machine at no load. Also, fully
utilize the tool path check function.
! Make sure that the appropriate feed rate and rotational speed are designated for the
particular machining requirements. Always understand that since the maximum usable
feed rate and rotational speed are determined by the specifications of the tool to be
used, those of the workpiece to be machined, and various other factors, actual
capabilities differ from the machine specifications listed in this manual. If an
inappropriate feed rate or rotational speed is designated, the workpiece or the tool may
abruptly move out from the machine.
! Before executing correction functions, fully check that the direction and amount of
correction are correct. Unexpected operation of the machine will result if a correction
function is executed without its thorough understanding.
! Parameters are set to the optimum standard machining conditions prior to shipping of
the machine from the factory. In principle, these settings should not be modified. If it
becomes absolutely necessary to modify the settings, perform modifications only after
thoroughly understanding the functions of the corresponding parameters. Modifications
usually affect any program. Unexpected operation of the machine will result if the
settings are modified without a thorough understanding.
Remarks on the Cutting Conditions Recommended by the NC

! Before using the following cutting conditions:
WARNING
Cutting conditions that are the result of the MAZATROL Automatic Cutting
Conditions Determination Function
Cutting conditions for tools that are suggested to be used by the Machining
Navigation Function
Confirm that every necessary precaution in regards to safe machine setup has been
taken especially for workpiece fixturing/clamping and tool setup.
! Confirm that the machine door is securely closed before starting machining.
Failure to confirm safe machine setup may result in serious injury or death.
S-2
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Programming
WARNING
! Fully check that the settings of the coordinate systems are correct. Even if the
designated program data is correct, errors in the system settings may cause the
machine to operate in unexpected places and the workpiece to abruptly move out from
the machine in the event of contact with the tool.
! During surface velocity hold control, as the current workpiece coordinates of the surface
velocity hold control axes approach zeroes, the spindle speed increases significantly.
For the lathe, the workpiece may even come off if the chucking force decreases. Safety
speed limits must therefore be observed when designating spindle speeds.
! Even after inch/metric system selection, the units of the programs, tool information, or
parameters that have been registered until that time are not converted. Fully check
these data units before operating the machine. If the machine is operated without
checks being performed, even existing correct programs may cause the machine to
operate differently from the way it did before.
! If a program is executed that includes the absolute data commands and relative data
commands taken in the reverse of their original meaning, totally unexpected operation
of the machine will result. Recheck the command scheme before executing programs.
! If an incorrect plane selection command is issued for a machine action such as arc
interpolation or fixed-cycle machining, the tool may collide with the workpiece or part of
the machine since the motions of the control axes assumed and those of actual ones
will be interchanged. (This precaution applies only to NC units provided with EIA/ISO
functions.)
! The mirror image, if made valid, changes subsequent machine actions significantly. Use
the mirror image function only after thoroughly understanding the above. (This
precaution applies only to NC units provided with EIA/ISO functions.)
! If machine coordinate system commands or reference position returning commands are
issued with a correction function remaining made valid, correction may become invalid
temporarily. If this is not thoroughly understood, the machine may appear as if it would
operate against the expectations of the operator. Execute the above commands only
after making the corresponding correction function invalid. (This precaution applies only
to NC units provided with EIA/ISO functions.)
! The barrier function performs interference checks based on designated tool data. Enter
the tool information that matches the tools to be actually used. Otherwise, the barrier
function will not work correctly.
S-3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
! After modifying the tool data specified in the program, be sure to perform the tool path
check function, and other functions, and confirm that the program operates properly.
The modification of tool data may cause even a field-proven machining program to
change in operational status.
If the user operates the machine without being aware of any changes in program status,
interference with the workpiece could arise from unexpected operation.
For example, if the cutting edge of the tool during the start of automatic operation is
present inside the clearance-including blank (unmachined workpiece) specified in the
common unit of the MAZATROL program, care is required since the tool will directly
move from that position to the approach point because of no obstructions being judged
to be present on this path.
For this reason, before starting automatic operation, make sure that the cutting edge of
the tool during the start of automatic operation is present outside the
clearance-including workpiece specified in the common unit of the MAZATROL
program.
CAUTION
! If axis-by-axis independent positioning is selected and simultaneously rapid feed

selected for each axis, movements to the ending point will not usually become linear.
Before using these functions, therefore, make sure that no obstructions are present on
the path.
! Before starting the machining operation, be sure to confirm all contents of the program
obtained by conversion. Imperfections in the program could lead to machine damage
and operator injury.
S-4
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operations
WARNING
! Single-block, feed hold, and override functions can be made invalid using system
variables #3003 and #3004. Execution of this means the important modification that
makes the corresponding operations invalid. Before using these variables, therefore,
give thorough notification to related persons. Also, the operator must check the settings
of the system variables before starting the above operations.
! If manual intervention during automatic operation, machine locking, the mirror image
function, or other functions are executed, the workpiece coordinate systems will usually
be shifted. When making machine restart after manual intervention, machine locking,
the mirror image function, or other functions, consider the resulting amounts of shift and
take the appropriate measures. If operation is restarted without any appropriate
measures being taken, collision with the tool or workpiece may occur.
! Use the dry run function to check the machine for normal operation at no load. Since the
feed rate at this time becomes a dry run rate different from the program-designated feed
rate, the axes may move at a feed rate higher than the programmed value.
! After operation has been stopped temporarily and insertion, deletion, updating, or other
commands executed for the active program, unexpected operation of the machine may
result if that program is restarted. No such commands should, in principle, be issued for
the active program.
! During manual operation, fully check the directions and speeds of axial movement.
CAUTION
! For a machine that requires manual homing, perform manual homing operations after
turning power on. Since the software-controlled stroke limits will remain ineffective until
manual homing is completed, the machine will not stop even if it oversteps the limit
area. As a result, serious machine damage will result.
! Do not designate an incorrect pulse multiplier when performing manual pulse handle
feed operations. If the multiplier is set to 1000 times and the handle operated
inadvertently, axial movement will become faster than that expected.
S-5
REQUEST TO THE USER
REQUEST TO THE USER

Request for Saving Data of Machining Programs
Machining programs saved in the NC unit may not be read out in the event of accidental trouble.
The user, therefore, is earnestly requested to back up and store every machining program of
importance at regular intervals onto an external memory (CF card, etc.).
For further details, see Chapter 9 DISPLAY RELATED TO DATA STORAGE provided in
the separate specifications of OPERATING NC UNIT AND PREPARATION FOR
AUTOMATIC OPERATION
Always use an initialized CF card. The location of the CF Card depends on the machine
model, as shown below.
CF card
On machines with a random ATC feature, each actual ATC operation changes the tool data (in
pocket numbers). Be sure not to run the machine after loading the externally stored data of the
TOOL DATA display without having confirmed the datas correspondence to the current tooling
on the magazine. Otherwise the machine cannot be be guaranteed to operate normally.
S-6
BEFORE USING THE NC UNIT

Limited Warranty
The warranty of the manufacturer does not cover any trouble arising if the NC unit is used for its
non-intended purpose. Take notice of this when operating the unit.
Examples of the trouble arising if the NC unit is used for its non-intended purpose are listed
below.
1)
Trouble associated with and caused by the use of any commercially available software
products (including user-created ones)
2)
Trouble associated with and caused by the use of any Operating Systems
3)
Trouble associated with and caused by the use of any commercially available computer
equipment
Operating Environment
1.
Ambient temperature
During machine operation: 0 to 50C (32 to 122F)
2.
Relative humidity
During machine operation: 10 to 75% (without bedewing)
Note:
As humidity increases, insulation deteriorates causing electrical component parts to

deteriorate quickly.
S-7
- MEMO -
S-8 E
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION .................................................................................. 1-1
PARAMETER ....................................................................................... 2-1

2-1
Outline ................................................................................................................2-1
2-1-1
Types of parameters ................................................................................................. 2-1
2-1-2
Precautions ............................................................................................................... 2-2
2-2
Parameter List ....................................................................................................2-3
2-2-1
User parameter ......................................................................................................... 2-3
2-2-2
Machine parameter ................................................................................................. 2-29
2-2-3
Data I/O parameter.................................................................................................. 2-51
2-3
Detailed Description .........................................................................................2-54
2-3-1
Structure of the parameter list ................................................................................. 2-54
2-3-2
User parameter
POINT (D) ................................................................................... 2-56
2-3-3
User parameter
LINE/FACE/3D (E) ...................................................................... 2-76
2-3-4
User parameter
EIA/ISO (F) ................................................................................. 2-86
2-3-5
User parameter
SOFT LIMIT (I).......................................................................... 2-122
2-3-6
User parameter
SYSTEM (SU)........................................................................... 2-127
2-3-7
User parameter
TURNING (TC) ......................................................................... 2-141
2-3-8
Machine parameter
CALL MACRO (J) ............................................................... 2-176
2-3-9
Machine parameter
MEASURE (K) .................................................................... 2-179
2-3-10
Machine parameter
TABLE (L) ........................................................................... 2-203
2-3-11
Machine parameter
FEED VEL. (M) ................................................................... 2-218
2-3-12
Machine parameter
TIME CONST. (N)............................................................... 2-227
2-3-13
Machine parameter
ANOTHER (S) .................................................................... 2-234
C-1
2-3-14
Machine parameter
SPINDLE (SA) .................................................................... 2-239
2-3-15
Machine parameter
BARRIER (BA).................................................................... 2-256
2-3-16
Data I/O parameter
TAPE parameter (TAP) ....................................................... 2-275
2-3-17
Data I/O parameter
OTHER (IOP/DPR/IDD) ...................................................... 2-286
2-3-18
Data I/O parameter
ETHERNET parameter ....................................................... 2-292
ALARM ................................................................................................. 3-1

3-1
Outline ................................................................................................................3-2
3-1-1
Alarm display............................................................................................................. 3-2
3-1-2
Precautions ............................................................................................................... 3-3
3-2
Detailed Description ...........................................................................................3-4
3-2-1
Structure of the alarm list .......................................................................................... 3-4
3-2-2
No.1 - No.99, No.1000 - No.1099 (System/Drive error) ............................................ 3-5
3-2-3
No.100 - No.199, No.1100 - No.1199 (CNC machine control error)........................ 3-12
3-2-4
No.200 - No.399, No.1200 - No.1399 (PLC machine control error) ........................ 3-21
3-2-5
No.400 - No.499, No.1400 - No.1499 (CNC screen operation error) ...................... 3-37
3-2-6
No.500 - No.599, No.1500 - No.1599 (I/O error) ..................................................... 3-51
3-2-7
No.600 - No.699, No.1600 - No.1699 (MAZATROL program error)........................ 3-60
3-2-8
No.700 - No.799, No.1700 - No.1799 (MAZATROL program error)........................ 3-71
3-2-9
No.800 - No.899, No.1800 - No.1899 (EIA/ISO program error) .............................. 3-81
3-2-10
No.900 - No.999, No.1900 - No.1999 (EIA/ISO program error) .............................. 3-94
M-CODE LIST....................................................................................... 4-1
C-2 E
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
This manual describes the meaning and setting of various parameters, and the meaning and
elimination procedure of various alarms used for the MAZATROL SMART System. This
document also gives the list of M-codes.
For detailed description of the MAZATROL SMART System, refer to the Operating Manual of
the machine.
Read this manual and the Operating Manual of the machine carefully in order to make the best
use of the possibilities of the MAZATROL SMART System.
1-1
INTRODUCTION
- MEMO -
1-2 E
PARAMETER
2
2-1
PARAMETER
Outline
1)
Scope of this chapter

This chapter describes the parameters you can change as required. How to read the list is
described in the beginning. Always refer to this list to change parameters.
2)
Precautions on this chapter

This chapter also gives parameters relating to optional functions. Accordingly, the list
includes parameters which cannot be changed. Check the type of machine purchased by
you and its specifications before you read the list.
Note 1: The contents of this list are subjected to change without notice, for NC unit or machine
improvement.
Note 2: Any questions about the contents of this list should be communicated to Mazak
Technical Center or Technology Center.
2-1-1
Types of parameters
Parameters, which refer to constants specific to the NC machines and equipment and the data
necessary for cutting operations, possess a very important meaning.
Parameters can be broadly divided into the following three types according to their meaning.
User parameters
The data required for machining and EIA/ISO programmed machining, is registered.
The USER PARAMETER display is used to register the user parameters.
Machine parameters
Constants related to the servomotors and spindle motors, machine status data etc. are
registered. The MACHINE PARAMETER display is used to register the machine
parameters.
Data I/O parameters

The data required for connection to external units such as a tape unit, is registered.
The DATA I/O PARAMETER display which can be selected on the DATA I/O display is
used to register the data I/O parameters.
2-1
PARAMETER
2-1-2
Precautions
1)
Details of the parameters may differ according to the machine used, the presence/absence
of an option(s), the production time of the NC machines and equipment, etc. Therefore, do
not use the parameters of other machines.
2)
The parameter list is supplied in the form of data sheets within the NC electronic cabinet at
shipment of the machines. Be careful not to lose the list.
3)
Before making changes to details of a parameter, make sure that the parameter is the one
to be changed.
4)
If details of the parameter to be changed cannot be clearly understood, contact Mazak

5)
When changing details of a parameter, maintain records of the old and new data.
6)
If the particular machine is not used for a long time, then the battery to protect the
parameter memory will run down. (Battery alarm)
In that case, errors will occur in the parameters and thus machine malfunctions may result.
To prevent this, first check the existing details of the parameters closely against the
separate parameter list and then make the necessary changes to the parameters.
7)
In addition to the parameters listed in this document, those related to PLC (Programmable
Logic Controller) are also available; refer to the OPERATING MANUAL of the machine for
details of the PLC-related parameters and the PLC Parameter List in the ELECTRIC
WIRING DIAGRAM.
2-2
PARAMETER
2-2
Parameter List
2-2-1
User parameter
1.
POINT (D)
Address
(bit)
Outline
D1
Height of the second R-point during point machining
D2
Nominal diameter of spot-machining tool
D3
Number of revolutions during dwell at hole bottom in spot-machining cycle
D4
Maximum allowable spot-chamfering hole diameter element
D5
D6
Drill-machining cycle setting element
D7
D8
Maximum diameter of holes machinable on one drill
D9
Maximum diameter of holes machinable on two drills
D10
Maximum diameter of holes machinable on three drills
D11
Through-hole/tap-prehole machining overshoot
D12
Stop-hole machining hole-bottom clearance
D13
Spot-machining hole diameter (fixed value)
D14
Depth-of-cut setting element for drilling (ALMINUM)
D15
Depth-of-cut setting element for drilling (except AL)
D16
Number of revolutions during dwell at hole bottom for chamfering cutter or spot-machining tool in
chamfering cycle
D17
Interference clearance of chamfering cutter
D18
Return feed rate for reaming or boring (cycle 3)
D19
Number of revolutions during dwell at hole bottom for end milling
D20
Radial depth-of-cut setting element for end milling
D21
Reference bottom-finishing allowance for end milling
D22
Tapping-cycle dwell time
D23
Prehole clearance for end milling
2-3
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
D24
Number of revolutions during dwell at hole bottom for boring
D25
Boring-bar tip relief
D26
Returning distance from hole bottom for boring
D27
D28
Bottom-finishing amount of boring
D29
D30
Number of incomplete threads in tapping cycle
D31
Tapper elongation amount for tapping
D32
Number of spindle revolutions until spindle CCW rotation begins in tapping cycle
D33
D34
D35
Prehole-drilling diameter setting element for reamer (drilling)
D36
Prehole-drilling diameter setting element for reamer (boring)
D37
Prehole-drilling diameter setting element for reamer (end milling)
D38
Reamer-prehole diameter setting element for boring or end milling
D39
Reamer-prehole diameter setting element for end milling
D40
D41
R-point height during point-machining
D42
Height of the third R-point during point machining
D43
Number of incomplete threads in tapping cycle for piped screw
D44
Selecting an automatic calculation method for the amount of chamfer with the tapping unit
D45
Gradual decrements in drilling depth
D46
Minimum gradual drilling depth
D47
Reamer-prehole machining overshoot
D48 - D51
D52
Reduction ratio for the G00-based relief rate during a very-deep-hole drilling cycle
D53
Number of times of pecking up to the return of the tool to a position near the starting point of the
very-deep-hole drilling cycle of a drilling or turning-drilling unit
2-4
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
D54
Deceleration rate at cutting start for very-deep-hole drilling cycle/decremental very-deep-hole

machining cycle
D55
Drilling return distance for very-deep-hole drilling cycle/decremental very-deep-hole machining cycle
D56
Number of revolutions during dwell at chip ejection position and hole bottom for very-deep-hole
drilling cycle/decremental very-deep-hole machining cycle
D57
Return speed for very-deep-hole drilling cycle/decremental very-deep-hole machining cycle
D58
Feed rate reduction distance ratio at cutting start of a very-deep-hole drilling cycle/decremental
very-deep-hole machining cycle
D59
Surface speed reduction ratio at cutting end of a very-deep-hole drilling cycle/decremental

D60
Automatic setting ratio of axial cutting feed rate during chamfering
D61 - D90
D91
D92
M04 is output/not output after the tool has dwelled at the hole bottom during a tapping cycle.
The tool dwells/does not dwell after M04 has been output at the hole bottom during a tapping cycle.
The tool dwells/does not dwell after it has been returned to the R-point during a tapping cycle.
If a drill is used in the pre-machining of the centering drill cycle, the R-point height is set to D1 or not.
If a pre-machining tool sequence is included in the same unit, the R-point height of the drill is set/not
set to D1 or D42.
The R-point height of the chamfering cutter during the cycle 2 is set to D42 or not.
The R-point height of the spot-machining tool during the chamfering cycle (cycle 2) is set to D42 or
not.
If a chamfering cutter is included in the premachining tool sequence of the same unit, the R-point
height of the reamer is set to D1 or not.
If a chamfering cutter is included in the pre-machining tool sequence of the same unit, the R-point
height of the tapping is set to D1 or not.
The position cleared radially or axially by D17 from the workpiece section concerned is subjected to
check for interference or not.
Dwell time designation for synchronous tapping in a MAZATROL program valid/invalid
D93
Unidirectional positioning for point-machining
D94
2-5
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
D95
D96
Element that determines the counterboring pattern
D97 - D104
D105
D106 - D144
2.
Handling the X-axial coordinates of non-turning TPC relay points
LINE/FACE/3D (E)
Address
(bit)
Outline
E1
Closed-pattern cutting start point and escape point setting element
E2
Cutting start point and escape point setting element (the first clearance)
E3
E4
Reference allowance of finishing in radial direction
E5
Element used to set the cutting start point and escape point (the second clearance)
E6
Reference allowance of finishing in axial direction
2-6
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
E7
Allowance of cutting start point in axial direction (the second clearance)
E8
Radial interference clearance of chamfering cutter
E9
Allowance of axial-cutting start position (the first clearance)
E10
E11
Axial interference clearance of chamfering cutter
E12 - E16
E17
Axial-cutting feed rate override
E18 - E20
E21
Wall-cutting overlap in closed figure
E22
Override value of automatic corner over-riding
E23
Effective removal allowance (upper limit) of automatic corner overriding
E24
Effective removal allowance (lower limit) of automatic corner overriding
E25
Effective angle (upper limit) of automatic corner overriding
E26
Calculation coefficient for the finishing feed of line milling
E27
Radial direction feed rate calculation reference diameter for finish cutting in line machining unit
E28
Finishing feed rate calculation reference feed rate in line machining unit
E29
Fixed value (0)
E30
An element that determines the starting point and escape point of radial cutting when CLOSED is
specified for the wall attributes at the starting point and ending point of open-pattern line machining
E31 - E94
E95
Tool-path pattern selection for line-machining unit
E96 - E103
E104
Returning position during line machining
Infeed position when a CLOSED attribute is assigned to the wall of line machining
Calculation of the ZC machining feed rate
2-7
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
E105
E106 - E144
3.
Outline
7
Selection of the surface on which to describe a line machining shape in the ZC mode
EIA/ISO (F)
Address
(bit)
Outline
F1 - F11
F12
Return amount of pecking in drill high-speed deep-hole cycle or in G73
F13
Allowance amount of rapid-feed stop in deep-hole drilling cycle or in G83/G283
F14
Rotation center of coordinates (axis of abscissa)
F15
Rotation center of coordinates (axis of ordinate)
F16
Horizontal length of coordinate rotation
F17
Vertical length of coordinate rotation
F18
Angle of coordinate rotation
F19
Maximum permissible difference in arc radius
F20
Fixed value of scaling factor
F21
Maximum inside-corner angle available with automatic corner override (G62)
F22
Deceleration area of automatic corner overriding (G62)
F23 - F26
F27
Handling of G50 (spindle speed clamp value) command at restart
F28
Threading chamfering angle
2-8
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
F29
Override value of automatic corner overriding (G62)
F30
G-code type selection
F31
F32
Operation when argument R is omitted from the maximum/minimum spindle speed setting
F33
F34
Incorporation of the MAZATROL tool length into the current position counter valid/invalid
Parts count override in the middle of automatic operation
Compensating movement for a T-code with a movement command in one block
F35
F36
F37
A subprogram call command given in a manual program (MANL PRG)
2-9
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
5
F38
F39
Plane to be used for an EIA/ISO program (called by a subprogram unit) and a manual program unit
F40
Fixed value (0)
F41
Threading termination waiting time processing
F42
Deceleration area r during Z-axis measurement
F43
Measurement area d during Z-axis measurement
F44
Measuring speed f
F45
Deceleration area r during X-axis measurement
F46
Deceleration area d during X-axis measurement
F47 - F66
Common variable name
F67
F68
F69
EIA/ISO program restart method
F70 - F78
F79
F80
Holding of memory monitor address valid/invalid
Key history function valid/invalid
Tool search method
Initial value of synchronous/asynchronous tapping during tapping tool registration
MAZATROL function valid/invalid
2-10
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
F81
F82
Outline
2
MAINTENANCE CHECK display at power on, displayed/not displayed
Third page of the MAINTENANCE CHECK display, displayed/not displayed
Destination of spare tool correction by the workpiece measurement
Program editing prohibited (in 9000s)
Program displaying prohibited (in 9000s)
Fixed value (0)
Program editing prohibited (in 8000, 9000s)
Program displaying prohibited (in 8000, 9000s)
Selection of inch/metric representation in POSITION display, TOOL DATA display, and TOOL
OFFSET display modes valid/invalid
Index tool wear correction setup during automatic operation
F83
F84
Tool offset data is taken or not into account for the POSITION counter during execution of EIA
programs
Fixed cycle (B J)
Spare tool search for EIA
Timing to validate new workpiece offset data specified with a system variable
2-11
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
F85
F86
F87
Outline
4
Machine coordinate system (G50) selection
Tape operation, Not operated until the buffer is full/Operated at a unit of EOB
Radial interference check
Fixed value (1)
Output of M250 (Spindle Speed Confirmation) before a turning feed, valid/invalid
Milling-spindle start timing for the milling unit
Single-block mode cancellation during fixed cycle invalid/valid
Common variables (#500 and on) are cleared by resetting or at the program end, invalid/valid
Local variables are cleared by resetting or at the program end, invalid/valid
2-12
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
F88
F89
Outline
7
Common variables (#100 to #199) are cleared by resetting or at the program end, invalid/valid
[For EIA conversion] Making a subprogram
[For EIA conversion] Output of tool diameter correction G-code
[For EIA conversion] Tool path modification caused by tool diameter correction
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (1)
Fixed value (0)
[For EIA conversion] G-codes for synchronous tapping: G84 or G84.2
[For EIA conversion] Output of F command
[For EIA conversion] Returning to the second zero point before tool change (output of G30)
Fixed value (0)
F90
F91
F92
In response to move command without decimal point, tool moves by 1/tool moves by 10
Coordinate system shift using a MAZATROL program, valid/invalid
Stroke inside check before movement/Stroke outside check before movement
Metric (Initial G20 is valid/invalid)/Inch
In response to move command without decimal point:
G00 interpolation/non-interpolation
G33E command is for the number of threads per inch/command is for thread cutting with precise
lead
Modal at power-on or at reset (G18 or G17/G19)
2-13
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
F93
F94
F95
Outline
1
Modal at power-on or at reset (G17 or G19)
Dwell command method
Tool-length compensation (G43 or G44) axis
Tool-diameter compensation (G41 or G42) start up/cancel type
Tool-diameter compensation (G41 or G42) interference check
Fixed-cycle hole-drilling axis
ACT-/NOSE-R in the TOOL DATA display for an EIA/ISO program, invalid/valid
Modal at power-on or at reset (G98/G99)
Feed rate during machine lock
Middle point during reference-point return
Single-block operation mode at user macro operation instruction
Fixed value (0)
Movement to hole-drilling position in fixed-cycle mode
External deceleration signal valid/invalid
Tool length offsetting during G28/G30 execution, canceled/performed
Modal at power-on or at reset (G01/G00)
Tool command method using T-codes
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (1)
Tool offset amount effectuated in an EIA/ISO program
Interrupt function using user macro instruction, valid/invalid
Handling of macroprogram interruption and call
Automatic return position to restart the program (Fixed to 1)
G00 (positioning) command feed rate for dry run
2-14
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
F96
Outline
4
Manual-pulse interrupt amount cancellation with reset key, valid/invalid
Selection of variable number for tool offset amount
F97 - F110
F111
Use/disuse of dry run during thread cutting
Use/disuse of feed hold during thread cutting
Direction of rotation of the C-axis during C-axial threading with G01.1
EIA tool command suffix valid/invalid
Tool correction amount selection for EIA/ISO programs
Execution mode selection for a fixed turning cycle
Form of single-block stop during a fixed turning cycle
F112
F113
Selection of measurement data items to be printed out

0
Counting all types of use under the same tool number for the tool life management on the TOOL
DATA display executed/not executed
Data handling on the milling tool of a group that has expired in tool life
Data handling on the turning tool of a group that has expired in tool life
Tool life management Life time
2-15
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
F114
Outline
5
Tool life management Maximum available wear offset data X
Tool life management Maximum available wear offset data Z
Selection of the maximum C-axial cutting feed rate for the inch system
Selecting a rethreading function
Output timing of a tool life alarm
Initial setting of G53.5
Judging tool life from the count of machined workpieces, valid/invalid
F115
Restart/TPS approach speed
F116
Feed rate of the threading runout X-axis
F117
F118
Feed rate of the threading runout Z-axis
F119
Runout feed rate for the inside diameter threading cycle
F120
Clamping speed for the threading cycle X-axis
F121
F122
Clamping speed for the threading cycle Z-axis
F123 - F143
F144
Fixed turning cycle T32 format/Standard format
2-16
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
7
F145 - F151
F152
Fixed value (0)
F153
Fixed value (0)
F154
Parameter for system internal setting
F155 - F160
F161
F162
F163
Setting prohibited
Shape/wear offset number separation, valid/invalid
Shape offset handling
Tool offset timing
Tool offset vector handling if reset function is executed
Shape offset handling if offset number 0 is entered
Simplified wear offset, valid/invalid
C/Z offset when a MAZATROL program is called from an EIA program
C/Z offset when an EIA program is called from a MAZATROL program
Chamfer/corner R-command address selection
Fixed hole-machining cycle return selection
6 digits in T-command for turning
Use of the M Pro scheme as the method of selecting the Length correction axis bit
MAZATROL program check for missing Z-offset, valid/invalid
Encoder polarity selection
Incorporation of wear offset data into the current position display in EIA/ISO program mode,
valid/invalid
Incorporation of wear offset data into the current position display in MAZATROL program mode,
valid/invalid
2-17
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
5
Menu on the DATA I/O display (tape), displayed/hidden
F164
F165
F166
F167
Automatic tool data setting conditions

0
High-speed synchronous tapping function, valid/invalid
X-axis movement to minus side during polar coordinate interpolation, enabled/disabled
Polar coordinate interpolation of the C-axis, in radius/diameter
C-axis indexing when EIA subprogram is called from MAZATROL program
Modal or non-modal state of Q command in deep hole drilling cycle
Behavior of automatic operation of an EIA program when Z-offset is not set.
Setting the repeat times of the end unit during tool path check, valid/invalid
Alteration of tool set value (tool length) on the TOOL DATA display in the automatic operation mode,
enabled/disabled
Selection whether the selected plane on the TRACE or TOOL PATH CHECK display is to be held
Operation conducted when the [RESTART] menu key is pressed following completion of the search
in EIA modal restarting mode.
Threading (by turning) shift angle (Q-command) unit
Handling the diameter/radius of point R during the hole-machining fixed cycle
Handling the tool measured using the G137H command
Handling the MAZATROL restart/single-process mode when operation is completed/reset
Connecting the path linearly/Alarm, if the arc internal correction value is greater than the arc radius
Wear correction direction
2-18
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
F168
4.
Outline
7
Updating the current position by a press of the reset key in manual operation mode
Holding the amount of manual handle pulse interruption
[RESTART2NONMODAL] menu function during stop of an EIA program execution invalid/valid
Correction pattern for the groove/protrusion width measurement
SOFT LIMIT (I)

Address
(bit)
Outline
I1
Shift amount of unidirectional positioning (G60)
I2
Upper (plus direction) user soft-limit
I3
Lower (minus direction) user soft-limit
I4
I5
Function for making the G0 speed variable, Variable override: Minimum value
I6
I7
Function for making the G0 speed variable, Variable control area
I8
I9
Function for making the G0 speed variable, Variable control area lower limit
I10
Function for making the G0 speed variable, Variable control area upper limit
I11
I12
Clamping value for the amount of handle interruption
I13
Execution of G28 (reference-point return)
Manual zero-point return operation
2-19
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
I14
5.
Outline
4
Removal of control axes, valid/invalid
Mirror image with respect to the machine zero point, valid/invalid
User software limits (I2, I3) valid/invalid
Tool-tip relief after spindle orientation during execution of G75, G76, G86 or point-machining
(boring), valid/invalid
Direction of tool-tip relief after spindle orientation during execution of G75, G76, G86 or
point-machining (boring)
I15 - I20
I21
Fixed point 1 specified by the user
I22
SYSTEM (SU)
Address
(bit)
Outline
SU1
Reference axis of abscissa for plane selection
SU2
Axis 1 parallel to the axis of abscissa for plane selection
SU3
Axis 2 parallel to the axis of abscissa for plane selection
SU4
Reference axis of ordinate for plane selection
SU5
Axis 1 parallel to the axis of ordinate for plane selection
SU6
Axis 2 parallel to the axis of ordinate for plane selection
SU7
Reference height axis for plane selection
SU8
Axis 1 parallel to the height axis for plane selection
SU9
Axis 2 parallel to the height axis for plane selection
SU10
Selection of tool change command output position
2-20
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
SU11
Movement of axes during approach
SU12 - SU14
SU15
Name of thrust axis for servo axis
SU16
Movement to C-axis index swivel position when Z-offset scheme is used
SU17
SU18
SU19
Selecting the method of axis movement to the tool change command output position
SU20
Coefficient for polygonal machining spindle acceleration
SU21 - SU48
SU49
Delay timer for the parts catcher
SU50
Tool turning clearance (radial value) in X-axis
SU51
Tool turning clearance in Z-axis
SU52 SU100
SU101
Return distance (radial value) in X-axis at wall during rough cutting in bar machining or in corner
machining of EIA/ISO program
SU102
Return distance in Z-axis at wall during rough cutting in bar machining or in corner machining of
EIA/ISO program
SU103
Cutting depth in the composite-type fixed cycle
SU104
Pecking return distance in grooving of EIA/ISO program
SU105
Cut depth for final cut in composite-type thread cutting cycle of EIA/ISO program (diametral value)
SU106
Minimum cut depth clamping value in composite-type thread cutting cycle G276 of EIA/ISO program
(radial value)
SU107
Safety clamp speed
SU108
Safeguarding strength
SU109
Tip mass
SU110 SU113
Tool length setting range check function - settable data range
SU114 SU152
SU153
M-code selection for tapping cycle
2-21
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
SU154
SU155
SU156
Outline
3
MAZATROL machining with C-axis clamped
MAZATROL point machining with C-axis clamped (M210)
Tool length setting range check function
Fixed value (1)
Operation at an EIA subprogram call from a MAZATROL program
Tool change command output at the start of MAZATROL programmed operation
Type of deep hole drilling cycle G83/G87
2-22
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
SU157
Outline
7
Conditions for returning to the tool change command output position in the manual program unit
(MANL PRG)
Movement to the tool rotating position for tool change command for the same TNo.
Preparatory C-axis positioning to 0 for a manual program unit (MANL PRG) with a milling tool after
a turning unit
SU158 SU168
6.
TURNING (TC)
Address
(bit)
TC1
Outline
Cut depth reduction rate for rough cutting in bar machining unit, corner machining unit, and copy
machining unit
TC2
Acceleration rate in up-going taper for rough cutting in bar machining unit
TC3
Acceleration rate in up-going wall slope (90) for rough cutting in bar machining unit
TC4
Selection of escape pattern from wall (90) in rough cutting cycle
TC5
Deceleration rate in down-going taper for rough cutting in bar machining unit
TC6
Deceleration rate in down-going wall slope (90) for rough cutting in bar machining unit
TC7
Acceleration rate on outside stock contour for rough cutting in copy machining unit
TC8
Acceleration pitch error ratio in thread cutting unit
TC9
Rough cutting residue ratio in cutting off cycle in groove cutting unit
TC10
Cut depth allowable incremental rate for rough cutting in groove cutting unit, edge machining unit
and copy machining unit
TC11
Deceleration rate at cutting start in turning-drilling unit
TC12
Deceleration rate at cutting end in turning-drilling unit
TC13
Deceleration rate at rough cutting start in bar machining unit and copy machining unit
TC14
Maximum permissible rate of increase of the initial cutting depth during roughing
2-23
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
TC15
Deceleration clearance at start of rough cutting in bar machining unit and copy machining unit
TC16
Tolerance for escape in high speed rough cutting cycle of bar machining unit
TC17
Pitch error correction during threading acceleration
TC18
Fixed value (0)
TC19
Turning-drilling cut depth calculation coefficient
TC20
Reamer return speed calculation coefficient in the turning-drilling unit
TC21
Incomplete threading portion length calculation coefficient for turning-tap tip
TC22
Turning-tapper elongation calculation coefficient
TC23
Thread height calculation coefficient for outside diameter, face/rear thread cutting (metric)
TC24
Thread height calculation coefficient for inside diameter thread cutting (metric)
TC25
Thread height calculation coefficient for outside diameter, face/rear thread cutting (inch)
TC26
Thread height calculation coefficient for inside diameter thread cutting (inch)
TC27
Recessing width for #1 to #3
TC28
Recessing depth #1 to #3
TC29
Recessing width for #4
TC30
Recessing depth for #4
TC31
TC32
TC33
TC34
TC35
TC36
TC37
Safety contour clearance Outside diameter clearance (radial value)
TC38
Safety contour clearance Inside diameter clearance (radial value)
TC39
Safety contour clearance Front clearance
TC40
Safety contour clearance Back clearance
TC41
Thread cutting clearance (radial value)
2-24
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
TC42
Groove cutting clearance (radial value) in X-axis
TC43
Groove cutting clearance in Z-axis
TC44
TC45
Amount of edge clearance after roughing in the edge-machining unit
TC46
Drilling depth decrement in turning-drilling unit
TC47
Pecking return distance in turning-drilling unit
TC48
Drilling cut depth clamp value in turning-drilling unit
TC49
Spindle speed clamp value in cutting off cycle
TC50
Number of times that the feed rate is to be reduced during the #4 and #5 cutting-off cycles of a
grooving unit
TC51
Dwell at the hole bottom during non-through hole drilling cycle of the turning-drilling unit
TC52
Dwell (specification of spindle rotation number) at groove bottom in groove cutting unit
TC53
Feed rate for escape by short distance
TC54
Cut depth per cycle for machining inside diameter in bar machining unit
TC55
Reverse feed tolerance for contour machining
TC56
Overtravelling in X-axis direction in edge machining unit
TC57 - TC64
TC65
Specification of first M-code for parts catcher control
TC66
TC67
Return distance (radial value) in X-axis at wall during rough cutting in bar cutting unit, in corner
machining unit of MAZATROL programs
TC68
Return distance in Z-axis at wall during rough cutting in bar cutting unit, in corner machining unit of
MAZATROL programs
TC69
Number of revolutions during dwell for pecking of grooving
TC70
TC71
Feed stopping rotation dwell time during the chip cutting cycle
TC72
Number of times of roughing in the composite-type fixed cycle (G73)
TC73
Return speed at pecking portion in groove cutting unit and turning-drilling unit
TC74
Pecking return distance in groove cutting unit of MAZATROL programs
TC75
Overlap distance for machining wide groove in groove cutting unit
2-25
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
TC76
Escape value after machining in edge machining unit
TC77
Acceleration distance clamp value for thread cutting unit
TC78
Cut depth (radial value) for final cut in thread cutting unit of MAZATROL programs
TC79
Minimum cut depth clamping value (radial value) in thread cutting unit of MAZATROL programs
TC80
Angle of the tool nose during the G76 mode
TC81
Final finishing repeat times in the composite-type fixed cycle (G76)
TC82
Chamfering data calculation coefficient in thread cutting unit and thread cutting cycle (G76/G92)
TC83
Number of cutting operations to be performed on finishing allowance corresponding to standard

pattern (#0) of threading unit
TC84
Feed rate to be auto-set for finishing
TC85 - TC94
TC95
Fixed value
TC96
Fixed value
TC97 TC106
TC107
Inside diameter overshoot in material longitudinal direction
TC108 TC116
TC117
Composite-type fixed cycle G273 amount of X-axial release
TC118
Composite-type fixed cycle G273 amount of Z-axial release
TC119 TC140
TC141
TC142
Use/disuse of acceleration in up-going slope during rough cutting cycle in bar machining unit
Use/disuse of deceleration in down-going slope during rough cutting cycle in bar machining unit
Selection between use/disuse of acceleration distance check at start of thread cutting unit
Selection between start position shift/start angle shift for thread number offset in thread cutting unit
Selecting an angle margin for nose shape compensation
Selecting an angle margin for nose shape compensation
CHUCK JAW DATA display name/code selection
Fixed value (0)
2-26
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
1
Selecting an inter-unit relief path when a succession of I.D. turning units using the same tool exist
and there is no movement to the rotating position of the tool
Selection of the jaw data reference method
TC143
TC144
TC145
TC146
Automatic selection of the relief path for the continuous I.D. machining
Automatic output of spindle rotation command when turning tool is used in the manual program unit
Relief path G00/G01 selection for edging
Fixed value (1)
Handling of the G04 command in the manual program unit
Operation by cutting-feed override 0 in G31 command mode
Selection of a calculation method for tail barrier end reference
Output of maximum spindle speed command specified in the common unit
Operation of the path inversed with respect to the traveling direction of the tip (only for copy
machining)
Selection of the turning spindle rotation timing when the relay point for the turning approach is
specified
X-axis command in the manual program unit
Tool path when the infeed angle or the relief angle is 0 or less
2-27
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
TC147
TC148 TC154
Outline
3
M8 automatic settings of a single process
Whether or not to modify the numeric positional indication with respect to the workpiece coordinate
system according to the tool offset setting in the TPC data
Modal condition about diameter/radius value input for the unit succeeding a manual program or
subprogram unit
Tool nose position of an inside-turning grooving tool for machining on the back side
Z-axial withdrawal after M-code unit execution
2-28
PARAMETER
2-2-2
Machine parameter
1.
CALL MACRO (J)

Address
(bit)
2.
Outline
J1 - J40
G-code macroprogram call
J41 - J80
M-code macroprogram call (J44, J48, J52, J56, J60: Parameter for system internal setting
Setting prohibited)
J81 - J88
J89 - J107
J108 - J144
Setting prohibited
MEASURE (K)
Address
(bit)
Outline
K1 - K6
K7
Unbalanced axis
K8
K9
K10
Fixed value (0)
K11
Selection of language to be displayed
K12
Fixed value (0)
K13
Measurement skip feed rate (X-axis, Z-axis)
K14
Measurement approach speed (X-axis, Z-axis)
K15
Measurement skip speed (C-axis)
K16
Measurement approach speed (C-axis)
K17
Specification of measuring tolerance (lower limit) [valid only for L106 bit 6 = 1]
K18
Specification of measuring tolerance (upper limit) [valid only for L106 bit 6 = 1]
K19
Measurement stroke for workpiece measurement
K20
Measurement stroke for tool nose measurement
K21
Coefficient to determine rotation angle when retrying measurement C reference face
K22
Measurement retry frequency when retrying reference face C measurement
2-29
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
K23
Retry frequency for workpiece measurement
K24 - K28
K29 - K35
K36
K37
External deceleration speed
K38
Work number called during S-code macroprogram appointment
K39
Work number called during T-code macroprogram appointment
K40
Work number called during second auxiliary function macroprogram appointment
K41
G31 skipping speed
K42
G31.1 skipping speed
K43
K44
K45
K46
Excessive pressing error spread (Amount of drooping)
K47
K48
Spindle FB alarm detection method
K49
K50
K51
M-code during workpiece measurement retry operation
K52
K53 - K55
K56
Name of second auxiliary function
K57
Type of S-code macroprogram appointment call
K58
Type of T-code macroprogram appointment call
K59
Type of second auxiliary function macroprogram appointment call
K60
Fixed value (4)
K61
Fixed value (1)
2-30
Setting prohibited
Setting prohibited
Setting prohibited
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
K62
Fixed value (1)
K63
Fixed value (1)
K64
Fixed value (2)
K65
Fixed value (1)
K66
Fixed value (1)
K67
Fixed value (1)
K68
K69
G31.1 skip conditions
K70
K71
K72
K73
G4 skip conditions
K74
Emergency stop contactor cutoff time (Safety supervisory function)
K75
Contactor control output device 1 (Safety supervisory function)
K76
Contactor control output device 2 (Safety supervisory function)
K77
Door switch input device (Safety supervisory function)
K78
Number of door switches (Safety supervisory function)
K79
Supervisory speed filtering time during servo-off (Safety supervisory function)
K80 - K84
K85
Special linear acceleration/deceleration time constant for threading
K86
K87 - K89
K90
Return override during synchronous tapping
K91
Alternative M-code for M96
K92
K93
Fixed value (2)
K94
2-31
Setting prohibited
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
K95
K96
Outline
0
Fixed value (0)
Tool position compensation during T-command execution, performed/not performed
Coordinate system update during handle pulse interrupt, performed/not performed
Fixed value (0)
Acceleration/deceleration time constant for handle pulse feed
Software limits for G30 execution valid/invalid
In-position check valid/invalid
G0 command in-position check valid/invalid
Timing of manual free feed finish signal
Fixed value (0)
Axis/Cutting interlock alarm display, valid/invalid
Suppression of lost motion in modes other than the G1 command mode, valid/invalid
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
Fixed G0 inclination
K97 - K101
K102
K103
Compensation method for the sensing tools eccentricity and stylus radius in workpiece
measurement and coordinate measurement, M Pro compatible /MATRIX scheme.
Z-axis direction for setting the TPC relay points of a measurement unit
Selection of setup data (jaw data and tailstock position) to be used in EIA/ISO programs
Setting the direction of rotation for milling tools mounted on the turret
2-32
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
K104
K105
K106
Outline
2
Fixed value
DDB micron unit
Thermal displacement compensation interval
Output of S-code and T-code at restart
Whether FIXED PT can be selected at RETURN of the end unit of the MAZATROL program
Rapid feed command when cutting feed override is set to 0%, operation is executed/alarm state
Feed rate for an approach to the starting point in EIA modal restarting mode
Specification of incremental axis radius value
Fixed value (1)
S-code macro call invalid/valid
T-code macro call invalid/valid
Second auxiliary function macro call invalid/valid
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
Input in millimeter/inch
Execution conditions for user macroprogram interrupt
Start timing for user macroprogram interrupt
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value
Fixed value (0)
2-33
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
K107
3.
Outline
5
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
Deceleration for arc valid/invalid
Fixed value (0)
K108
Permissible error range for synchronous control
K109
K110
K111
Clamping speed in safety supervisory mode 3
K112 - K144
TABLE (L)
Address
(bit)
Outline
L1
Stylus eccentricity of touch sensor (X-component)
L2
Stylus eccentricity of touch sensor (Y-component)
L3
Radius of stylus ball of touch sensor (X-component)
L4
Radius of stylus ball of touch sensor (Y-component)
L5
L6
Tool-breakage judgment distance for TBR function
L7
Tool-breakage restoration mode for TBR function (for M35 external tool breakage detection)
L8
Skipping stroke limit for MMS
L9 - L15
2-34
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
L16
L17
L18
Presence/absence of tailstock
L19 - L21
L22
Data of the tool nose measurement sensor, Sensor width along the X-axis
L23
Data of the tool nose measurement sensor, Sensor width along the Z-axis
L24
Tool nose measurement sensor reference position, X-axis
L25
Tool nose measurement sensor reference position, Z-axis
L26
L27
Timer setting for manual TOOL EYE measurement
L28
Amount of Z-axial retreat from the approach point for TOOL EYE measurement
L29
L30
L31 - L34
Use in machine manufacturer macro
L35 - L43
L44
Selection of automatic setting on/off for nose position correction of a drilling tool
L45 - L50
L51
Tool command system in MDI operation
L52 - L54
L55
Spindle load meter display type
L56
Method of measurement of coordinates by tool edge memorizing function (TEACH)
L57
Rewriting of tool data during automatic operation
L58 - L77
L78
Amount of X-axial retreat from the approach point for TOOL EYE measurement
L79
In-position width for changeover of the synchronized-tapping gain
L80
Linear to arc deceleration rate
L81 - L105
2-35
Setting prohibited
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
L106
L107
L108
L109
Outline
0
Selection of measuring equipment
Selection of whether to enable or disable the fixed amount compensation function
Non-compensation area for the tool measurement and execution timing of tool and workpiece
measurement operation
Tool path drawing
Tailstock function valid/invalid
Tailstock type
Whether tail thrust is also to be displayed in pounds (lbs)
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
Displaying the milling tool nose in the MAZATROL program of the TOOL PATH CHECK display
Software limit 4 - Interference axial direction (1st set)
Software limit 4 - Interference axial direction (2nd set)
Software limit 4 - Interference axial direction (3rd set)
2-36
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
L110
Outline
3
Software limit 4 - Interference axial direction (4th set)
Z-axis direction
L111
L112
L113
Interference check reference axis (1st set of axes)
L114
Interference check reference axis (2nd set of axes)
L115
Interference check reference axis (3rd set of axes)
L116
Interference check reference axis (4th set of axes)
L117
Interference check axis (1st set of axes)
L118
Interference check axis (2nd set of axes)
L119
Interference check axis (3rd set of axes)
L120
Interference check axis (4th set of axes)
L121
Interference clearance (1st set of axes)
L122
Interference clearance (2nd set of axes)
L123
Interference clearance (3rd set of axes)
L124
Interference clearance (4th set of axes)
2-37
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
L125 - L144
4.
FEED VEL. (M)

Address
(bit)
Outline
M1
Rapid feed rate
M2
Feed rate for initial zero-point return
M3
Cutting feed rate limit
M4
Offset of machine coordinates system
M5
Second zero-point coordinating value
M6
Third zero-point coordinating value
M7
Fourth zero-point coordinating value
M8
Maximum software limit specified by manufacturer (+ direction)
M9
Maximum software limit specified by manufacturer ( direction)
M10
Command unit
M11
Coding of address of axis
M12
Coding of incremental axis
M13
Axis name (for display)
M14
Shifting distance of the watchdog-less home position
M15
Axis name (for axis name changing)
M16
Zero-point shift amount
M17
Unit of output from MCP to servo amplifier
Direction of machine zero-point return
Error correction schema with servo on
Type of axis
Rotational direction of servo motor (for movement in (+) direction)
2-38
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
M18
M19
Outline
7
Alarm/No alarm with axis removed
Type of C-axis
Machine zero-point position
Watchdog-less axis
X-axis current position display in radius/diameter
Automatic/manual simultaneous absolute-value updating
Absolute-value detection
In-position checking method
Homing operation starting position check
Backlash scheme to be adopted for watchdog-type returning to home position
M20
M21
M22
Rapid-feed acceleration/deceleration type, Linear acceleration/deceleration
Rapid-feed acceleration/deceleration type, First-order lag
Rapid-feed acceleration/deceleration type, Second-order lag
Rapid-feed acceleration/deceleration type, Exponential acceleration/linear deceleration
Cutting-feed acceleration/deceleration type, Linear acceleration/deceleration
Cutting-feed acceleration/deceleration type. First-order lag
Cutting-feed acceleration/deceleration type, Second-order lag
Cutting-feed acceleration/deceleration type, Exponential acceleration/linear deceleration
Deceleration time constant for rapid-feed exponential acceleration/linear deceleration
2-39
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
5.
Outline
1
Type of stroke-end stop
M23 - M31
M32
Safety speed for Safety supervisory mode 2
M33
Safety speed for Safety supervisory mode 3
M34
Safety clamping speed for Safety supervisory mode 2
M35
Safety clamping speed for Safety supervisory mode 3
M36
Speed supervisory door selection
M37
Safety clamping speed reduction judgment coefficient
M38 - M44
TIME CONST. (N)

Address
(bit)
Outline
N1
Rapid-feed time constant (linear acceleration/deceleration)
N2
Cutting-feed time constant (linear acceleration/deceleration)
N3
Rapid-feed time constant (First-order lag)
N4
Time constant for post-interpolation rapid feed acceleration/deceleration filter
N5
Cutting-feed time constant (First-order lag)
N6
N7
OT time
N8
Creeping speed during initial zero-point return
N9
Amount of grid ignorance during initial zero-point return
N10
Grid spacing
2-40
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
N11
N12
Rapid-feed backlash
N13
Cutting-feed backlash
N14
N15
Width to which the machine posture change correction is to be applied
N16
Machine posture change correction value
N17
Servo amplifier channel number
N18
Servo amplifier rotary switch number
N19
Axis system number
N20
N21
Linear-type rotational axis
Rotational axis shortcut Invalid/Valid
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value
Relative polarity of control axis
N22 - N29
N30
Time constant for cutting feed (for M881)
N31
N32
N33
N34
N35
N36 - N44
2-41
PARAMETER
6.
ANOTHER (S)
Address
(bit)
7.
Outline
S1 - S4
S5
Rotational center of the table
S6
Absolute position detection parameter
S7 - S12
S13
G00 in-position width
S14
S15
Fixed value
S16
S17
Torque limit buffer reduction ratio 1
S18
S19 - S22
S23
Reference workpiece zero point
S24 - S30
S31
Specification of the machine coordinates of the floating reference point
S32 - S44
SPINDLE (SA)
Address
(bit)
Outline
SA1 - SA8
Maximum RPM of spindle in each speed range (range 1 to 8)
SA9 - SA16
Constants for calculating each gear speed of the spindle (range 1 to 8)
SA17 - SA24
Maximum RPM of spindle during tapping cycle (range 1 to 8)
SA25 - SA32
Spindle speed during gear shifting (range 1 to 8)
SA33 - SA40
Acceleration/deceleration time constant for the synchronous tapping (range 1 to 8)
SA41
Spindle orientating speed
SA42
Minimum spindle speed
SA43
Channel number for the spindle amplifier
SA44
Spindle amplifier rotary switch number
2-42
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
SA45
SA46
SA47
Outline
0
Spindle speed range changing method, in relation to switching the torque factors for auto-pecking of
the cutting load detection type
Spindle speed range changing method, in relation to switching the torque factors for auto-pecking of
the cutting load detection type 2
Homing direction for synchronous tapping
Defines the specified direction as the Z-phase detection direction
Spindle index gear correction
Direction of orientation
C-axis position control changeover type
Synchronous tapping position control changeover type
Z-phase detection direction
C-axis homing direction
Synchronous tapping command polarity
Considering/Ignoring the spindle/motor gear ratio
SA48
Encoder signal input destination
SA49
Speed attainment detection width
SA50
Spindle type
2-43
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
SA51
Number of gears on spindle
SA52
Turning spindle type
SA53
Spindle 1/4h (1/2h) rated torque for auto-pecking of the cutting load detection type
L coils
SA54
H coils
SA55
Spindle gear position 3
SA56
Spindle gear position 4
SA57
Spindle viscous friction coefficient cms for auto-pecking of the cutting load detection type
Range 1
SA58
Range 2
SA59
Range 3
SA60
Range 4
SA61
Spindle coulombic friction coefficient fms for auto-pecking of the cutting load detection type
Range 1
SA62
Range 2
SA63
Range 3
SA64
Range 4
SA65
Cutting force calculation filter for auto-pecking of the cutting load detection type
SA66
Maximum permissible speed of the rotational axis for polygonal machining
SA67 - SA86
SA87
Spindle speed operating time constant changeover revolutions 1
SA88
Spindle speed operating time constant changeover revolutions 2
SA89
Spindle speed operating time constant 1
SA90
SA91
SA92
Z-phase detection speed
SA93
Amount of synchronous tapping zero point shifting
SA94
Homing speed for synchronous tapping
SA95
Maximum revolutions in manual operation mode
SA96
Amount of orientation position shifting
2-44
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
SA97
Reduction ratio of the synchronous tapping time constant for high-speed synchronous tapping
SA98
SA99
Orientation time constant
SA100 SA113
SA114
Spindle speed supervisory mode 2 for safety supervision
SA115
Spindle speed supervisory mode 3 for safety supervision
SA116
Spindle safety clamping mode 2 for safety supervision
SA117
Spindle safety clamping mode 3 for safety supervision
SA118
Selecting the spindle door of the spindle whose speed is to be monitored
SA119
Deceleration judgment coefficient on safety speed clamping of the spindle to be supervised for
safety
SA120
PLG pulse rate for spindle index gear tooth correction
SA121
Amount of branching [1] point correction for spindle index gear tooth
SA122
SA123
SA124
SA125
SA126
SA127
SA128
SA129
#1 notch filter frequency for cutting-load detection pecking cycle
SA130
#1 notch filter depth for cutting-load detection pecking cycle
SA131
#2 notch filter frequency for cutting-load detection pecking cycle
SA132
#2 notch filter depth for cutting-load detection pecking cycle
SA133
Breakage detection torque for cutting-load detection pecking cycle
SA134
Maximum spindle orientation speed
SA135 SA137
SA138
Number of spindle gears
2-45
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
SA139
Number of motor gears
SA140
Turret indexing gear ratio
SA141 SA143
SA144
8.
Outline
Positive threading spindle rotational direction and encoder polarity
Gear conversion during spindle rotation valid
Spindle gear changeover valid
Turret indexing valid
BARRIER (BA)
Address
(bit)
Outline
BA1
Chuck outside diameter (for chuck barrier)
BA2
Chuck width (for chuck barrier)
BA3
Chuck inside diameter (for chuck barrier)
BA4
EIA program workpiece outside diameter
BA5 - BA7
BA8
Tail body outside diameter (for tail barrier)
BA9
Tail body length (for tail barrier)
BA10
Tail spindle outside diameter (for tail barrier)
BA11
Length with tail spindle at back end (for tail barrier)
BA12
Tail head outside diameter (for tail barrier)
BA13
Tail head length (for tail barrier)
BA14
Tail head taper angle (for tail barrier)
BA15
Tail head biting diameter (for tail barrier)
2-46
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
BA16
Tail barrier, tail extruding length
BA17
Tail barrier, workpiece length
BA18
Tail barrier, tail reversing position Z
BA19
Distance from the Z-axis machine zero point to the spindle edge
BA20
BA21
Jaw number for EIA program barrier
BA22
BA23
Turret outside diameter (turret type tool post)
BA24
Turret width (turret type tool post)
BA25
Turret reference position X (turret type tool post)
BA26
Turret reference position Z (turret type tool post)
BA27
Tool holder mounting position Type 1
BA28
Tool holder width in X-axis direction Type 1
BA29
Tool holder width in Z-axis direction Type 1
BA30
BA31
BA32
BA33
BA34
BA35
BA36
BA37
BA38
BA39
EIA tool barrier, tool holder mounting position
BA40
EIA tool barrier, tool holder width X
BA41
EIA tool barrier, tool holder width Z
BA42
Fixed value (1)
2-47
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
BA43
First tool number (in the 1st set of tools)
BA44
Number of tools (in the 1st set of tools)
BA45
First tool number (in the 2nd set of tools)
BA46
Number of tools (in the 2nd set of tools)
BA47
Turret type
BA48 - BA54
BA55
Turning spindle number for polygonal machining (D1)
BA56
BA57
BA58
BA59
Spindle forward rotation M-code for tapping cycle
BA60
Spindle reverse rotation M-code for tapping cycle
BA61 - BA65
BA66
Deceleration area Z
BA67
Measuring area Z
BA68
Deceleration area X
BA69
Measuring area X
BA70
Distance between the reference points on both turrets
BA71
BA72
Feed override for retracting the tap
BA73 - BA91
BA92
Central position X when viewed from machine zero point
BA93
BA94
BA95
Tool nose measurement, sensor width along the X-axis
BA96
Tool nose measurement, sensor width along the Z-axis
BA97
Tool nose measurement, X-coordinate of the sensors reference point
2-48
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
Outline
BA98
Tool nose measurement, Y-coordinate of the sensors reference point
BA99
Tool nose measurement, Z-coordinate of the sensors reference point
BA100 BA104
BA105
Adjustment FdT for servo axis thrust hold
BA106
Dead zone
BA107
Filter
BA108
Servo axis thrust hold droop
BA109 BA123
BA124
Fixed value (0)
BA125
BA126
BA127
EIA tailstock barrier, tailstock usage valid/invalid
Tailstock present/absent
EIA tool barrier, tool holder present/absent
Barrier tool nose position (EIA, automatic)
Setting of BA11 is handled as tailstock extruding length, valid/invalid
Output of spindle revolution M-code specified in same block as synchronous tapping, valid/invalid
Alarm stop when [BARRIER CANCEL] menu function is valid at the start of the automatic operation,
valid/invalid
Alarm stop when jaw Nos. are not specified at the start of the automatic operation, valid/invalid
Tool command scheme
Milling spindle orientation command (M219), output/no output
M249 command for preparing for tool change before moving the tool to the tool change position
using a MAZATROL program, no output/output
Simultaneous three-axis approach for C-axis machining after tool change
2-49
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
BA128
BA129 BA132
Outline
2
Simultaneous output of TTM6M200 and TTM6M202
NC tailstock (servo axis thrust control)
M90/M91 output for machines with turret
Whether or not to read the current settings (tailstock position) on the SET UP MANAG. display at
the beginning of the execution of each program
NC tailstock pushing direction
Method of automatic determination of the virtual nose point for a tool measuring unit
2-50
PARAMETER
2-2-3
Data I/O parameter

1.
TAPE parameter (TAP)

Address
(bit)
Outline
TAP1
Type of terminator
TAP2
Terminator code 1
TAP3
Terminator code 2
TAP4
Output of CR during ISO code punching
TAP5
DC code parity
TAP6
Feed section DC code output
TAP7
TAP8
TAP9
[ code for paper tape reader/puncher for EIA
TAP10
] code for paper tape reader/puncher for EIA
TAP11
# code for paper tape reader/puncher for EIA
TAP12
code for paper tape reader/puncher for EIA
TAP13
= code for paper tape reader/puncher for EIA
TAP14
: code for paper tape reader/puncher for EIA
TAP15
( code for paper tape reader/puncher for EIA
TAP16
) code for paper tape reader/puncher for EIA
TAP17 TAP24
TAP25
Paper tape puncher parity-V check
TAP26
Bit parameter related to paper tape reader/puncher
TAP27
Bit parameter related to program end code (M) for paper tape reader
TAP28
TAP29
Number of characters in feed section for paper tape puncher
TAP30
Number of characters in the space between O-number and program for paper tape puncher
TAP31
Number of characters in the space between programs for paper tape puncher
TAP32
2-51
PARAMETER
2.
Other (IOP/DPR/IDD)
Address
(bit)
Outline
IOP1 - IOP4
IOP5
Text output menu - Valid/Invalid
Data addition and save - Valid/Invalid
Overwriting associated with loading of the program of the same work number
IOP6 - IOP8
IOP9
Fixed value (0)
IOP10 IOP16
DPR1
Baud rate
DPR2
Stop bit
DPR3
DPR4
Data bit
DPR5 DPR7
DPR8
ISO code CR output and the output file size
DPR9
Method of handshaking
DPR10
DC code parity
DPR11
DPR12
Waiting time
DPR13
Output format
DPR14
Selection of an output destination port
DPR15
Number of characters or the number of lines in feed section
DPR16
2-52
PARAMETER
Address
(bit)
IDD1 IDD16
Outline
2-53
PARAMETER
2-3
Detailed Description
2-3-1
Structure of the parameter list

Each parameter list is written in the following format:
[1]
Classification
Address
[2]
Display title
Meaning
Description
[4]
[9]
[3]
Program type
[5]
Conditions
[6]
Unit
[7]
Setting range
[8]
[1]
Classification of parameters (USER, MACHINE or DATA I/O)
[2]
Characters displayed at the upper part of the screen
[3]
Parameter address displayed on the screen

Bit input type parameters have the bit No. shown in the parentheses below address.
Example:
Setting value for parameter

P1 (bit 0) is indicated here
Address
P1
(bit 0)
P1
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
[4]
Meaning of the parameter
[5]
Applicable program
M
: Effective only for MAZATROL programs
E
: Effective for EIA/ISO programs
M, E
: Effective for MAZATROL programs and EIA/ISO programs
2-54
PARAMETER
[6]
Conditions under which a changed parameter becomes valid
Example 1: If Immediate is specified

Immediately after the set value of the parameter is changed, the new parameter value
will become effective.
Example 2: If Power On is specified
After the following oprations are performed, the new parameter value will become
effective.
1
Change parameter setting value.

(By procedure similar to changing of ordinary data)
Press power off button on the operation panel.
Press power on button on the operation panel.
Example 3: If At I/O startup is specified

The system operates at the parameter data entered before the start of I/O. If the
parameter data is modified during I/O operation, the new data will not become valid
until the I/O operation has been completed.
Example 4: If After stop of movement is specified
When the movement of the machine is completed, the program will operate with the
new parameter value. Changing the parameter during the machine movement will not
make the new parameter value valid during the movement.
Example 5: If Next block is specified
When the next block is loaded, the program will operate with the new parameter value.
Changing the parameter while the block is being loaded will not make the new
parameter value valid in that block.
[7]
Units of data displayed
[8]
Allowable range of data (for an effective data range, refer to Description column.)
[9]
Details or meaning of the parameter
2-55
PARAMETER
2-3-2
User parameter
POINT (D)
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Height of the second R-point
Initial point
D1
Second R-point
Height of the second R-point during point

machining
D1
The height of the R-point during point machining is basically D41, however,
it is changed to D1 under the following conditions.
Tool sequence
Drill
Reamer
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
999 to 999
Conditions
Bit 6 of parameter D91 is set to 1 (D1 valid).
There is a spot drill in the pre-machining tool

sequence of the same unit.
There is a chamfering cutter in the

pre-machining tool sequence of the same
unit.
However, when a drill is included in the pre-machining tool sequence in

case of a drilling tool sequence, the height is changed to D42.
(!D42)
The nominal diameter of a spot-machining tool that is automatically set
during automatic tool development.
Example:
Nominal diameter of spot-machining tool
SNo.
TOOL
CTR-DR
NOM- No.
20.
HOLE-
HOL-DEP
10.
D2
D2
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 mm/0.1 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
Z-axis feed dwell time at the hole bottom in a spot-machining cycle. Set
this time in spindle revolutions.
When the spot-machining tool reaches the
hole bottom, the Z-axis will firstly stop
moving until the spindle makes D3
revolutions, and then return to the original
position at the rapid feed rate
Number of revolutions during dwell at hole

bottom in spot-machining cycle
D3
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 revolution
Setting range
0 to 9
(Stops at hole bottom.)
2-56
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Element used to set the maximum spot-chamfering hole diameter (d)
during automatic tool development
D2
Maximum allowable spot-chamfering hole

diameter element
D4
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
Spot-chamfering occurs if
d D2 D4.
If d > D2 D4, the chamfering

cutter is developed automatically.
Chamfering
Invalid
D5
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Element used to automatically set drill-machining cycles during automatic

tool development
Machining cycle
D6
D7
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 9
Conditions
DEPTH
D6
DIA
Drilling cycle
High-speed deep-hole
drilling cycle
D6 <
DEPTH
D7
DIA
Deep-hole drilling cycle
D7 <
DEPTH
DIA
2-57
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Element used to automatically set the number of drills which are
automatically developed according to the hole diameter of the drill unit
Maximum diameter of holes machinable on

one drill
Number of drills
developed
Conditions
DIA D8
D8
D8
< DIA D9
< DIA D10
Program type
D9
Conditions
Immediate
Alarm
D10
Unit
1 mm/0.1 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
< DIA

two drills
D9
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 mm/0.1 inch
Setting range
0 to 99

three drills
D10
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 mm/0.1 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
Element used to automatically set the hole-drilling, end milling, and boring
depths during automatic tool development of tapping, through-hole drilling,
and spot-faced tapping units.
DEPTH
D11
Through-hole/tap-prehole machining
overshoot
D11
DEPTH
D11
Example:
SNo.
TOOL
CTR-DR
NOM- No.
10.
HOLE-
HOL-DEP
10.
21.
(DEPTH + D11)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
Note:
See also parameter D30 for tapping units.
2-58
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Element used to automatically set the hole-drilling depth during automatic
tool development of stop-hole boring units.
DEPTH
Stop-hole machining hole-bottom clearance
D12
D12
Example:
SNo.
TOOL
DRILL
NOM- No.
10.
HOLE-
HOL-DEP
10.
19.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
(DEPTH tool tip compensation D12)

Note:
This parameter is invalid when the residual hole diameter is

not 0.
Hole diameter is automatically set during automatic tool development when

spot-chamfering is not to be performed.
D13
Spot-machining hole diameter
(fixed value)
D13
Example:
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 mm/0.1 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
D13
SNo.
TOOL
CTR-DR
NOM- No.
20.
HOLE-
HOL-DEP
10.
Element used to automatically set the depth-of-cut per drilling operation

during automatic tool development
Depth-of-cut setting element for drilling
(ALMINUM)
D14
HOLE- D14: when the material of the stock workpiece is AL

(aluminum) in article MAT. 6
HOLE- D15: when the material of the stock workpiece is other than
AL in article MAT. 6
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1
Setting range
0 to 10
Depth-of-cut setting element for drilling

(except AL)
D15
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1
Setting range
0 to 10
2-59
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Z-axis feed dwell time at the hole bottom in the chamfering cycle of
chamfering cutter or spot-machining tool. Set this time in spindle
revolutions.

bottom for chamfering cutter or
spot-machining tool in chamfering cycle
When the chamfering cutter reaches the

hole bottom, the Z-axis will firstly stop
revolutions, and then return to the original
position at the rapid feed rate.
D16
Note:
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 revolution
Setting range
0 to 9
This parameter is invalid for

chamfering with true-circle
processing.
The clearance in order to prevent tool interference with a wall of the

workpiece or with the hole bottom during a chamfering cycle
Use in the case of D92 bit 4 = 0:
The safety clearance (D17) is radially or axially used only when an
interference could actually occur.
Note:
A tip of the tool is allowed to enter the safety clearance area as

long as there remains ever so short a clearance.
D17
Interferes.
D17
Interference clearance of chamfering cutter

Interferes.
D17
Use in the case of D92 bit 4 = 1:

The safety clearance (D17) is radially or axially used for restrictively
shifting the position of that workpiece section which is subjected to check
for interference.
Note:
No tip of the tool is allowed to enter the safety clearance area.

D17
D17
Judged as an
interference
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
D17
2-60
D17
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
The feed rate at which the tool is returned from the hole bottom during
reaming or boring.
Return feed rate for reaming or boring

(cycle 3)
D18
D18
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
100 mm/min / 10 inch/min
Setting range
0 to 9
Note 1: Valid only when the setting of DEPTH for the reamer (tool
sequence) is G01.
Note 2: Valid only when the setting of PRE-DIA for the boring tool (tool
sequence) is CYCLE 3.
Note 3: If this parameter is 0, the tool is returned at the same feed rate
as that of cutting.
Z-axis feed dwell time at the hole bottom in an end milling cycle. Set this
time in spindle revolutions.

bottom for end milling
When the end mill reaches the hole

bottom, the Z-axis will firstly stop
revolutions, and then return to the
original position at the rapid feed
rate.
D19
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 revolution
Setting range
0 to 999
Note:
This parameter is invalid for

true-circle processing.

Element used to automatically set the radial depth-of-cut per end milling
operation
Radial depth-of-cut setting element for end

milling
D20
Depth-of-cut = nominal diameter D20

Depth-of-cut is automatically set according to the value of this parameter
when nominal diameter of the end mill is input.
Example:
SNo
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
Reference bottom-finishing allowance for

end milling
D21
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
TOOL
NOM- No. HOLE- HOLE-DE PRE-DI PRE-DE RGH DEPTH
1 END MILL 20.
40.
10.
30.
0.
12.
(NOM- D20)
The reference value for calculation of a bottom-finishing allowance which

corresponds to the roughness level of the end milling (tool sequence). The
finishing allowance in the case of roughness level 4 becomes the value of
this parameter, and the values for all other roughness levels are set using
the expressions listed in the table below.
Roughness
Bottom-finishing allowance
0 to 3
0.0
D21
D21 0.7
D21 0.7 0.7
D21 0.7 0.7 0.7
D21 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
D21 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
2-61
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Dwell time at the hole bottom or at the R-point. This value is valid when 1
is set for bit 0, 1 or 2 of parameter D91.
Tapping-cycle dwell time

Note:
D22
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.01 s
Setting range
0 to 99
This parameter is valid only when the setting for roughness

(RGH) of tapping (tool sequence) is FIX.
The excess amount of prehole diameter over nominal diameter that is used
to specify whether the Z-axis is to be moved at a rapid feed rate or at a
cutting feed rate during true-circle processing with the end mill
Prehole clearance for end milling
D23
D23
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 mm/0.1 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
Cutting feed
D23
Rapid feed
Z-axis feed dwell time at the hole bottom in a boring cycle. Set this time in
spindle revolutions.
When the boring bar reaches the hole
bottom, the Z-axis will firstly stop moving
until the spindle makes D24 revolutions,
and then the spindle orientation will be
performed.

bottom for boring
D24
Note:
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 revolution
Setting range
0 to 9
This parameter is invalid if the

roughness (RGH) of the boring
(tool sequence) is 0.

The amount of relief provided for the tip of a boring bar to be kept clear of
the hole wall after spindle orientation
D25
Boring-bar tip relief
D25
During boring
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
During returning
Note 1: Valid only when the setting for the prehole diameter of the boring
(tool sequence) is CYCLE 1
Note 2: For the relief direction of the tool tip, see the description of bit 3
and bit 4 of I14.
2-62
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
The distance which the boring tool is returned at the same feed rate as for
cutting after the tool has reached the hole bottom.
Returning distance from hole bottom for

boring
D26
D26
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
[1] Has reached the

hole bottom.
Note:
[2] Returned at the

same feedrate.
[3] Returned at a
rapid feedrate.
Not valid if the setting for the roughness (RGH) of the boring (tool
sequence) is 1.
Invalid
D27
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
The distance which the boring bar is fed in at 70% of the original feed rate
to finish the hole bottom
Bottom-finishing amount of boring
D28
D28
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
The feed rate is reduced to 70% of the original value before the hole
bottom is reached.
Note:
Not valid if the setting for the roughness (RGH) of the boring (tool
sequence) is 1.
Invalid
D29
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-63
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
To set number of incomplete threads in tapping cycle for metric screws
and unified screws. In tapping, internal thread is tapped extra for the depth
of (D30 pitch) in the direction of Z.
This is also used as an element for automatically determining hole-drilling
depth (HOL-DEP) in the automatic tool development of the tapping unit.
Number of incomplete threads in tapping

cycle
DEPTH
D30
D30 Pitch
D11
Example:
SNo.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 thread
Setting range
0 to 9
TOOL NOM- No.

DRILL
10.
HOLE-
HOL-DEP
10.
19.
{DEPTH + D11 + (D30 pitch)}

[Related parameter]
D43: Number of incomplete threads in tapping cycle for piped screws
Excess amount of tool return due to elongation of the tapper during tapping
cycle
Set this value in spindle revolutions.
Tapper elongation amount for tapping
D31
D31 Pitch
Program type
R-point
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 revolution
Setting range
0 to 9
Number of spindle revolutions until spindle

CCW rotation begins in tapping cycle
The number of inertial turns in tapping cycle that the spindle has rotated
clockwise during the time from output of a spindle CCW rotation command
to the start of spindle CCW rotation
D32
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 revolution
Setting range
0 to 99
Invalid
D33
D34
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-64
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Element used to automatically set the prehole-drilling diameter during
automatic tool development of the reamer unit (When the pre-machining
process is drilling.)
DIA
Prehole-drilling diameter setting element for

reamer (drilling)
DIA D35
D35
Example:
SNo.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.01 mm/0.001 inch
Setting range
0 to 999
TOOL NOM-
DRILL
No.
10.
HOLE-
10.
(DIA D35)

process is boring.)
DIA

reamer (boring)
DIA D36
D36
Example:
SNo.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.01 mm/0.001 inch
Setting range
0 to 999
TOOL NOM-
DRILL
No.
10.
HOLE-
10.
(DIA D36)

process is end milling.)
DIA

reamer (end milling)
DIA D37
D37
Example:
SNo.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.01 mm/0.001 inch
Setting range
0 to 999
2-65
TOOL NOM-
DRILL
10.
No.
HOLE-
10.
(DIA D37)
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
1) In automatic tool development of the reamer unit, if the pre-machining
process is boring:
DIA
Reamer-prehole diameter setting element

for boring or end milling
Boring-hole diameter
= DIA D38
D38
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.01 mm/0.001 inch
Example:
SNo.
1
Setting range
0 to 999
TOOL NOM- No.
HOLE-
BOR BAR 10.
10.
(DIA D38)
2) In automatic tool development of the reamer unit, if the pre-machining

process is end milling:
DIA
Reamer-prehole diameter setting element

for end milling
First end milling hole diameter

= DIA D39
D39
Second end milling hole diameter

= DIA D38
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
SNo.
TOOL
Unit
0.01 mm/0.001 inch
END MILL
15.
20.
(DIA D39)
0 to 999
END MILL
10.
21.
(DIA D38)
Setting range
Example:
NOM- No.
HOLE-
Invalid
D40
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
R-point height of each tool in the point-machining unit

Example:
Initial point
R-point height during point-machining
D41
D41
R-point
Machining surface
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 mm/0.1 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
Note:
For the inversed spot-facing unit, this parameter can also be

used for setting the clearance amount at the hole bottom.
(!D1, D42)
2-66
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Height of the third R-point
Initial point
D42
Third R-point
Height of the third R-point during point
machining
D42
The height of the R-point during point machining is basically D41, however
it is changed to D42 under the following conditions.
Tool sequence
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Drill
There is a drill in the pre-machining tool

sequence of the same unit.
Chamfering
cutter
CYCLE 2 is selected for the machining cycle.
CYCLE 2 in the chamfering cycle is selected

for the machining cycle.
Spot
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
999 to 999
Conditions
To set number of incomplete threads in tapping cycle for piped screws (PT,
PF, PS).
In tapping, internal thread is tapped extra for the depth of (D43 pitch) in
the direction of Z.
Number of incomplete threads in tapping

cycle for piped screw
This is also used as an element for automatically determining hole-drilling

depth (HOL-DEP) in the automatic tool development of the tapping unit.
D43
DEPTH
D43 Pitch
D11
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 thread
Setting range
0 to 9
Example:
SNo.
TOOL
DRILL
NOM- No.
10.
HOLE-
HOL-DEP
10.
19.
{DEPTH + D11 + (D43 pitch)}

Select an automatic calculation method for the amount of chamfer with the
tapping unit.
Selecting an automatic calculation method

for the amount of chamfer with the tapping
unit
D44
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
0: Following calculation expression is used:

(MAJOR- + 2 PITCH) PRE-DIA
Amount of chamfer =
2
1: Following calculation expression is used (same as M32):
MAJOR- PRE-DIA
Amount of chamfer =
2
Note:
Select 1 if a loss of the threaded section is likely due to

overchamfering as compared with a small TAP-DEP value.
Example: Sheet metal tapping
2-67
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
1st time
q1
i-th time
Drilling
depth
qi
q1
q2
Gradual decrements in drilling depth
qn
D45
qi
b
qn
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.01 mm/0.001 inch
Setting range
0 to 9999
Number of
times
q1 : 1st rilling depth

qn : i-th drilling depth
b : Residual hole depth
qi : Minimum drilling depth D46
qi = q1 D45 (i 1) (If qi b)
qi = b (If qi < b)
(!D46)
Set the minimum gradual drilling depth.

However, if the residual hole depth is smaller than D46, actual drilling
depth will be the same as the residual hole depth.
Minimum gradual drilling depth
D46
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.01 mm/0.001 inch
Setting range
0 to 9999
(!D45)
Element used to automatically set the hole depth (HOL-DEP) of drilling,
end milling and boring during automatic tool development of the reamer
unit
DEPTH
Reamer-prehole machining overshoot
DEPTH
D47
D47
For drilling
D47
For end milling or boring
Example:
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.01 mm/0.001 inch
Setting range
0 to 999
(DEPTH + D47)
SNo.
TOOL
DRILL
2-68
NOM- No.
10.
HOLE-
HOL-DEP
10.
21.
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
D48
to
D51
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set the reduction ratio for the G00-based relief rate during the
very-deep-hole drilling in a drilling or turning-drilling unit.
Reduction ratio for the G00-based relief rate

during a very-deep-hole drilling cycle
D52
Cutting feed
Rapid feed (G00)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
Set the number of times of pecking to be executed before returning the tool
to a position near the starting point of the very-deep-hole drilling cycle of a
drilling or turning-drilling unit.
Example:
If D53 = 3:
Cutting feed
Rapid feed
D53
Number of times of pecking up to the return

of the tool to a position near the starting
point of the very-deep-hole drilling cycle of a
drilling or turning-drilling unit
Starting
point
After pecking has been
repeated three times, the
tool returns to a position
near the starting point.
Ending point
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Times
Setting range
0 to 9999
2-69
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
D54
F = F 100
F: Specified feed rate
F: Feed rate at cutting start
End point
Programmed
start point
Deceleration rate at cutting start for

very-deep-hole drilling cycle/decremental
Drill
D54
l
Feed rate at F' over distance l from the
programmed start point
D
2 tan/2
l=0
(0 < < 180)
l=
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
D55
D55
( 180)
D55
Drilling return distance for very-deep-hole

drilling cycle/decremental very-deep-hole
machining cycle
G1
G0
D55
P2
D56
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 9999
Number of revolutions during dwell at chip

ejection position and hole bottom for
very-deep-hole drilling cycle/decremental
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Revoluitons
Setting range
0 to 255
P1
D4
D3
D2
D1
P1: Start point

P2: End point
Dn: (n = 1 to 4) = Cut depth
Set the number of revolutions of the milling spindle during dwell time at the
chip ejection position and the hole bottom for the very-deep-hole drilling
cycle or the decremental very-deep-hole machining cycle.
2-70
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the return speed for the very-deep-hole drilling cycle or the
decremental very-deep-hole machining cycle.
Return speed for very-deep-hole drilling

cycle/decremental very-deep-hole
machining cycle
D57
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/rev
0.0001 inch/rev
Setting range
0 to 9999
Set the feed rate reduction distance from the reference point at cutting
start of a very-deep-hole drilling cycle (blind hole, through hole) during the
point machining. Specify the ratio with respect to the drill diameter.
If the nominal diameter of the drill is D, the feed rate reduction distance L
at cutting start is calculated using the following calculation expression:
L = D D58 / 100
The feed rate is reduced by the ratio specified in D54 (feed rate reduction
ratio at cutting start) by the distance L from the reference point (R).
Feed rate reduction distance ratio at cutting

start of a very-deep-hole drilling cycle (blind
hole, through hole)
D58
R
Clearance
L = D Feed rate reduction

distance ratio
Program type
Conditions
After movement stop
Unit
Setting range
0 to 300
2-71
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the surface speed reduction ratio at cutting end of a very-deep-hole
drilling cycle (through hole) during the point machining.
If the surface speed during drilling is S, the surface speed S at cutting end
is calculated using the following calculation expression:
S = S D59 / 100
The surface speed is reduced to S by speed reduction distance
immediately before the hole bottom (hb specified in the program).
Surface speed reduction ratio at cutting end

of a very-deep-hole drilling cycle (through
hole)
D59
Distance to the
hole bottom
hb
Program type
Conditions
After movement stop
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
Set the ratio between automatic setting value for the feed rate in the axial
cutting and that in the radial cutting during chamfering in the point
machining.
Automatic setting ratio of axial cutting feed

rate during chamfering
D60
Program type
Conditions
After movement stop
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
Invalid
D61
to
D90
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-72
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
(1: Execution, 0: No execution)

M04 is output after the tool has dwelled at the hole
bottom during a tapping cycle.
The tool dwells after M04 has been output at the hole
bottom during a tapping cycle.
The tool dwells after it has been returned to the
R-point during a tapping cycle.
If a drill is used in the pre-machining of the centering
drill cycle, the R-point height is set to D1.
If a pre-machining tool sequence is included in the

same unit, the R-point height of the drill is set to D1
or D42.
D91
The R-point height of the chamfering cutter during

the cycle 2 is set to D42.
The R-point height of the spot-machining tool during
the chamfering cycle (cycle 2) is set to D42.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Binary, eight digits

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

If a chamfering cutter is included in the
pre-machining tool sequence of the same unit, the
R-point height of the reamer is set to D1.
If a chamfering cutter is included in the
pre-machining tool sequence of the same unit, the
R-point height of the tapping is set to D1.
The position cleared radially or axially by D17 from
the workpiece section concerned is subjected to
check for interference.
Dwell time designation for synchronous tapping in a
MAZATROL program
(1: Valid, 0: Invalid)
D92
Note:
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Timing of dwell execution of bit 5 is determined by settings in bit

0 to 2 of parameter D91.
2-73
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

CTR-DR (Spot-machining tool)
DRILL (Drill)
D93
REAMER (Reamer)
TAP (Tap)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
BOR BAR (Boring tool)

CHAMFER (Chamfering cutter)

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

END MILL (End mill)
D94
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range

Invalid
D95
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Element that determines the counterboring pattern
(whether to execute diameter enlarging)
0: Determines the counterboring pattern from the

nominal diameter in tool data and the hole
diameter in the program.
D96
Program type
Conditions
After stop of movement
Unit
Bit
Setting range
1: Determines the counterboring pattern from the

tool diameter in the tool data and the hole
diameter in the program.
2-74
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
POINT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
D97
to
D104
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Handling the X-axial coordinates of non-turning
TPC relay points
0: Radius value
1: Diameter value
D105
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range

Invalid
D106
to
D144
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-75
PARAMETER
2-3-3
User parameter
LINE/FACE/3D (E)
USER
Classification
Address
LINE/FACE/3D
Display title
Meaning
Description
Element used to set cutting start point and escape point for closed-pattern
line-machining.
Example:
Defined closed pattern

SRV-R
E2
Closed-pattern cutting start point and

escape point setting element
E1
Cutting
start point
E2
E1
Escape
point
E1
[Applicable units]
LINE OUT, LINE IN, CHMF OUT and CHMF IN
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 999
Element used to set the cutting start point and escape point for
line-machining. (the first clearance)
Example:
NOM-/2 SRV-R
E2
Cutting start point

Cutting start point and escape point setting
element (the first clearance)
E2
SRV-R
Escape point
NOM-/2 < SRV-R

E2
E2
Escape point
Cutting start point E2
SRV-R
[Applicable units]
All line-machining units
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 999
Note 1: See the diagram of parameter E1 also.

Note 2: Positioning of E2 at the escape point can be selected using E95,
but only for line-machining units.
2-76
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
LINE/FACE/3D
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
E3
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Reference allowance of finishing in radial

direction
The reference value of each finishing allowance R (FIN-R) which is

automatically set when the roughness levels of the line-machining units
have been set.
The finishing allowance R in the case of roughness level 4 becomes the
value of this parameter, and the values for all other roughness levels are
calculated using the expressions listed in the table below.
Roughness
E4
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 999
Element used to set the cutting start point

and escape point (the second clearance)
E5
Finishing allowance-R
0 to 3
0.0
E4
E4 0.7
E4 0.7 0.7
E4 0.7 0.7 0.7
E4 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
E4 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
Element used to set the cutting start point and escape point (the second
clearance)
E2 is used generally as a clearance on the X-Y plane, however, E5 is used
when the condition meets both of 1) and 2) mentioned below.
1) There is pre-machining in the same unit.
2) The parameter (E91 to E95) that makes E5 effective is set to ON (1).
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 999
Reference allowance of finishing in axial

direction
E6
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 999
[Applicable units]
LINE OUT, LINE IN
[Related parameters]
E91 bit 3, E92 bit 3, E93 bit 3, E94 bit 3, E95 bit 7
*
Parameter that effectuates E5 in the applicable unit.
The reference value of each finishing allowance Z (FIN-Z) which is

automatically set when the roughness levels of the line-machining units
have been set.
The finishing allowance Z in the case of roughness level 4 becomes the
value of this parameter, and the values for all other roughness levels are
calculated using the expressions listed in the table below.
Roughness
Finishing allowance-Z
0 to 3
0.0
E6
E6 0.7
E6 0.7 0.7
E6 0.7 0.7 0.7
E6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
E6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
2-77
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
LINE/FACE/3D
Display title
Meaning
Description
Allowance of cutting start point in axial

direction (the second clearance)
Allowance of cutting start point in axial direction

For the line-machining, E9 is used as an axial clearance for rapid access
to the machining point from the initial point, however, E7 is used when the
condition meets both of 1) and 2) mentioned below.
1) There is pre-machining in the same unit.
2) The parameter (E91 to E97) that makes E7 effective is set to ON (1).
E7
[Applicable units]
All line-machining units
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 99
[Related parameters]
E91 bit 2, E92 bit 2, E93 bit 2, E94 bit 2, E95 bit 6, E96 bit 1, E97 bit 2
*
Parameter that effectuates E7 in the applicable unit.
The amount of clearance that prevents interference of the chamfering

cutter with the walls during face-machining
E8
Radial interference clearance of chamfering
cutter
E8
Interferes.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 999
Interference distance
Element used to set the position in axial direction where the feed rate of
line-machining tool decreases after moving from the initial point toward the
workpiece at a rapid feed rate.
Allowance of axial-cutting start position
(the first clearance)
Example:
Initial point
E9
E9
SRV-Z
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 999
Invalid
E10
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-78
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
LINE/FACE/3D
Display title
Meaning
Description
The amount of clearance that prevents interference of the chamfering
cutter with the bottom during chamfering
Axial interference clearance of chamfering

cutter
E11
E11
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 40
Interference depth
Interferes.
Invalid
E12
to
E16
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Override value of the feed rate at which the tool of a line machining unit is
to be moved to the machining surface in an axial direction.
Note 1: Valid only when ZFD of tool sequence is G01.
Note 2: Feed overriding is invalid when this parameter is 0.
Axial-cutting feed rate override
Example:
E17
FR
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
10%
Setting range
0 to 9
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
E9
SRV-Z
Machining
surface
Invalid
E18
to
E20
E17
10
2-79
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
LINE/FACE/3D
Display title
Meaning
Description
The amount of overlap of the wall-cutting start and end areas in
closed-pattern line-machining.
Example:
Wall-cutting overlap in closed figure
E21
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 999
Escape point
Cutting start point

E21
[Applicable units]
LINE OUT, LINE IN
Override value of automatic corner overriding in line- or face-machining
Example:
Override value of automatic corner

over-riding
FR
E22
100
E22
FR
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 99
Note:
Automatic corner overriding is invalid when this parameter is 0.
[Applicable units]
LINE RGT, LINE LFT, LINE OUT, LINE IN
The range of removal allowances (upper and lower limits)
The automatic corner overriding becomes valid when the following
line-machining conditions are met:
Effective removal allowance (upper limit) of

automatic corner overriding
E23
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 to 99
Effective removal allowance (lower limit) of

automatic corner overriding
Tool
E24
diameter 100
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 to 99
Removal
allowance
E23
Tool
diameter 100
Removal allowance
Machining
Line-rough machining
E24
Program type
2-80
Removal allowance
(SRV-R) (FIN-R )
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
LINE/FACE/3D
Display title
Meaning
Description
The shape angle range (upper limit)
The automatic corner overriding becomes valid when the following
line-machining conditions are met:
Effective angle (upper limit) of automatic

corner overriding
Shape angle E25

Shape angle
E25
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
deg
Setting range
1 to 179
Axial feed rate calculation parameter for a line milling finish.
Set the changing ratio of the axial feed rate with respect to the radial feed
rate.
Calculation coefficient for the finishing feed

of line milling
E26
Axial feed rate = Radial feed rate 100
E26
Tool
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 999
Axial feed rate

Workpiece
Radial feed rate
These parameters, the roughness code, etc. determine the finishing feed
rate.
Radial direction feed rate calculation
reference diameter for finish cutting in line
machining unit
If the radial-finishing feed rate is taken as F1, then:

E28
F1 =
D
Kf Z
E27
(D E27 )
E28 Kf Z
E27
(D < E27 )
D: Tool diameter
: 0.1 (for metric specs.) or
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
Finishing feed rate calculation reference

feed rate in line machining unit
E28
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/rev
0.0001 inch/rev
Setting range
0 to 65535
0.01 (for inch specs.)

Kf: Roughness coefficient (Refer to the list below)
Z: Number of teeth
Roughness
code
Roughness
code
Kf
K0 0.8
K0 0.8
K0 0.8
K0 0.8
Kf
K0 0.8
K0 0.8
K0 0.8
K0
K0 0.8
K0 = Standard data 0.5
2-81
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
LINE/FACE/3D
Display title
Meaning
Description
Fixed value (0)
E29
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
An element that determines the starting point and escape point of radial
cutting when CLOSED is specified for the wall attributes at the starting
point and ending point of open-pattern line machining.
When OPEN is specified, E2 is used.
<CLOSED specified>
Radial clearance for wall attributes during

line machining
E30
E30
E30
<OPEN specified>
E2
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 mm/0.01 inch
Setting range
0 to 999
Invalid
E31
to
E94
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-82
E2
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
LINE/FACE/3D
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
In case of a collision in the line-machining
approach path:
0: Machining not aborted (conventional method)
1: Machining aborted
For the 2nd and subsequent rounds of cutting:
0: Not via the approach point
1: Via the approach point
For the 2nd and subsequent rounds of cutting:
0: Escape to the Z-axis initial point
1: No escape on the Z-axis
1: Rapid feed up to the intended surface + E9
1: Escape is set to a point where the tool comes
out of the removal allowance.
The R-point height for central, right hand, left hand,
outside and inside linear machining is:
0: Set always to E9
1: Set to E7 or E9 when there is or isnt
pre-machining in the same unit, respectively.
The X-Y plane clearance for outside and inside
linear machining is:
0: Set always to E2
Tool-path pattern selection for line

machining unit
1: Set to E5 or E2 when there is or isnt

pre-machining in the same unit, respectively
E95
Bit 2
Bit 2 = 1
Bit 2 = 0
Initial point
1st removal allowance

2nd removal allowance
Approach point Cutting start point
Bit 3
Approach point
Escape point
Bit 3 = 0
Initial point
1st removal allowance

Bit 3 = 1
2nd removal allowance
Bit 5
Bit 5 = 0
Bit 5 = 1
E2
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
WID-R
Note:
Escape point
E2
Bit 3 valid only for inside/outside line machining unit.
2-83
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
LINE/FACE/3D
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
E96
to
E103
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Returning position during line machining.
0: Clearance point
1: Initial point
Selecting an infeed position when a CLOSED
attribute is assigned to the wall of line machining
0: Starting or ending point of shape + Tool radius

+ E30
E104
1: Starting or ending point of shape

Calculation of the ZC machining feed rate
0: Calculation based on finishing surface
(MATRIX scheme)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
1: Calculation based on the starting position of

machining (MT Pro scheme)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Selection of the surface on which to describe a line
machining shape in the ZC mode
0: Developed surface of the cylinder with a radius

of SHIFT-R
E105
1: Developed surface of the cylinder with a radius

of SHIFT-R + SRV-A
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-84
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
LINE/FACE/3D
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
E106
to
E144
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-85
PARAMETER
2-3-4
User parameter
EIA/ISO (F)
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
F1
to
F11
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Return amount of pecking in drill high-speed deep-hole cycle or in G73 tool

path
Return amount of pecking in drill high-speed

deep-hole cycle or in G73
F12
F12
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Next block
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Pecking
F12
The allowance amount provided for the tool to stop moving at rapid-feed
just in front of the preceding hole during a deep-hole drilling cycle or during
G83/G283 tool path
Allowance amount of rapid-feed stop in
deep-hole drilling cycle or in G83/G283
F13
F13
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Next block
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
F13
Rotation center of coordinates (axis of

abscissa)
F14
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
2-86
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Rotation center of coordinates (axis of

ordinate)
F15
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Vector of coordinate rotation (axis of abscissa)
Horizontal length of coordinate rotation
F16
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Vector of coordinate rotation (axis of ordinate)
Vertical length of coordinate rotation
F17
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
F18
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.001 deg
Setting range
0 to 180000
2-87
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Maximum radius difference that causes spiral interpolation to be performed
when the arc-drawing start point and end point radii that have been
specified in the arc command do not agree.
Maximum permissible difference in arc

radius
Specified end point
R F19: Spiral interpolation

R > F19: Alarm
F19
End point
according to
start point
R
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Next block
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 9999
Center
Start point
That fixed value of the scaling factor which becomes valid in the case that
no value is set (using the address P) in the same block as that of G51.
Machining
pattern
Fixed value of scaling factor
b
Scaling factor = a
F20
a
Program type
Conditions
Next command
Unit
1/1000000
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Scaling center
Program pattern
The automatic corner override using the G62 code becomes valid when
the following condition of the shape angle is met:
Maximum inside-corner angle available with
automatic corner override (G62)
Shape angle F21

Pattern angle
F21
Program type
Conditions
Next command
Unit
deg
Setting range
0 to 179
Overriding occurs here.
The area in which automatic corner overriding using the G62 code occurs
F22
Deceleration area of automatic corner
overriding (G62)
F22
Program type
Conditions
Next command
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch

(0.001 deg)
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Overriding occurs here.
2-88
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
F23
to
F26
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0: Only the last G50SsQqRr command is enabled.

1: All the G50SsQqRr commands are enabled.
2 to 8: Not used.
Handling of G50 (spindle speed clamp

value) command at restart
9: The spindle speed clamp value is invalid at restart.
F27
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 9
Set chamfering angle at thread portion in thread cutting cycle (G76, G92).
F28
Threading chamfering angle
F28
Chamfering data
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
deg
Setting range
45, 60
Note:
Set 45 or 60.
The override value of automatic corner overriding using the G62 code
E29
F 100
Override value of automatic corner

overriding (G62)
Specified feed rate F
F29
Program type
Conditions
Next command
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
Note:
The automatic corner overriding is invalid when this parameter

is 0.
2-89
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Select a G-code type.
0: G-code series for machining centers
1: G-code series for turning machines
Settings other than the above are all handled as 0.
G-code type selection
F30
Note:
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Decimal number
Setting range
0, 1
Do not disturb the default setting. It is a fixed value for your

machine model.
Invalid
F31
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Select operation when argument R is omitted from the maximum/minimum

spindle speed setting.
Operation when argument R is omitted from

the maximum/minimum spindle speed
setting
0: Alarm
1: Handled as R1
F32
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Select whether to make the incorporation of the
tool length into current-position counter Z valid
when tool length correction is in a canceled status,
irrespective of whether the program selected on the
POSITION display is EIA/ISO or MAZATROL.
Incorporation of the MAZATROL tool length

into the current position counter valid/invalid
F33
0: Valid
1: Invalid
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-90
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
To manually override the parts count (current number
of machined workpieces) in the middle of automatic
operation
0: Impossible
(The operation caused by the RETURN setting in
the end unit occurs with respect to the parts
count.)
1: Possible
(The operation caused by the RETURN setting in
the end unit occurs irrespectively of the parts
count.)
F34
Compensating movement for a T-code with a

movement command in one block
0: No compensating movement on an unspecified
axis till completion of the specified movement
1: Simultaneous compensating movement on all the
axes including unspecified one, on condition that
the tool number is not changed
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Note:
Bit 6 of F34 is valid only when G-code series T (Turning

machines) is selected and F161 bit 2 is set to 1.
Invalid
F35
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
F36
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-91
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
F37
(bit 0)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
An alarm is output when a subprogram is called in a manual program unit

in case of a program of the Z/C offset type.
0: Do not execute
A subprogram call command given in a

manual program (MANL PRG)
1: Execute
F37
(bit 1)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
F37
(bit 2)
to
(bit 7)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
F38
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-92
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Default setting of the modal plane selection G-code to be used for an
EIA/ISO program (called by a subprogram unit) and a manual program
unit.
Plane to be used for an EIA/ISO program

(called by a subprogram unit) and a manual
program unit
0: G17
1: G18
2: G19
F39
Settings other than the above are all handled as 0.

Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 2
Fixed value (0)
F40
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set a threading termination waiting time.

F41 = 0
No waiting time
F41 = 1 to 255
Setting 1.7 ms
X-axis
F41 < F41 < F41
Incomplete thread
Threading termination waiting time

processing
F41
Complete thread
F41
F41
F41
Z-axis
Gradual deceleration
on the Z-axis
Note:
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1.7 ms
Setting range
0 to 255
Uniform feed
An excessively high setting may cause the thread of the run-out

section to be destroyed.
2-93
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Distance (r) between the starting point of movement at measuring speed
and the measuring point
This data is used when argument R is omitted in G37 command format.
Deceleration area r during Z-axis

measurement
G37 Z_ Rr D_ F_;
F42
Program type
Conditions
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
(G37)
Range (d) where the tool should stop
This data is used when argument D is omitted in G37 command format.
Measurement area d during Z-axis

measurement
G37 Z_ R_ Dd F_;
F43
Program type
Conditions
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
(G37)
Measuring speed (f)
This data is used when argument F is omitted in G37 command format.
G37 Z_ R_ D_ Ff;
Standard setting 1 to 60000 mm/min
Measuring speed f
1 to 2362 inch/min
F44
Program type
Conditions
Unit
1 mm/min / 1 inch/min
Setting range
0 to 120000
(G37)
Distance (r) between the starting point of movement at measuring speed
and the measuring point
This data is used when argument R is omitted in G37 command format.
Deceleration area r during X-axis

measurement
G37 X_ Rr D_ F_;
F45
Program type
Conditions
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
(G37)
2-94
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Range (d) where the tool should stop
This data is used when argument D is omitted in G37 command format.
G37 X_ R_ Dd F_;
Deceleration area d during X-axis

measurement
F46
Program type
Conditions
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
(G37)
The name of the variable specified by the user macro SETVN is displayed
(Name display only. No setting is possible on the PARAMETER display.)
F47
F47
to
F66
Name of #500
Common variable name
F66
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Name of #519
Invalid
F67
F68
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
This parameter is used to select the method of specifying the EIA/ISO

program restarting position. Two methods are available:
EIA/ISO program restart method
F69
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
0: The whole program, including the subprograms, is subjected to this

processing. Set the sequence number, block number and number of
times of repetition as searched from the beginning part of the main
program.
1: The subprogram including the desired restart position can be specified.
After setting the work number of the corresponding program, set the
sequence number, block number, and number of times of repetition as
searched from the beginning part.
2-95
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
F70
to
F78
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Holding of memory monitor address

0: No
1: Yes
Key history function
0: Yes
1: No
Tool search method

0: In order of TNo.
F79
1: In order of TNo. of tools currently in use

*
Only bit 3 becomes valid after power-on.
Initial value of synchronous/asynchronous tapping

during tapping tool registration
0: Synchronous tapping
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
(Bit 3: At power on)
Unit
Bit
Setting range
1: Asynchronous tapping
*
This parameter is valid only when a sync

tapping option is provided.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MAZATROL function
0: Valid
1: Invalid (Only EIA-related displays valid)
MAINTENANCE CHECK display at power on
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
Third page of the MAINTENANCE CHECK display
F80
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
Destination of spare tool correction by the
workpiece measurement
0: Tool set data of the TOOL DATA display
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
1: Wear compensation of the TOOL DATA display
2-96
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Program management function
0: Normal
1: Editing prohibited (in 9000s)
0: Normal
1: Displaying prohibited (in 9000s)
0: Normal
1: Editing prohibited (in 8000, 9000s)
F81
0: Normal
1: Displaying prohibited (in 8000, 9000s)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Selection of inch/metric representation in
POSITION display, TOOL DATA display, and
TOOL OFFSET display modes
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Index tool wear correction setup during automatic
operation
0: Impossible
1: Possible
F82
Note:
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Bit 1 in parameter F82 is valid only when an inch/metric unit

system change simplifying function (option) is provided.
2-97
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
F83
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Tool offset data is taken into account for the
POSITION counter during execution of EIA
programs
0: No
1: Yes
Fixed cycle (B J)
0: B
1: J
Spare tool search for EIA
0: Group number assignment
1: Tool number assignment
Timing to validate new workpiece offset data
specified with a system variable
0: Valid when the workpiece offset is specified
after a system variable is entered.
1: Valid immediately after a system variable is
entered.
F84
G50 selection
0: M32, M PLUS, M640M, or M640M Pro system
1: M2 system
Tape operation
0: Not operated until the buffer is full.
1: Operated at a unit of EOB.
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-98
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Ignorance of radial interference check
Fixed value (1)
F85
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Output of M250 (Spindle Speed Confirmation)
before a turning feed
0: Not to output
1: To output
F86
Milling-spindle start timing for a milling unit

0: After tool change
1: After the approach
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Single-block mode cancellation during fixed cycle
0: Invalid (single-block stop occurs)
1: Valid (single-block stop does not occur)
Common variables (#500 and on) are cleared by
resetting or at the program end.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Local variables are cleared by resetting or at the

program end.
F87
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Common variables (#100 to #199) are cleared by
resetting or at the program end.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Note:
Variables for tool path check are not cleared even if Bit 5, 6 or 7
in F87 is set to 1.
2-99
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set this parameter to specify functions related to the conversion from
MAZATROL program into an EIA program.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Making a subprogram by the parameter (Note)
0: To make subprogram
1: Not to make subprogram
Output of tool diameter correction G-code
0: Not to output G-code
1: To output G-code
Tool path modification caused by tool diameter
correction
0: Correction is not included in path
1: Correction is included in path
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (1)
Note:
When bit 0 of F88 is set to 1 on converting to the EIA program,

the line machining portions in the MAZATROL program are
programmed as subprograms.
Example:
MAZATROL Program
Common unit
[1] M
LINE CTR [5]
[3] M
END M
F88
Subprograms that can be called out of

the MAZATROL program are not
reprogrammed as subprograms of the
EIA program.
Manual program mode unit is not
programmed as subprogram.
Conversion
into EIA
program
Main program
(WNo.1001);
G17G0G40G54G64G90G94;
G80;
M [1]
N1(UNo.3LINE-CTR);
M98P1001H2;
G0Z-2;
M
N3(UNo.4END); [2]
M
M30;
%
Note:
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Subprogram
N1(UNo.3LINE-CTR);
G2X10.Y10.R5.;
G1X50.;
M [3]
G2X40.Y10.R5.;
M99;
%
Unit of
machining
units
Bit 2 and 3 of F88 are valid only for machining centers.
2-100
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set this parameter to specify functions related to the conversion from
MAZATROL program into an EIA program.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Fixed value (0)
Synchronous tapping G-code
0: G84
1: G84.2
Output of F command
0: To output
1: Not to output
F89
Returning to the second zero point before tool

change (output of G30)
0: Not to return
1: To return
Fixed value (0)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range

Invalid
F90
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-101
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
In response to move command without decimal
point:
0: Tool moves by 1/1.
1: Tool moves by 10/1.
Coordinate system shift using a MAZATROL
program:
0: Invalid
1: Valid
0: Stroke inside check before movement
1: Stroke outside check before movement
Metric/inch system (Note)
0: Metric (Initial G20 is valid/invalid)
1: Inch
F91
In response to move command without decimal
point:
0: Tool moves in 0.0001 mm (0.00001 inch)
increments.
1: Tool moves in 1 mm (1 inch) increments.
0: G00 interpolation
1: G00 non-interpolation
0: G33E command is for the number of threads
per inch
1: G33E command is for thread cutting with
precise lead
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Note:
Execute zero point return operation without fail before changing

the setting of bit 4 (metric/inch system selection).
2-102
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Modal at power-on or at reset
bit 0
bit 1
G17
0
0
G18
1
0 or 1
G19
0
1
Dwell command method
0: Modal
1: Always based on the time command
Tool-length compensation (G43 or G44) axis
0: Program command axis
1: Z-axis fixed
Tool-diameter compensation (G41 or G42) start
up/cancel type
0: Type A
1: Type B
F92
Tool-diameter compensation (G41 or G42)
interference check
0: Alarm stop occurs to prevent overcutting.
1: Tool path is changed to prevent overcutting.
Fixed-cycle hole-drilling axis
0: Plane selection using G17, G18 or G19
1: Z-axis fixed
ACT-/NOSE-R in the TOOL DATA display for an
EIA/ISO program
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-103
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0: G98 (Feed per minute)
1: G99 (Feed per revolution)
Feed rate during machine lock
0: Specified feed rate
1: Rapid feed rate
Middle point during reference-point return
0: Return through middle point to reference point
1: Return directly to reference point
F93
Single-block operation mode at user macro

operation instruction
0: Single-block stop does not occur
(for operation).
1: Single-block stop occurs (for test).
Fixed value (0)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Movement to hole-drilling position in fixed-cycle
mode
0: Depends on modal state (G00 or G01)
1: Fixed at rapid feed rate (G00)
0: External deceleration signal valid
1: External deceleration signal invalid
Tool length offsetting during G28/G30 execution
0: Offsetting is canceled
1: Offsetting is performed

0: G01 (Linear interpolation)
F94
1: G00 (Positioning)
Tool command method using T-codes
0: Assignment of group number on TOOL DATA
display
1: Tool number (or pocket number) assignment
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (1)
Tool offset amount effectuated in an EIA/ISO
program
0: Tool offset No. assigned in the program
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
1: Offset No. on the TOOL DATA display
2-104
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Interrupt function using user macro instruction
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Handling of macroprogram interruption and call
0: Handled as interruption
1: Handled as subprogram call
Automatic return position to restart the program
(Fixed to 1)
0: Manual return
F95
1: Automatic return
G00 (positioning) command feed rate for dry run
0: Rapid feed rate
1: Feed rate for dry run
Manual-pulse interrupt amount cancellation with
reset key
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Selection of variable number for tool offset amount

0: 16001 to 16512, 17001 to 17512
F96
1: 12001 to 12512, 13001 to 13512

Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range

Invalid
F97
to
F110
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-105
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
F111
(bit 0)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
F111 (bit 1) = 0:
Disuse of dry run during thread cutting cycle
Use/disuse of dry run during thread cutting
F111 (bit 1) = 1:
Use of dry run during thread cutting cycle
F111
(bit 1)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
F111 (bit 2) = 0:
The feed hold function causes the threading operation not to be stopped till
completion of the next step.
Use/disuse of feed hold during thread

cutting
F111
F111 (bit 2) = 1:
The feed hold function causes the threading operation to be changed into
run-out and then stopped.
(bit 2)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Note:
With TC82 = 0, the same operation as that for setting 0 will occur
even if 1 is set for F111 bit 2.
Select the direction of rotation of the C-axis during C-axial threading based
on G01.1.
F111 (bit 3) = 0:
Direction of rotation of the C-axis during
C-axial threading with G01.1
The C-axis rotates CW (forward).
F111
F111 (bit 3) = 1:
(bit 3)
The C-axis rotates CCW (backward).

Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
2-106
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Specify whether the assignment of the tool identification code (suffix) by
the T-command is valid or invalid.
F111 (bit 4) = 0:
EIA tool command suffix valid/invalid
The EIA tool command suffix is invalid.
F111
F111 (bit 4) = 1:
(bit 4)
The EIA tool command suffix is valid.

Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Select whether the wear correction data on the TOOL DATA display is to
be added during execution of the EIA/ISO program when using the tool
length that has been entered on the TOOL DATA display.
Tool correction amount selection for

EIA/ISO programs
F111
(bit 5)
F111 (bit 5) = 0:
Wear correction data is not added
F111 (bit 5) = 1:
Wear correction data is added
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
In the fixed turning cycle mode (G290/G292/G294)
F111 (bit 6) = 0:
The fixed turning cycle is executed for each block (G66 type).
Execution mode selection for a fixed turning

cycle
F111
F111 (bit 6) = 1:
(bit 6)
The fixed turning cycle is executed only for movement blocks (G66.1 type).
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
This parameter specifies whether single-block operation during a fixed
turning cycle (G290, G292 or G294) is to be stopped after the entire cycle
has been executed, or for each block.
Form of single-block stop during a fixed

turning cycle
F111
(bit 7)
F111 (bit 7) = 0:
After execution of the cycle
F111 (bit 7) = 1:
For each block
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
2-107
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Selection of printout items in measurement data printout
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Selection of measurement data items to be

printed out
(0: Not printout, 1: Print out)

Work No., Unit No.
Tool No., Work counter
F112
Measurement mode
Target data
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Measured data
Offset data
Tolerance upper/lower
Day and time of measurement
F113 (bit 0) = 0:
Counting each type of use under the same tool number individually.
F113
Counting all types of use under the same

tool number for the tool life management on
the TOOL DATA display
executed/not executed
F113 (bit 0) = 1:
Counting all types of use under the same tool number integratingly.
(bit 0)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
F113 (bit 1) = 0:
Operation will be continued.
Data handling on the milling tool of a group

that has expired in tool life
F113
F113 (bit 1) = 1:
Operation will be stopped.
(bit 1)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
F113 (bit 2) = 0:
Operation will be continued.
Data handling on the turning tool of a group

that has expired in tool life
F113
F113 (bit 2) = 1:
Operation will be stopped.
(bit 2)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
2-108
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
F113
(bit 3)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Select whether the life time on the TOOL DATA display is to be included in
the life judgment items listed for the tool life management function.
F113 (bit 4) = 0:
Tool life management Life time
The life time will be included in the life judgment items.
F113
F113 (bit 4) = 1:
(bit 4)
The life time will not be included in the life judgment items.
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Select whether the maximum available wear offset data X on the TOOL
DATA display is to be included in the life judgment items listed for the tool
life management function.
Tool life management

Maximum available wear offset data X
F113
F113 (bit 5) = 0:
The maximum available wear offset data X will be included in the life
judgment items.
(bit 5)
F113 (bit 5) = 1:
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
The maximum available wear offset data X will not be included in the life
judgment items.
Invalid
F113
(bit 6)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-109
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Select whether the maximum available wear offset data Z on the TOOL
DATA display is to be included in the life judgment items listed for the tool
life management function.
Tool life management

Maximum available wear offset data Z
F113
F113 (bit 7) = 0:
The maximum available wear offset data Z will be included in the life
judgment items.
(bit 7)
F113 (bit 7) = 1:
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
The maximum available wear offset data Z will not be included in the life
judgment items.
Specify the maximum C-axial cutting feed rate that can be selected for the
inch system.
F114 (bit 0) = 0:
Selection of the maximum C-axial cutting
feed rate for the inch system
The maximum selectable C-axial cutting feed rate is 88 min .
F114
F114 (bit 0) = 1:
(bit 0)
The maximum selectable C-axial cutting feed rate is 400 min .

Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Invalid
F114
(bit 1)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
F114
(bit 2)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-110
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
F114
(bit 3)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Selecting a rethreading function

F114 (bit 4) = 0:
Using the rethreading function
Rethreading function
F114
F114 (bit 4) = 1:
(bit 4)
Not using the rethreading function
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
F114 (bit 5) = 0:
At the time of the next tool change
F114
F114 (bit 5) = 1:
(bit 5)
When the program ends.
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
F114 (bit 6) = 0: Invalid.
Initially, the G50-specified coordinate system is selected.
F114 (bit 6) = 1: Valid.
Initial G53.5
Initially, the MAZATROL coordinate system (G53.5) is selected.
F114
(bit 6)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
2-111
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
F114 (bit 7) = 0:
The life of the tool is judged from its machining count.
Judging tool life from the count of machined

workpieces
F114
F114 (bit 7) = 1:
The life of the tool is not judged from its machining count.
(bit 7)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Set the approach speed existing before cutting feed is started in
restart/TPS mode.
Restart/TPS approach speed
F115
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
mm/min / 0.1 inch/min
Setting range
0 to 65535
Specify the X-axial feed rate for the runout of the threading cycle.
A quarter (1/4) of the rapid traverse (as set in parameter M1) applies when
this parameter is set to zero (0).
Feed rate of the threading runout X-axis
In case of M1 < F116, the feed rate will be clamped with the M1 value.
F116
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 mm/min
Setting range
0 to 240000
Invalid
F117
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-112
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Specify the Z-axial feed rate for the runout of the threading cycle.
Feed rate of the threading runout Z-axis
F118
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 mm/min
Setting range
0 to 240000
Specify the runout feed rate for the inside diameter threading cycle.
This parameter is valid only when chamfering is not specified in the inside
diameter threading unit of the MAZATROL program.
Runout feed rate for the inside diameter

threading cycle
F119
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 mm/min
Setting range
0 to 240000
Specify the X-axial clamping speed for the threading cycle.
Clamping speed for the threading cycle

X-axis
F120
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 mm/min
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Invalid
F121
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-113
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Specify the Z-axial clamping speed for the threading cycle.
Clamping speed for the threading cycle

Z-axis
F122
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 mm/min
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Invalid
F123
to
F143
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Specify the format of the fixed turning cycle.
Fixed turning cycle T32 format/Standard

format
0: Standard format
1: T32 format
F144
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range

Invalid
F145
to
F151
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-114
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Fixed value (0)
F152
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Fixed value (0)
F153
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range

Setting prohibited
F154
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
F155
to
F160
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-115
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Lathing tool offset functions
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Shape/wear offset number separation
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Shape offset handling
0: Coordinate shift
1: Tool movement
Tool offset timing
0: When move command is executed following
T-code command
1: When T-code command is executed
Tool offset vector handling if reset function is
executed
0: Vector cleared
1: Vector not cleared
Shape offset handling if offset number 0 is entered
0: Offset cleared
F161
1: Offset not cleared

Simplified wear offset
0: Invalid
1: Valid
C/Z offset when a MAZATROL program is called
from an EIA program
0: C/Z offset set in the MAZATROL program is
valid
1: C/Z offset set in the EIA program is valid
C/Z offset when an EIA program is called from a
MAZATROL program
0: C/Z offset set in the EIA program is valid
1: C/Z offset set in the MAZATROL program is
valid
F161 bit 0:
T""## command
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
For offset number separation

"" is used for shape offset. ## is used for wear offset.
For offset number non-separation

Offset number ## is used for both shape offset and wear offset.
2-116
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Chamfer/corner R-command address selection
0: (I), (K), (R), (,R), (,C), (,A)
1: (R), (C), (A)
Fixed hole-machining cycle return selection
0: Initial point
1: R-point
6 digits in T-command for turning
Use of the M Pro scheme as the method of
selecting the Length correction axis bit
0: Invalid
F162
1: Valid
MAZATROL program check for missing Z-offset
0: Valid
1: Invalid
Encoder polarity selection
0: Pulse rate increase for forward rotation
command
1: Pulse rate reduction for forward rotation
command
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Incorporation of wear offset data into the current
position display in EIA/ISO program mode
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Incorporation of wear offset data into the current
position display in MAZATROL program mode
0: Valid
1: Invalid
F163
Menu on the DATA I/O display (tape)
0: Hidden
1: Displayed
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-117
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Search for magazine (turret) tool
No search for invalid tool
No search for broken tool
Automatic tool data setting conditions
F164
No search for tool that has expired in life

Note:
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
This parameter is used for automatic setting of the following tool

data during MAZATROL program editing:
TNo. and Suffix in tool sequence of turning tool.
TNo. and Suffix in tool sequence of point machining.
2-118
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
High-speed synchronous tapping function
0: Valid
1: Invalid
X-axis movement to minus side during polar
coordinate interpolation
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
Polar coordinate interpolation of the C-axis
0: Specification in terms of radius value
1: Specification in terms of diameter value
C-axis indexing when EIA subprogram is called
from MAZATROL program
0: Not executed
1: Executed
Modal or non-modal state of Q command in deep
hole drilling cycle
0: Modal
1: Non-modal
Behavior of automatic operation of an EIA program
when Z-offset is not set
0: Z-offset = 0
F165
1: Alarm stop
Setting at CONTI. of the END unit during tool path
check
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Supplemental explanation of F165 Bit 4
This bit is used to select whether the depth of infeed per pass (address Q
command) in deep hole drilling cycles is modal or non-modal.
0: Modal
The modal value is used if the Q command is not specified. If the
modal value of the Q command is 0 (typically, in cases where the Q
setting is omitted in the initial deep hole drilling cycle command), or if
the Q value is set to 0, an alarm ILLEGAL NUMBER INPUT occurs.
1: Non-modal
If the Q setting is omitted, or if the Q value is set to 0, the workpiece is
cut to the preset infeed depth in a single pass.
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-119
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Tool set value on the TOOL DATA display in the
automatic operation mode
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
Select whether the to-be-drawn plane that has
been selected during plane selection on the
TRACE or TOOL PATH CHECK display is to be
held as the same plane between the two displays
or independently between them.
F166
0: Hold as the same plane

1: Independent hold
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Operation conducted when the [RESTART] menu

key is pressed following completion of the search in
EIA modal restarting mode
0: Retains the completed status of the search
1: Cancels search results
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Threading (by turning) shift angle (Q-command)
unit
0: 1/1000
1: 1
Handling the diameter/radius of point R during the
hole-machining fixed cycle
0: Based on the settings for the X-axis
1: Fixed at the radius value
Handling the tool measured using the G137H
command
0: Regarding the tool as broken
1: Not regarding the tool as broken
Handling the MAZATROL restart/single-process

mode when operation is completed/reset
F167
0: Not holding the mode

1: Holding the mode
If the arc internal correction value is greater than
the arc radius
0: Connecting the path linearly
1: Regarding the status as an alarm
Wear correction direction in the lathe-based
machine model
0: Actual axis direction
1: Virtual axis direction
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Updating the current position by a press of the

reset key in manual operation mode
0: Valid
1: Invalid
2-120
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
EIA/ISO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
F168
(bit 0)
(bit 1)
(bit 2)
(bit 3)
(bit 4)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Select whether to hold the amount of shift in spite of pressing the RESET
key when manual handle pulse interruption is valid.
F168 (bit 5) = 0:
Holding the amount of manual handle pulse

interruption
Hold
F168
F168 (bit 5) = 1:
(bit 5)
No hold (M640T compatible mode)

Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
The same operation as that of the M640T can be selected. This parameter
is valid when F95 bit 6 = 0 (holds the amount of manual handle pulse
interruption, in spite of the RESET key operation/M30/M02).
Select whether the [RESTART2NONMODAL] menu function during stop

of an EIA program execution is to be made valid or invalid.
F168
[RESTART2NONMODAL] menu function

during stop of an EIA program execution
invalid/valid
F168 (bit 6) = 0:
Invalid
F168 (bit 6) = 1:
(bit 6)
Valid
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Whether to allow for groove/protrusion width measurement the selection of
a correction pattern which assumes that both ends of the groove or
protrusion are machined with the same tool
Correction pattern for groove/ protrusion

width measurement
F168
(bit 7)
F168 (bit 7) = 0:
Impossible to select the correction pattern
F168 (bit 7) = 1:
Possible to select the correction pattern
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
2-121
PARAMETER
2-3-5
User parameter
SOFT LIMIT (I)
USER
Classification
Address
SOFT LIMIT
Display title
Meaning
Description
The amount and direction of shift from the final setting position during
unidirectional positioning of the point-machining or during execution of
G60.
I1 < 0: Positioning in minus direction
I1 > 0: Positioning in plus direction
Example:
Shift amount of unidirectional positioning

(G60)
+y
Machine coordinate system
Shift amount
I1
+x
I1
Final setting position
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch

(0.0001 deg)
Setting range
0 to 99999999
For the axes which operate in submicrons in the case of

submicron machine specifications, the setting unit of this
parameter is reduced to 1/10 times.
Note:
The parameter used to define the machine working zone in order to

prevent machine interference with the workpiece or jigs. Set the coordinate
values of the machine coordinate system.
Upper (plus direction) user soft-limit
I2
Example:
+Y
M8
(Y-axis)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch

(0.0001 deg)
Setting range
0 to 99999999
M9
(Y-axis)
Machine
coordinate system
+X
I3 (X-axis)
Machining
working zone
M9 (X-axis)
I2 (X-axis)
M8 (X-axis)
Manufacturer soft-limit
Lower (minus direction) user soft-limit
I3
If the machine is likely to overstep its working zone, an alarm will occur
and the machine will stop.
Note 1: These parameters are valid only when bit 2 of I14 is 0.
Note 2: These parameters are invalid if I2 = I3.
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch

(0.0001 deg)
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Note 3: For the axes which operate in submicrons in the case of

submicron machine specifications, the setting unit of this parameter is
reduced to 1/10 times.
2-122
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SOFT LIMIT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
I4
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Override
(%)
Function for making the G0 speed variable

Variable override: Minimum value
100
I5
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
I5
0
I9
I7
I7
Axis position
I10
Invalid
I6
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Override
(%)

Variable control area
100
I7
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
I5
0
I9
I7
I7
I10
2-123
Axis position
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SOFT LIMIT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
I8
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Override
(%)

Variable control area lower limit
I9
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
100
I5
0
I9
I7
I7
Axis position
I10
Override
(%)
Variable control area upper limit
I10
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
100
I5
0
I9
I11
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
I7
I10
Invalid
Program type
I7
2-124
Axis position
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SOFT LIMIT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the clamping value for the amount of handle interruption.
Clamping value for the amount of handle

interruption
I12
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Execution of G28 (reference-point return):
0: Memory-type zero-point return
1: Watchdog-type zero-point return
Manual zero-point return operation:
I13
0: Memory-type zero-point return

(After power-on, however, watchdog-type
zero-point return)
1: Watchdog-type zero-point return
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Removal of control axes

0: No (Not removed)
1: Yes (Removed)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Mirror image with respect to the machine zero-point
0: Invalid
1: Valid
User software limits (I2, I3)
0: Valid
1: Invalid
Tool-tip relief after spindle orientation during
execution of G75, G76, G86 or point-machining
(boring)
I14
0: Required
1: Not required
Direction of the relief mentioned above
0: Plus
1: Minus
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-125
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SOFT LIMIT
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
I15
to
I20
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Specify the position of the fixed point which is used when 9 is specified in
parameter SU10 or that [USER 1 (I21)] is specified in CHANGE-PT of the
manual program unit.
I21
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
99999999 to 99999999
Specify the position of the fixed point which is used when 9 is specified in
parameter SU10 or that [USER 2 (I22)] is specified in CHANGE-PT of the
manual program unit.
I22
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
99999999 to 99999999
2-126
PARAMETER
2-3-6
User parameter
SYSTEM (SU)
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the reference axis of abscissa.
Reference axis of abscissa for plane

selection
SU1
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set axis 1 parallel to the axis of abscissa.
Axis 1 parallel to the axis of abscissa for

plane selection
SU2
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set axis 2 parallel to the axis of abscissa.
Axis 2 parallel to the axis of abscissa for

plane selection
SU3
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set the reference axis of ordinate.
Reference axis of ordinate for plane

selection
SU4
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
2-127
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set axis 1 parallel to the axis of ordinate.
Axis 1 parallel to the axis of ordinate for

plane selection
SU5
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set axis 2 parallel to the axis of ordinate (cylindrical interpolation).
Axis 2 parallel to the axis of ordinate for

plane selection
SU6
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set the reference height axis.
Reference height axis for plane selection
SU7
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set axis 1 parallel to the height axis.
Axis 1 parallel to the height axis for plane

selection
SU8
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
2-128
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set axis 2 parallel to the height axis.
Axis 2 parallel to the height axis for plane

selection
SU9
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
2-129
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
Selection of tool change command output

position
Specify tool change command output position from [0] through [10] below.
M5 Z-axis
[6]
[3] I21/22 Z-axis
[1]
M5 X-axis
Machine zero point
[4]
Zc
: Stock material edge projection length
Dmax : Stock material maximum outside
diameter
: Tool turning clearance (X-axis) SU50
x
+ B-axis spindle edge offset value BA62
+ Spindle tool length
: Tool turning clearance (Z-axis) SU51
z
Fixed point
[5]
[0]
[2]
I21/22 X-axis
[9/10]
x
[7]
[8]
User-specified
fixed point 1/2
Dmax
Zc
SU10
Setting
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
X-axis
Clearance position
Machine zero point
Clearance position
Machine zero point
Fixed point
Clearance position
Machine zero point
End point of previous machining
User-specified fixed point 1
Z-axis
Clearance position
Clearance position
Machine zero point
Machine zero point
Fixed point
Clearance position
Machine zero point
Note 1: SU10 = 5 or 6, Z-axis tool change command output position is

identical with the end point of previous machining. In the case below,
however, this may not be applied.
As shown here, if the longest tool comes into the hatched portion, the
position will escape in Z-axis direction by the distance determined by
SU51.
SU51
Stock material
length
Stock material
edge protrusion
length
Note 2: The turret type of turret conducts tool turning at the tool change
command output position. The ATC type of turret moves from the tool
change command output position to the ATC position.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 10
2-130
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
Specify the types of axes to be simultaneously moved when approaching
the tool to the next machining area.
0: Three axes (X, Y, Z) move at the same time.
Movement of axes during approach
1: After Z-axis movement, the X-axis and the Y-axis move at the same
time.
SU11
<Supplementary description>
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
This parameter is valid only when workpiece scheme is selected in the

common unit. If initial-point scheme is selected, three axes move
simultaneously, irrespective of setting of this parameter.
Invalid
SU12
to
SU14
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Specify the name of the axis used as the thrust axis for the servo axis.
Name of thrust axis for servo axis
SU15
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
0: The tool moves to the approach position set in the machining program,
without moving to the indexed swivel position.
Movement to C-axis index swivel position

when Z-offset scheme is used
1: The tool moves to the index swivel position and after C-axis indexing, it
moves to the approach position.
SU16
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
2-131
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
SU17
SU18
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
SU19 = 0:
Three axes (X, Y, Z) are simultaneously moved to the tool change
command output position that has been specified in SU10 and TC62.
*
Selecting the method of axis movement to

the tool change command output position
SU19
When the tool nose is present at a position internal to the position of

(workpiece diameter + safety profile clearance), the axes pass through
the clearance point.
SU19 = 1:
Following the X-axis, the Y- and Z-axes are moved to the tool change
command output position that has been specified in SU10 and TC62.
*
When the tool nose is present at a position internal to the position of

(workpiece diameter + safety profile clearance), only the X-axis passes
through the clearance point. The Z-axis does not pass.
Note:
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
This parameter is valid only when the program is of the

workpiece scheme (WPC setting) or the Z-offset scheme.
During polygonal machining, acceleration of the turning and milling spindle

can be decreased by this parameter.
Spindle acceleration for polygonal machining
SU20
= Spindle acceleration 100
Note:
Coefficient for polygonal machining spindle
acceleration
SU20
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
This value will be handled as100 if a negative value, 0 or a value

more than 100 is set here.
If during polygonal machining alarm 43 SPINDLE MALFUNCTION 2
(52, , ) occurs for the milling spindle, set a value less than 100 in this
parameter to elongate the turning spindle speed attainment time
(acceleration is decreased).
2-132
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
SU21
to
SU48
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set dwell time for the parts catcher.
Delay timer for the parts catcher
SU49
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 s
Setting range
0 to 9999
Tool turning clearance is required to prevent interference between the tool
and stock material during tool change in automatic operation.
Tool turning clearance (radial value) in

X-axis
SU51
Chuck
SU50
SU50
Stock material shape
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
Dmax
l0
Dmax: Stock material maximum outside diameter

Stock material edge projection length
l0:
Tool turning clearance in Z-axis
SU51
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
2-133
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
SU52
to
SU100
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Example 1: Standard type cutting

Prior to cutting up along the wall in the end of final cycle, escape
will be made by specified distance.
Return distance (radial value) in X-axis at

wall during rough cutting in bar machining or
in corner machining of EIA/ISO program
SU101
SU101
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
SU102
Example 2: High speed rough cutting
Escape will be made by SU101 and SU102 specified distance
during return after reaching the wall.
Return distance in Z-axis at wall during

rough cutting in bar machining or in corner
machining of EIA/ISO program
SU102
SU101
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
SU102
*
For MAZATROL programs refer to TC67 and TC68.
If a cutting depth has not been specified in the program, operation will
occur in accordance with the setting of this parameter.
Cutting depth in the composite-type fixed
cycle (G71/G72)
SU103
SU103
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
2-134
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
Tool
Pecking return distance in grooving

(G74/G75) of EIA/ISO program
SU104
SU104
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
For MAZATROL programs refer to TC74.
Cut depth (diametral value) for final cut in

composite-type thread cutting cycle G76 of
EIA/ISO program
1st cut
SU105
(n/2-1) th cut
(n/2) th cut
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
SU105
Minimum cut depth clamping value (radial

value) in composite-type thread cutting
cycle G76 of EIA/ISO program
SU106
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
nth cut
Clamping will follow the setting of SU106 if the calculated value of the cut
depth with the composite type thread cutting cycle G76 is smaller than the
setting of SU106. This parameter is valid only for the infeed operation of
the fixed volume chip production scheme.
*
Set the spindle safety clamp speed when ACT- is not specified in the tool
data.
This clamp speed is invalid when ACT- is set in the tool data.
Safety clamp speed
SU107
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
min
0 to 99999999
2-135
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the machine safeguarding strength to be used during the calculation of
the safety speed for the spindle.
Remark:
Safeguarding strength
SU108
Spindle safety speed calculation expression

3
2E
60 10
-1
N=
m (min )
D
Tool diameter D (mm): ACT- in MAZATROL tool data

Safeguarding strength E (J): Parameter SU108
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Tip mass m (kg): Parameter SU109/1000
Set the tip mass used to calculate the spindle safety clamp speed.
Tip mass
SU109
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Set the desired data range.
Note:
Although entered data is checked for the range that has been set
in SU110 - SU113, the check is conducted only when the Tool
length setting range check function is valid (SU154 bit 1 = 1).
Example:

Settable data range
SU110
to
SU113
SU110 Max. tool length (+X-axis)

SU111 Min. tool length (X-axis)
SU112 Max. tool length (+Z-axis)
SU113 Min. tool length (Z-axis)
SU112
SU110
*
Program type
Example of SU111 = 0
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
19999999
2-136
SU113
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
SU114
to
SU152
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
M-code selection for tapping cycle (See below.)
MAZATROL machining with C-axis clamped
(C-axis cylindrical, line, or linear machining)
0: Machining with C-axis braked
1: Machining with C-axis clamped
MAZATROL point machining with C-axis clamped
(M210)
0: Output of M210
1: No output of M210
SU153 bit 0
If the command block of G84/G88 does not contain spindle
forward/reverse rotation M-codes, one of the following M-codes will be
output by BA59 or BA60, depending on the status of bit 0 in parameter
SU153:
SU153
SU153
bit 0
Program type
M, E (Bit 0: E, Bit 4: M)
Conditions
Immediate
(Bit 0: After stop of
movement)
Unit
Bit
Setting range
BA59 = 3
BA60 = 4
BA59 = 203
BA60 = 204
Tapping cycle of turning
Tapping cycle of milling
Inverse tapping cycle of

turning

milling
If 0 is set in BA60, 4 will be regarded as having been set, and M04 will
be output.
2-137
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0: Invalid
1: Valid
SU154
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range

Fixed value (1)
SU155
(bit 0)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
SU155
(bit 1)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Select whether the zero point return is to be executed at an EIA

subprogram call from a MAZATROL program.
0: Executed
Operation at an EIA subprogram call from a

MAZATROL program
1: Not executed
SU155
(bit 2)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
2-138
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
SU155
(bit 3)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Select whether the tool change command is to be output during

MAZATROL programmed operation when the machining unit is executed
for the first time.
Tool change command output at the start of

MAZATROL programmed operation
SU155
0: Output of the tool change command except for the same tool
1: Unconditional output of the tool change command
(bit 4)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Invalid
SU155
(bit 5)
(bit 6)
(bit 7)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Type of deep hole drilling cycle G83/G87
0: Normal type
1: High-speed type
SU156
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-139
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
SYSTEM
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
T-command output position when the tool change
position is set to NO RETURN for the manual
program unit
0: When the tool is at the tool rotating position
1: When the tool is at the end position of machining
Response to a tool change command for the same
tool number (TNo.)
0: No movement to the tool rotating position
1: Movement to the tool rotating position when
either of the following three conditions is
satisfied:
(a) The value of tool length/tool setting data
differs.
SU157
(b) The value of nose R/tool diameter differs.

(c) The section to be machined differs.
Preparatory C-axis positioning to 0 for a manual
program unit (MANL PRG) with a milling tool after a
turning unit
0: Positioning to 0 on the C-axis
1: No movement on the C-axis.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range

Invalid
SU158
to
SU168
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-140
PARAMETER
2-3-7
User parameter
TURNING (TC)
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Cut depth reduction rate for rough cutting in

bar machining unit, corner machining unit,
and copy machining unit
TC1
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
Cut depth can be reduced as remaining workpiece thickness becomes less

in rough cutting in bar machining unit, corner machining unit, and copy
machining unit. Reduced cut depth (A) can be expressed by
TC1
A = T 100
where T = Remaining thickness (radial value).
F2
F1
Acceleration rate in up-going taper for rough

cutting in bar machining unit
b
a
TC2
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 500
b
TC2
F2 = F1 100 a
F1: Feed rate for rough cutting
F2: Increased feed rate
This is effective only when TC141 (bit 0) = 1.
F2
F1
Acceleration rate in up-going wall slope

(90) for rough cutting in bar machining unit
TC3
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 500
TC3
F2 = F1 100
F2: Increased feed rate
Note:
Up to 500 % can be set.

This parameter will be used to select escape pattern (0, 1 or 2) when wall
is vertical in G71/G72 mode.
Selection of escape pattern from wall (90)

in rough cutting cycle
TC4
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 2
TC4 = 0:
Escape at 45 from wall
TC4 = 1:
Cutting up along the finishing contour
TC4 = 2:
Cutting up along the finishing contour
The feed rate will be accelerated at wall (90)
Accelerated feed rate F is expressed as follows.
TC3
F = F0 100
(where F0 = Feed rate specified in program)
(!TC3)
2-141
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
a
F3
F1
Deceleration rate in down-going taper for

rough cutting in bar machining unit
TC5
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 500
a
TC5
F3 = F1 100 b
F3: Reduced feed rate
F3
F1
Deceleration rate in down-going wall slope
(90) for rough cutting in bar machining unit
TC6
TC6
F3 = F1 100
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 500

F3: Reduced feed rate

F2
Acceleration rate on outside stock contour
for rough cutting in copy machining unit
F1
TC7
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 500
TC7
F2 = F1 100
F1: Feed rate inside stock contour
F2: Feed rate outside stock contour
Used to calculate acceleration distance in thread cutting unit
Acceleration pitch error ratio in thread

cutting unit
TC8
TC8
L = L0 { ln ( 1000 ) 1 + 1000 }
L: Acceleration distance
L0: Distance over which feed rate become constant
TC8
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1%
Setting range
0 to 100
2-142
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
PS
PS: Programmed start point
[1]
Rough cutting residue ratio in cutting off

cycle in groove cutting unit
[2]
TC9
PE: Programmed end point
l: Groove machining depth

l = PSPE
PE
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
d: Rough cutting residue

TC9
d = l 100
[1] Cutting at rough cutting feed rate to a point short of end point PE by
distance d
[2] Cutting off at finish cutting feed rate to end point PE
Used to calculate minimum cutting frequency in groove cutting unit, edge
machining unit and copy machining unit
Cut depth allowable incremental rate for

rough cutting in groove cutting unit, edge
machining unit and copy machining unit
d = d (
100 + TC10
)
100
d: Cut depth per cycle

d: Allowable maximum cut depth
TC10
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
TC11
100
F': Feed rate at cutting start
F = F
End point
Programmed
start point
Drill
Deceleration rate at cutting start in

turning-drilling unit
TC11
l
D
l=
(0 < < 180)
2 tan/2
l=0
( 180)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
2-143
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
TC12
100
F = F
Programmed
end point
End point
Deceleration rate at cutting end in

TC12
Programmed
start point
Drill
Feed rate at F' to the

l
point distant by
l from the end point
D
D
l=
+ 10 (0 < < 180)
2 tan/2
D
( 180)
l = 10
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
Deceleration clearance
(TC15)
Deceleration rate at rough cutting start in

bar machining unit and copy machining unit
TC13
TC13
100
F = F
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
(!TC15)
2-144
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
This parameter is valid during initial cutting in a bar roughing cycle. If the
remainder obtained by dividing the thickness of cutting during the roughing
cycle by the corresponding cutting depth stays within the range specified
by this parameter, that value will be added to the initial cutting depth to
reduce the cutting repeat times.
Example 1: TC14 = 0
(R-depth.: 5)
Example 2: TC14 = 10%

(R-depth.: 5)
5
Maximum permissible rate of increase of the

initial cutting depth during roughing
10.1
Cutting to a depth of 10.1 is

executed in 3 rounds of cutting
(5, 5, and 0.1).
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
10.1
5
0.1
TC14
Program type
5.1
Cutting at a depth setting of 5

results in a final cutting depth of 0.1.
Since 10% of the depth setting of 5
is 0.5 and this value is larger than
the final cutting depth, this final
cutting depth is added to the initial
cutting depth.
Up to 100% can be set. When a value larger than 100% is set, it

is regarded as 0.
Note:
Front clearance (TC39)
Block separated
F F'
Deceleration clearance at start of rough

cutting in bar machining unit and copy
machining unit
F'
TC15
(Feedrate decelerated for

the initial contact with
workpiece)
TC15
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
Using this parameter will reduce load in the initial contact

between the tool and workpiece.
Note:
(!TC13)
TC16 Escape
P1
Tolerance for escape in high speed rough
cutting cycle of bar machining unit
P2
P3
TC16
Program type
d: Distance in cutting
direction between P1
and P2
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
If TC16 d, tool escape from the workpiece.

If TC16 < d, tool doesnt escape from the workpiece.
2-145
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the starting pitch error rate of threading.
[1]
Pitch error correction during threading

acceleration
TC17
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm
Setting range
0 to 40
Ideal pitch = Starting pitch of threading ([1]) + TC17
Fixed value (0)
TC18
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Used for automatic determination of first cut depth in turning-drilling

TC19
100
D: Drilling hole diameter
d1: Cut depth of first cut
d1 = D
Turning-drilling cut depth calculation
coefficient
TC19
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 1000
F1
Reamer return speed calculation coefficient

in the turning-drilling unit
P1
P2
TC20
F2
TC20
100
F1: Specified feed rate
F2: Return speed
P1: Start point
P2: End point
F2 = F1
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 999
2-146
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Programmed
start point
Programmed
end point
Tap
Incomplete threading portion length

calculation coefficient for turning-tap tip
TC21
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Pitch/10
Setting range
0 to 99
Cutting end point specified farther

by this length l
TC21
10
P: Tapping pitch
l: Incomplete thread portion length
l=P
Normal state
Tap
Turning-tapper elongation calculation
coefficient
Tap
TC22
l
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Pitch/10
Setting range
0 to 99
Thread height calculation coefficient for

outside diameter, face/rear thread cutting
(metric)
TC22
10
P: Tapping pitch
l: Tapper elongation
l=P
TC23
h = P 10000
h: Thread height
P: Thread pitch
TC23
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.01%
Setting range
0 to 65535

inside diameter thread cutting (metric)
TC24
h = P 10000
h: Thread height
P: Thread pitch
TC24
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.01%
Setting range
0 to 65535
2-147
Pressed state
during cutting, etc.
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description

outside diameter, face/rear thread cutting
(inch)
TC25
h = P 10000
h: Thread height
P: Thread pitch
TC25
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.01%
Setting range
0 to 65535

inside diameter thread cutting (inch)
TC26
h = P 10000
h: Thread height
P: Thread pitch
TC26
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.01%
Setting range
0 to 65535
<#1>
P
Recessing width for #1 to #3
TC28
TC27
TC27
<#2>
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
TC28
TC27
TC27
<#3>
Recessing depth #1 to #3
TC28
TC28
TC28
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
P: Programmed end point
2-148
TC27
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
<#4>
P
TC30
TC29
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
TC29
TC30
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
<#5>
TC32
TC31
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
TC31
P
TC32
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
2-149
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
<#6>
TC33
TC33
Program type
TC34
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
TC34 TC33
TC34
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
Invalid
TC35
TC36
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-150
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Safety contour clearance

Outside diameter clearance (radial value)
Safety contour clearance is provided for outside of the stock material

shape specified by common data in program.
Tool approach and escape paths for each unit will be automatically
determined according to set data (outside diameter, inside diameter, front
clearance, back clearance) for parameters from TC37 to TC40.
TC37
TC40
TC39
TC37
Safety contour
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
Dmin
TC38
Dmax
l0

Inside diameter clearance (radial value)
TC38
Dmax: Stock material maximum outside diameter

Dmin : Stock material minimum inside diameter
M
l0
: Stock material edge projection length
Conditions
Immediate
: Stock material length
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
Program type

Front clearance
TC39
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535

Back clearance
TC40
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
2-151
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Thread cutting clearance is provided to specify tool return distance for
each cycle in thread cutting unit.
Thread cutting clearance will be added to the highest portion of thread and
repeating path will be determined automatically.
<OUT>
TC41
Programmed shape
Thread cutting
acceleration distance
<IN>
Thread cutting
Programmed shape
Thread cutting clearance (radial value)
TC41
TC41
<FCE>
Programmed
shape
TC41
Thread cutting
acceleration
distance
<BAK>
Thread cutting
TC41
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
Programmed shape
2-152
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Groove cutting clearance is provided at machining start portion in groove
cutting unit.
<OUT>
Tool path
Outside diameter
clearance TC37
TC42
Groove cutting clearance (radial value) in
X-axis
TC42
<IN>
Front clearance
TC39
Tool path
TC42
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
<FCE>
Outside diameter
clearance TC37
Tool path
TC43
Groove cutting clearance in Z-axis
Front clearance
TC39
<BAK>
TC43
Tool path
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
Back clearance
TC40
2-153
TC43
Outside diameter
clearance TC37
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
TC44
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
After edge-machining unit roughing, this parameter works instead of safety

contour clearance FCE parameter TC39. If, however, TC45 is zero, then
TC39 is used.
Amount of edge clearance after roughing in

the edge-machining unit
TC45
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
D
dn
Cut depth
di
d1
End
point
d1
Start
point
n-th cycle i-th cycle 1st cycle
d2
di
Drilling depth decrement in turning-drilling
unit
TC46
b
dn
1
D : Drilling depth
d1 : Cut depth in 1st cycle
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
di : Cut depth in i-th cycle

d1 TC46 (i 1) (di b)
b
(di < b)
b : Drilling depth clamping value (TC48)
(!TC48)
2-154
Number of
cutting in
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
TC47 TC47
TC47
G1
G0
Pecking return distance in turning-drilling

unit
TC47
P2
Program type
P1
D4
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
D3
D2
D1
P1: Start point

P2: End point
Dn: (n = 1 to 4) = Cut depth
Minimum turning-drilling cut depth is set.
Drilling cut depth clamp value in

TC48
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
(!TC46)
If 0 or 1 is set up in TC50:
This value will be used as the spindle speed clamp value in cutting off
cycle (#4/#5).
If 2 or more is set up in TC50:
Immediately before the cutting off area (*) is reached during the cutting off
cycle, this value will be used as the spindle speed clamp value. Within the
cutting off area, however, machining will be executed at the speed
corresponding to this value.
Spindle speed clamp value in cutting off

cycle (GRV)
TC49
Cutting off area = (Starting position X Ending position X) TC9/100
TC49 = 0:
The spindle speed will be clamped with the RPM value in the common unit.
If RPM is zero, the spindle speed will be clamped with the value of
parameter SA1.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
min
0 to 65535
2-155
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
The staring feed value for cutting-off is a feed value that has been
designated in unit data, and the ending feed value for cutting-off is a feed
value that has been designated in sequence data. The feed rate from the
start of machining to the end is reduced in steps according to the number
of times that has been designated here.
Example:
Feed rate set at feed item in unit data = 0.5
Feed rate set at roughness item in sequence data = 0.1
TC50 = 3
Feed rate: 0.5
Number of times that the feed rate is to be

reduced during the #4 and #5 cutting-off
cycles of a grooving unit
Feed rate: 0.3

Workpiece
TC50
Workpiece
Feed rate: 0.1
Note:
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Times
Setting range
0 to 65535
When 0 or 1 is set for TC50, the feed rate is unchanged.
Set the number of revolutions of the spindle during dwell time at the bottom
of a hole when the #0 - #4 non-through hole drilling cycle is selected in the
turning-drilling unit.
Dwell at the hole bottom during non-through
hole drilling cycle of the turning-drilling unit
TC51
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Revolutions
Setting range
0 to 255
Tool will stop at groove bottom while spindle rotates N times when TC52 is
set to N (N=0 to 255).
Dwell (specification of spindle rotation

number) at groove bottom in groove cutting
unit
TC52
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Revolutions
Setting range
0 to 255
Remaining at groove bottom until

the spindle rotates N times.
2-156
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
For escape by very short distance, G01 feed speed will be faster than G00
to complete the operation. (If G00 is used, smoothing 0 detection will be
made at the end position.)
Therefore, for escape very short distance, use G01 command, and set the
feed speed of this command as parameter.
Example:
Escape in finish
cutting of edge-machining unit
Escape in rough cutting

of bar-machining unit
Feed rate for escape by short distance
TC53
Feed speed in this block

specified by G01 (TC53)
Escape distance
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 mm/min / 0.1 inch/min
Setting range
0 to 65535
(!TC67, TC68)
Inside diameter enlarging cycle
TC54
TC54
Cut depth per cycle for machining inside

diameter in bar machining unit
Cutting is promoted gradually from the edge,
and machining chip removal efficient.
TC54
cf. Standard inside diameter cutting
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
2-157
Cutting to specified depth

once through, and machining
chip removal not efficient
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Example:
Outside diameter machining in normal ( Z-axis) direction
dr: Reverse feed contour data
Reverse feed tolerance for contour

machining
Contour
TC55
Program type
dr
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
dr TC55 No alarm
dr > TC55 Alarm
PS
PE
TC56
PE
TC56
Overtravelling in X-axis direction in edge

machining unit
PS
PS: Start
PE: End point
TC56
Note:
By setting an adequate value for TC56, uncut residue will not be

produced in edge machining.
Tool
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
Invalid
TC57
to
TC64
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-158
Uncut residue because

of nose R. etc.
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Specification of first M-code for parts catcher

control
It is a parameter to automatically control the parts catcher.

If the set value of TC65 is n, M-code of No. n (parts catcher forward) is
outputted at the start of cutting off (#4, #5), and M-code of No. n+1 (Parts
catcher backward) is outputted at the end.
Note:
If 0 is set in TC65 no M-code is outputted.
TC65
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Invalid
TC66
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Example 1:
TC67
Standard type cutting
Prior to cutting up along the wall in the end of final cycle, escape will be
Return distance (radial value) in X-axis at
made by specified distance.
wall during rough cutting in bar cutting unit, in
corner machining unit of MAZATROL
programs
TC67
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
TC68
Example 2:
High speed rough cutting
Escape will be made by TC67 and TC68 specified distance during return
after reaching the wall.
TC68
Return distance in Z-axis at wall during rough

cutting in bar cutting unit, in corner machining
unit or in mill-turning unit of MAZATROL
programs
TC67
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
TC67
*
For EIA/ISO programs (fixed cycle) refer to SU101 and SU102.
2-159
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set number of revolutions during dwell for each cutting operation for
machining #0, #1, #2, #3, #4, or #5 groove (T. GROOVE unit) with
pecking return distance (TC74) of 0.
Number of revolutions during dwell for

pecking of grooving
The tool stops moving until the spindle makes revolutions set in this
parameter.
TC69
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Revolutions
Setting range
0 to 255
Invalid
TC70
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Specify the feed stopping rotation dwell time during the chip cutting cycle.
Feed is stopped while the spindle rotates for the specified time.
Feed stopping rotation dwell time during the

chip cutting cycle (valid only for roughing)
TC71
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Revolutions
Setting range
0 to 65535
Note:
If 0 is entered, the dwell time will be handled as 0. However,

the feed rate will be reduced since the dwell function itself will be
executed.
If the number of times of roughing has not been specified in the program,
operation will occur in accordance with the setting of this parameter.
Number of times of roughing in the
composite-type fixed cycle (G73)
TC72
Number of times of
roughing
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Times
Setting range
0 to 65535
2-160
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Pecking speed
[1] Cutting: (G1) F command data
[2] Pecking: (G1) TC73
[3] Cutting: (G1) F command data
When executing groove cutting with grooving pattern #0 (only for

oblique groove) the tool returns from the groove bottom also at the
G1 feed rate determined by this parameter.
Grooving #0 (Right-angled groove)

Return speed at pecking portion in groove
cutting unit and turning-drilling unit
Grooving #0 (Oblique groove)
Returns at G1
Returns at G0
TC73
Note:
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/rev
0.0001 inch/rev
Setting range
0 to 65535
In turning-drilling unit, TC73 setting will be used only for #2 and

[#2] types.
Tool
Pecking return distance in groove cutting unit

of MAZATROL programs
TC74
TC74
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
For EIA/ISO programs (fixed cycle) refer to SU104.

d
d: Tool diameter
l:
Tool
Overlap distance for machining wide groove

in groove cutting unit
TC75
TC75
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
2-161
Groove width
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
<Rough cutting>
<Finish cutting>
TC76 TC76
Escape value after machining in edge

machining unit
TC76
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
TC76
TC76
TC77
L
L0
Acceleration distance clamp value for thread

cutting unit
TC77
L: Effective thread length
Program start
point
Thread cutting
start point
L0: Acceleration distance
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Lead/10
If L0 > TC77, alarm will be caused.

If, however, TC141 (bit 2) = 0, alarm will not be caused.
Setting range
0 to 255
(!TC141 (bit 2))
Cut depth (radial value) for final cut in thread

cutting unit of MAZATROL programs
1st cut
TC78
(n/2-1) th cut
(n/2) th cut
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
TC78
nth cut
Clamping will follow the setting of TC79 if the calculated value of the cut
depth with the threading unit is smaller than the setting of TC79. This
parameter is valid only for the infeed operation of the fixed-area scheme.
Minimum cut depth clamping value (radial
value) in thread cutting unit of MAZATROL
programs
TC79
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
2-162
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
If, during the composite-type fixed cycle G76 mode, a tool nose angle has
not been specified in the program, the setting of this parameter will
become the angle of the tool nose.
Angle of the tool nose during the G76 mode
TC80
Angle
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
deg
Setting range
0, 29, 30, 55, 60, 80
The setting must be either 0, 29, 30, 55, 60 or 80.
If the number of times of repetition has not been specified in the program,
operation will occur in accordance with the setting of this parameter.
Final finishing repeat times in the
composite-type fixed cycle (G76)
Number of times
TC81
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Times
Setting range
0 to 65535
L2
L1
End
point
Chamfering data calculation coefficient in

thread cutting unit and thread cutting cycle
(G76/G92)
TC82
L: Effective thread length

L1: Same pitch incomplete thread length (follow-up delay)
L2: Chamfering data
: Chamfering angle
TC82
10
L0: Thread lead
L2 = L 0
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Lead/10
Setting range
0 to 40
2-163
Start
point
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
During a finishing process based on the standard pattern (#0) of the
threading unit, TC78 cutting (final cutting diameter in threading unit) is
repeated the number of times that has been specified in TC83.
TC83
Number of cutting operations to be performed TC83 = 0 or 1:

on finishing allowance corresponding to
Cutting based on the setting of TC78 occurs once.
standard pattern (#0) of threading unit
TC83 2:
Finish-cutting is repeated the number of times specified in TC83, and with
the depth-of-cut setting of TC78/TC83.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Times
Setting range
0 to 65535
Parameter TC83 is valid only for #0, [#0]: it does not function for #1,
[#1] or #2, [#2].
If TC78 = 0, TC83 is valid.
For thread refinishing, one cutting operation is performed as before.

Specify the feed rate to be auto-set for finishing (turning) in the
MAZATROL program.
Feed rate to be auto-set for finishing
TC84
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
Invalid
TC85
to
TC94
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Fixed value
TC95
TC96
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-164
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
TC97
to
TC106
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
For the inside diameter as a machining section of the bar/copy/thread

cutting unit, the end point can be set out of the material within a specified
range in the material longitudinal direction.
Inside diameter overshoot in material

longitudinal direction
Inside diameter
overshoot in material
longitudinal direction
TC107
TC107
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 mm/0.1 inch
Setting range
Invalid
TC108
to
TC116
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-165
Workpiece length
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
The settings of these parameters will be used if the amount of release is
not specified in the program.
Composite-type fixed cycle

amount of X-axial release (G73)
TC117
TC117
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
TC118
Composite-type fixed cycle

amount of Z-axial release (G73)
TC118
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
Invalid
TC119
to
TC140
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-166
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
TC141 (bit 0) = 0: Disuse
F1
F1
No acceleration
TC141 (bit 0) = 1: Use
TC141
F2
Use/disuse of acceleration in up-going slope

during rough cutting cycle in bar machining
unit
F2 > F1
F1
F2: Feed rate after

acceleration
(bit 0)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
F1: Feed rate for rough

cutting cycle
(!TC2, TC3)
F1
F1
No deceleration
TC141 (bit 1) = 1: Use
TC141
Use/disuse of deceleration in down-going

slope during rough cutting cycle in bar
machining unit
F3 < F1
F1
F3
F1: Feed rate for rough

cutting cycle
F3: Feed rate after
deceleration
(bit 1)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
(!TC5, TC6)
2-167
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Alarm not caused even if acceleration distance at start of thread cutting
unit exceeds clamp data
TC141 (bit 2) = 1: Use
Alarm caused when acceleration distance at start of thread cutting unit
exceeds clamp data
Selection between use/disuse of acceleration

Example:
distance check at start of thread cutting unit
TC141
Lc
(bit 2)
Alarm not caused
Lo
Alarm caused
Lo
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Start of
thread
cutting
Lo: Acceleration distance

Lc: Acceleration distance
clamp data
(!TC77)
TC141 (bit 3) = 0: Start position shift
Thread number offset adjusted by moving thread cutting start position
1st thread
2nd thread
3rd thread
Acceleration distance
changes according to
the thread number
Selection of the thread number offset method

in case of the thread cutting unit
TC141 (bit 3) = 1: Start angle shift
TC141
Start position shift/start angle shift
Thread number offset adjusted according to thread cutting start angle

1st thread
2nd thread
3rd thread
(bit 3)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Acceleration distance is
same for any thread
number
An angle margin for nose shape compensation can be selected by setting

data in bits 4 and 5.
TC141
Selecting an angle margin for nose shape

compensation
(bit 4)
(bit 5)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Bit 5
Bit 4
Angle margin for nose

shape compensation
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.5
2-168
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
TC141 (bit 6) = 0:
A name can be selected.
CHUCK JAW DATA display name/code

selection
TC141
TC141 (bit 6) = 1:
A code can be selected.
(bit 6)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Invalid
TC141
(bit 7)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Fixed value (0)
TC142
(bit 0)
TC142
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Selecting an inter-unit relief path when a

succession of I.D. turning units using the
same tool exist and there is no movement to
the rotating position of the tool
(bit 1)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
TC142 (bit 1) = 0:
The relationship between the starting position of machining with the next
unit and the ending position of machining with the previous unit is
examined and if interference is judged to be likely, the tool will escape to a
clearance point.
TC142 (bit 1) = 1:
The tool escapes to the clearance point each time the I.D. turning unit is
executed to completion.
2-169
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Specify the jaw data reference method.
TC142 (bit 2) = 0:
Reference using the code number of the jaw.
Selection of the jaw data reference method
TC142 (bit 2) = 1:
Reference using the name of the jaw.
TC142
(bit 2)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Invalid
TC142
(bit 3)
to
(bit 7)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
TC143
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-170
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Automatic selection of the relief path for the
continuous I.D. machining
Automatic output of spindle rotation command
when turning tool is used in the manual program
unit
0: Valid
1: Invalid
TC144
Relief path G00/G01 selection for edging

0: G00
1: G01
Fixed value (1)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-171
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Handling of the G04 command in the manual
program unit
0: Dwell per rev
1: Dwell per min
Operation by cutting-feed override 0 in G31
command mode
0: Normal operation
1: Alarm stop
Selection of a calculation method for tail barrier end
reference
0: Spindle edge
1: Z-offset
Output of maximum spindle speed command
specified in the common unit
0: At the beginning of each unit
1: Only at the program head (or at the restart
position)
Operation of the path inversed with respect to the
traveling direction of the tip (only for copy
machining)
0: Inversed path ignored

1: Alarm stop
TC145
Description of TC145 bit 7

Operation of the path inversed with respect to the traveling direction of the
tip
0: Inversed path ignored
During roughing with the copy-machining unit, if the path is automatically created that is inversed with respect to the traveling direction
of the tip, this path will be ignored and the next path executed. In this
case, roughing will be executed with a smaller number of cutting
operations than the specified number of cutting operations.
1: Alarm stop
During roughing with the copy-machining unit, if the path is automatically created that is inversed with respect to the traveling direction
of the tip, operation will stop with the display of alarm 714 ILLEGAL
SEQUENCE DATA to indicate that the path is incorrect. The shape
sequence number of the section where the inversed path has been
created will be output. Correct the machining program.
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-172
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Selection of the turning spindle rotation timing
when the relay point for the turning approach is
specified
0: Spindle rotation after movement to relay point
1: Spindle rotation before movement to relay point
X-axis command in the manual program unit
0: Radial value
1: Diametral value
Select the process to be performed when the
infeed angle or the relief angle is 0 or less.
0: Tool path output assuming that the infeed

angle or the relief angle is 90
TC146
1: Alarm stop
M8 automatic settings of a single process
0: Do not execute
1: Execute
Whether or not to modify the numeric positional
indication with respect to the workpiece coordinate
system according to the tool offset setting in the
TPC data.
0: Modification
1: No modification
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Note:
For turning-drilling unit in which a milling tool is used, spindle

rotates after movement to the relay point, even when TC146 bit
0 = 1.
2-173
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Modal condition about diameter/radius value input
for the unit succeeding a manual program or
subprogram unit
0: The condition of the manual program or
subprogram unit is retained.
1: The condition of the unit preceding a manual
program or subprogram unit is used.
Tool nose position of an inside-turning grooving
tool for machining on the back side
0: Upper right corner
of the tip-width section
1: Upper left corner
of the tip-width section
(compatible with M640T, MT,
T NEXUS, and MT Pro)
Z-axial withdrawal after M-code unit execution
when the tool nose is positioned at the edge
clearance including the workpiece edge protrusion
(See example below.)
0: Invalid
1: Valid
TC147
Example:
The tool will be withdrawn after execution of the M-code
unit when the tool nose has been positioned in the area between
the front clearance point and the workpiece zero point (the
hatched section in the figure) using the manual program unit, or
when the program is restarted from the M-code unit with the tool
nose positioned in that area.
O.D. clearance
(TC37)
Workpiece edge
protrusion
Rear clearance
(TC40)
OFF path
ON path
Program type
M (Bit 1: E)
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Note:
Workpiece length
Front
clearance
(TC39)
TC147 bit 1 is valid only when F161 bit 7 is set to 1.
2-174
PARAMETER
USER
Classification
Address
TURNING
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
TC148
to
TC154
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-175
PARAMETER
2-3-8
Machine parameter
CALL MACRO (J)
MACHINE
Classification
CALL MACRO
Display title
G-code macroprogram call

No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4 No.5 No.6 No.7
J1
J5
J9
J13 J17 J21
No.8
No.9
No.10
J29
J33
J37
100009590 100009599 100009401

J25
(Fixed
(Fixed
(Fixed
value)
value)
value)
Unit
Setting
range
Program
Conditions
type
0 to
999999999
M, E
Immediate
Description
Work number of the
program to be called
The G-code number
to be used for
program call
J2
J6
J10 J14 J18 J22 J26
J3
J7
J11 J15 J19 J23 J27
J4
J8
J12 J16 J20 J24 J28
J30
136
J34
137
J38
130
(Fixed
value)
(Fixed
value)
(Fixed
value)
J31
1
J35
1
J39
2
(Fixed
value)
(Fixed
value)
(Fixed
value)
J32
J36
No.5
Note:
Not
possible to
set
G-codes
whose
uses are
predefined.
0 to 999
M, E
Immediate
0 to 3
M, E
Calling type
Immediate 0: M98 2: G66
1: G65 3: G66.1
J40
Unit
Setting
range
0 to
999999999
Invalid
M-code macroprogram call

No.1
No.2
No.3
No.4
J57
J53
J49
J45
J41
100000032
200000742 200000743 200000031
200000741
(Fixed value) (Fixed value) (Fixed value) (Fixed value) (Fixed value)
Program
Conditions
type
M, E
Immediate
Description
Work number of the

The M-code number to be
used for program call
J42
741
J46
742
J50
743
J54
31
J58
32
0 to 9999
M, E
Immediate Note:
0 to 3
M, E
Calling type
Immediate 0: M98
2: G66
1: G65
3: G66.1
J43
0
J47
0
J51
0
J55
0
J59
0
J44
0
J48
0
J52
0
J56
0
J60
0
2-176
Not possible to
set M-codes
whose uses are
predefined.
Parameter for system

internal setting
Setting prohibited
PARAMETER
No. 6
No. 7
No. 8
No. 9
No. 10
Unit
Setting
range
J61
J65
J69
J73
J77
0 to
999999999
Description
Program
Conditions
type
M, E
Immediate
Work number of the

The M-code number to be
used for program call
J62
J66
J70
J74
J78
0 to 9999
M, E
Immediate Note:
J63
J67
J71
J75
J79
0 to 3
M, E
Calling type
Immediate 0: M98 2: G66
1: G65 3: G66.1
J64
J68
J72
J76
J80
2-177
Invalid
Not possible to
set M-codes
whose uses are
predefined.
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
CALL MACRO
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
J81
to
J88
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range

Setting prohibited
J89
to
J106
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
J107
to
J144
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-178
PARAMETER
2-3-9
Machine parameter
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE (K)
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
K1
to
K6
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Specify the axis that moves vertically

1: The X-axis acts as the unbalanced axis.
2: The Y-axis acts as the unbalanced axis.
4: The Z-axis acts as the unbalanced axis.
Unbalanced axis
K7
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1, 2, 4
Invalid
K8
K9
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-179
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Fixed value (0)
K10
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set this parameter to change the display language.

Setting
0
Selection of language to be displayed
K11
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 21, 25
Language
11
Korean
Japanese
12
Portuguese
German
13
Danish
French
14
Czech
Italian
15
Turkish
Spanish
16
Polish
Norwegian
17
Romanian
Swedish
18
Hungarian
Finnish
19
Russian
Chinese
(traditional character)
20
Slovak
10
Dutch
21
Chinese
(simplified character)
25
Bulgarian
K12
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Language
English
Fixed value (0)
Program type
Setting
2-180
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
1) Workpiece measurement
Sensor path
fa
K13
Measurement skip feed rate (X-axis, Z-axis)

Workpiece
K13
Measurement stroke (K19)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
mm/min
Setting range
0 to 20000
fa: Measurement approach speed (K14)
2) Tool tip measurement

Tool path
K13
Measurement approach speed (X-axis,

Z-axis)
Sensor
K14
Measurement stroke (K20)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
mm/min
Setting range
0 to 20000
(!K19, K20)
Sensor path
Measurement skip speed (C-axis)
[1]
[1], [3] :
[2]
:
[3]
K15
[2]
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 deg/min
Setting range
0 to 65535
[4]
Measurement approach speed (C-axis)
K16
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 deg/min
Setting range
0 to 65535
2-181
Workpiece
[4]
Rapid feed
Measurement
approach speed
(K16)
K15
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Specification of measuring tolerance

(lower limit)
1) Tool compensation will be made in cases below.

a 1 a2
a1 a 2
100 K18 Compensation data 100 K17
a 1 a2
a 1 a2
100 K17 Compensation data 100 K18
2) Tool compensation will not be made in cases below.
a1 a2
a1 a2
100 K17 > Compensation data > 100 K17
K17
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
3) Alarm will be caused in cases below.

a 1 a2
Compensation data > 100 K18
a 1 a2
100 K18 > Compensation data
where a1 = Tolerance upper limit

a2 = Tolerance lower limit (Specified in program)
Specification of measuring tolerance
(upper limit)
K18
Note 1: Up to 100 % can be set.

Note 2: Offset judgement occurs only when L106 bit 6 ist set to 1.
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
a
Measurement stroke for workpiece

measurement
a:
b:
c:
d:
K19
Approach point
Measurement start point
Measurement point (target data)
Measurement end point
K19
Measurement region
c
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
K19
d
TOOL EYE
reference
point #1
TOOL EYE
reference
point #2
K20
Measurement stroke for tool nose
measurement
K20
K20
K20
K20
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 65535
TOOL EYE
reference
point #4
2-182
TOOL EYE
reference
point #3
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
During approach operation to measurement start point, if touch sensor is
actuated, the C-axis will rotate by angle determined by the measurement
object shape angle and setting value K21.
Example:
CW programmed as measurement direction

: Measurement object
shape angle
K21
:
100
Coefficient to determine rotation angle when

retrying measurement C reference face
ON
K21
C-axis rotation by angle

in this direction
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 to 1000
When touch sensor is actuated before reaching target point in C offset

measurement, set retry frequency.
Measurement retry frequency when retrying
reference face C measurement
When K22 is set to N (N = 0 to 255), measurement alarm will be indicated

when touch sensor is actuated before reaching measurement target point
in (N + 1)th retry operation.
K22
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Times
Setting range
0 to 255
Specify the number of times the workpiece measurement is to be retried if
a measurement error occurs.
Retry frequency for workpiece measurement
K23
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Times
Setting range
0 to 99999
Setting prohibited
K24
to
K28
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-183
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
K29
to
K35
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range

Setting prohibited
K36
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
The upper-limit value of the feed rates available while the external
deceleration signal is ON
Feedrate
External deceleration speed
K37
K37
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
1 mm/min
Setting range
0 to 120000
Work number called during S-code

macroprogram appointment
ON
The work number of the macroprogram to be called during S-code

(Programming of S0000; causes execution of the macroprogram whose
work number is set using this parameter.)
Note:
K38
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 999999999
External
deceleration
signal
This parameter is valid only when bit 2 of parameter K105 is 1.
2-184
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Work number called during T-code

The work number of the macroprogram to be called during T-code

(Programming of T0000; causes execution of the macroprogram whose
work number is set using this parameter.)
Note:
K39
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 999999999
This parameter is valid only when bit 3 of parameter K105 is 1.
The work number of the macroprogram to be called during macroprogram

appointment using the second auxiliary function
Work number called during second auxiliary
function macroprogram appointment
K40
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 999999999
Note 1: This parameter is valid only when bit 4 of parameter K105 is 1.

Note 2: See the description of parameter K56 for details of the addresses
available with the second auxiliary function.
The feed rate during axis movement by G31 (skip function)

If the same block as that of G31 contains an F command, then that feed
rate becomes valid.
G31 skipping speed
K41
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
1 mm/min
Setting range
0 to 120000
The feed rate during axis movement by G31.1 (multi-step skip function)
If the same block as that of G31.1 contains an F command, then that feed
rate becomes valid.
K42
Program type
Conditions
Unit
1 mm/min
Setting range
0 to 120000
2-185
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
rate becomes valid.
K43
Program type
Conditions
Unit
1 mm/min
Setting range
0 to 120000
rate becomes valid.
K44
Program type
Conditions
Unit
1 mm/min
Setting range
0 to 120000
The feed rate during axis movement by G31.4 (skip function)
rate becomes valid.
K45
Program type
Conditions
Unit
1 mm/min
Setting range
0 to 120000
Set the excessive pressing error spread (the amount of drooping).
Excessive pressing error spread

(Amount of drooping)
K46
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm
Setting range
0 to 32767
2-186
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
K47
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0: Monitoring based on acceleration

1: Monitoring based on speed
2: Ignoring alarms
Spindle FB alarm detection method
K48
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 2
Invalid
K49
K50
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set the M-code to be output if workpiece measurement results in an error

and is to be retried.
M-code during workpiece measurement

retry operation
Note:
If 0 is set, this function will be invalid.

M-code output
K51
If workpiece measurement results
in an error and is to be retried
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 1000
M-code output
2-187
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Setting prohibited
K52
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
K53
to
K55
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Select the address name of the second auxiliary function from among the
following three types:
Address name
Name of second auxiliary function
K56
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
Hexadecimal two-digit
0, 41, 42, 43
Note:
Setting (HEX)
Invalid
41
42
43
Do not use the same address for the axis name and the second
auxiliary function.
This parameter is used during S-code macroprogram appointment to

select the method of calling the macroprogram whose work number has
been set using the K38 parameter.
Setting
Type of S-code macroprogram appointment

call
K57
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 3
Note:
M98
P!!!!
G65
P!!!!
G66
P!!!!
G66.1
P!!!!
Valid only when bit 2 of K105 is 1.
2-188
Calling method
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
This parameter is used during T-code macroprogram appointment to select
the method of calling the macroporgram whose work number has been set
using the K39 parameter.
Setting
Type of T-code macroprogram appointment

call
K58
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 3
Note:
Calling method
M98
P!!!!
G65
P!!!!
G66
P!!!!
G66.1
P!!!!
This parameter is used during the second auxiliary function macroprogram

appointment to select the method of calling the macroporgram whose work
number has been set using the K40 parameter.
Setting
Type of second auxiliary function

macroprogram appointment call
K59
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 3
Note:
K60
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Fixed value (1)
K61
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
M98
P!!!!
G65
P!!!!
G66
P!!!!
G66.1
P!!!!
Fixed value (4)
2-189
Calling method
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Fixed value (1)
K62
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Fixed value (1)
K63
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Fixed value (2)
K64
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Fixed value (1)
K65
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-190
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Fixed value (1)
K66
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Fixed value (1)
K67
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
K68
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
(0: Invalid
1: Valid)
SKIP-2
SKIP-10
HR353
SKIP-3
K69
Select the skip signal for G31.1 command.

Program type
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-191
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
(0: Invalid
1: Valid)
SKIP-2
SKIP-10
HR353
SKIP-3
K70
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
(0: Invalid
1: Valid)
SKIP-2
SKIP-10
HR353
SKIP-3
K71
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
K72
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
(0: Invalid
1: Valid)
SKIP-2
SKIP-10
SKIP-3
SKIP-11
SKIP-5
SKIP-13
SKIP-6
SKIP-14
HR353
Select the skip signal for the G31.4 command.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
(0: Invalid
1: Valid)
SKIP-2
SKIP-10
G4 skip conditions
QX721
SKIP-3
K73
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Select the skip signal for G4 command.
2-192
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Emergency stop contactor cutoff time

(Safety supervisory function)
K74
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 60
Set the desired time from an emergency stop to the start of cutting off the
contactor of the main power to the driving section during the execution of a
safety supervisory function when all-axis zero-speed confirmation is
impossible.
A contactor cutoff signal will be immediately output if all-axis zero-speed
confirmation is executable earlier than the set time.
Specify a remote I/O device that is to output a contactor

activating/deactivating signal when the safety supervisory function is
executed.
Contactor control output device 1
Note:
The signal will not be output if &0 is specified.
K75
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
&0 to &7F
Specify another remote I/O device that is to output the contactor
activating/deactivating signal when the safety supervisory function is
executed.
Contactor control output device 2

Note:
The signal will not be output if &0 is specified.
K76
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
&0 to &7F
Enter the device number of the remote I/O device to be activated to input a
door open/closed status signal. The device of the entered serial device
number will be reserved according to the particular setting of K78 (the
parameter for setting the number of door switches).
Door switch input device

Note:
K77
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
&0 to &7F
Door switch input will be invalid if &0 is entered.
2-193
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the number of doors for which the door open/closed status signal is to
be output.
Number of door switches

K78
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 16
Set the filtering time for the speed that is to be monitored in a servo-off
status during safety speed monitoring.
Supervisory speed filtering time during

servo-off
Note:
Input of 0 means 200 ms.
K79
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
1.777 ms
Setting range
0 to 1000
Invalid
K80
to
K84
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
If the setting of K85 is from 1 to 300 ms, this setting will be used as the
linear acceleration/deceleration time constant for the G32 threading block.
If the setting is outside the valid range, however, the normal linear
Special linear acceleration/deceleration time acceleration/deceleration time constant for G01 will be used.
constant for threading
K85
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
ms
Setting range
0 to 32767
2-194
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
K86
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Setting prohibited
K87
to
K89
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
The overriding value for return from the hole bottom during a synchronous
tapping cycle
Return override during synchronous tapping
K90
Program type
Conditions
Unit
1%
Setting range
0 to 999
Programmed K90
feed rate
100
Note:
This parameter is valid only when bit 6 of F94 is 1.
Specify an alternative M-code for M96 when user macro interruption is

valid.
K91
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 127
2-195
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Specify an alternative M-code for M97 when user macro interruption is
valid.
K92
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 127
Fixed value (2)
K93
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
K94
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-196
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Fixed value (0)
Tool position compensation during T-command
execution
0: Not performed
1: Performed
Coordinate system update during handle pulse
interrupt
0: Not performed
1: Performed
K95
Fixed value (0)

Acceleration/deceleration time constant for handle
pulse feed
0: Time constant for cutting feed
1: No time constant
Software limits for G30 execution
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
In-position check
0: Invalid
1: Valid
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
G0 command in-position check
0: Check
1: Non-check
Timing of manual free feed finish signal
0: Smoothing
1: Distribution finish (equivalent to DEN)
Fixed value (0)
Axis/Cutting interlock alarm display
K96
0: Valid
1: Invalid
Suppression of lost motion in modes other than
the G1 command mode
0: Valid
1: Invalid
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Fixed G0 inclination
2-197
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
K97
to
K101
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Fixed value (0)
K102
(bit 0)
to
(bit 2)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
How to use the data of compensation for the sensing tools eccentricity and
stylus radius in workpiece measurement and coordinate measurement.
0: M Pro scheme
For workpiece measurement: No use of eccentricity settings; Use of
stylus radius settings for both longitudinal (workpiece-axial) and
transverse (workpiece-radial) directions.
For coordinate measurement: Use of eccentricity setting for the direction of measuring feed; Use of stylus radius setting for transverse
(workpiece-radial) direction.
K102
Compensation method for the sensing tools

eccentricity and stylus radius in workpiece
measurement and coordinate measurement
1: MATRIX scheme
Full use of the eccentricity and stylus radius settings for both workpiece measurement and coordinate measurement.
*
Setting of this parameter and compensation method
(bit 3)
K102
bit 3
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Eccentricity
Stylus radius
Measurement
direction
Other
directions
Radial
Axial
Workpiece
measurement
Invalid
Invalid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Coordinate
measurement
Valid
Invalid
Invalid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
2-198
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Z-axis direction for setting the TPC relay points for a measurement unit.
0: Direction opposite to the program coordinate system
X
Z-axis direction for setting the TPC relay

points for a measurement unit
K102
(bit 4)
1: Direction of the program coordinate system

X
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Barrier information for EIA/ISO programs is to be set

0: in the relevant parameters,
Barrier information setting for EIA/ISO
programs
1: on the SET UP MANAGE. display.
K102
(bit 5)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Whether or not, on the TOOL DATA display, the direction of rotation can
be specified for milling tools mounted on the turret.
0: No
Setting the direction of rotation for milling

tools
1: Yes (Normal/Reverse)
K102
(bit 6)
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Fixed value (0)
K102
(bit 7)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-199
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Fixed value
DDB micron unit
0: Interpolation
1: Microns
Thermal displacement compensation interval
0: 0.5 m
1: Unit of compensation
K103
Output of S-code and T-code at restart

0: Invalid
1: Valid
*
Set 0 for machining center specifications.
Whether FIXED PT can be selected at RETURN

of the end unit of the MAZATROL program
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
0: Possible to select
1: Impossible to select
Note:
K103 bit 0 is valid, only when M17 bit 5 = 1.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Machine status when rapid feed command is given
with cutting feed override set to 0%
0: Operation is executed.
1: Alarm stop
K104
Feed rate for an approach to the starting point in
EIA modal restarting mode
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
0: Approach at the feed rate during manual

operations
1: If the modal command during the search is G0,
approach at G0, or if the modal command is
other than G0, approach at G1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Specification of incremental axis radius value
Fixed value (1)
0: S-code macro call invalid
1: S-code macro call valid
K105
0: T-code macro call invalid

1: T-code macro call valid
0: Second auxiliary function macro call invalid
1: Second auxiliary function macro call valid
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Fixed value (0)

0: Input in millimeter
1: Input in inch
2-200
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Execution conditions for user macroprogram
interrupt
0: Edge triggering (Performed just once when the
interrupt signal is turned ON)
1: Status triggering (Repeatedly performed while
the interrupt signal is ON)
Start timing for user macroprogram interrupt
K106
0: The block under execution is aborted and then

the interrupt occurs immediately.
1: Interrupt occurs after completion of the block
being executed.
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Fixed value (0)

Fixed value
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value (0)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Fixed value (0)
Deceleration for arc valid/invalid
Fixed value (0)
K107
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range

Specify the maximum permissible error range for the master and slave
axes for synchronous control (Tandem driving system).
Permissible error range for synchronous

control
If the specified range is overstepped, the alarm EXCESS

SIMULTANEOUS ERROR will be displayed.
Note:
K108
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm
Setting range
0 to 65535
Error checking will not occur if 0 is set.
2-201
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
MEASURE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
K109
K110
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set the clamping speed (speed command) in safety supervisory mode 3.
Clamping speed in safety supervisory mode

3
K111
Program type
M, E
Conditions
After stop of axis movement
Unit
mm/min
Setting range
0 to 1000
Invalid
K112
to
K144
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-202
PARAMETER
2-3-10 Machine parameter

Classification
MACHINE
Address
TABLE (L)
TABLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
The eccentricity of the stylus of the touch sensor with respect to the center
of the spindle
Touch sensor
Stylus eccentricity of touch sensor

(X-component)
L1
+Z
Stylus
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
+X
Spindle centerline
Stylus
centerline
L1
Stylus eccentricity of touch sensor

(Y-component)
L2
+Y
L2
+X
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Note:
These data are automatically set when calibration measurement

is performed using the MMS unit.
The true radius value of the stylus ball of the touch sensor
Touch sensor
Radius of stylus ball of touch sensor
(X-component)
L3
+Z
Stylus ball
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
+X
L4 2
Radius of stylus ball of touch sensor
(Y-component)
+Y
L4
+X
L3 2
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Note:
These data are automatically set when calibration measurement

is performed using the MMS unit.
2-203
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TABLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
L5
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
The minimum tool displacement by which the tool is judged to be a broken

one as a result of execution of the tool breakage detection function
Tool-breakage judgment distance for TBR

function
If (registered tool length data) (tool length data that has been measured
during the detecting operation) L6, then the tool is judged broken.
L6
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
The parameter for selecting the type of restoration to be performed after
tool breakage has been detected as a result of execution of the external
tool breakage detection function (M35)
Tool-breakage restoration mode for TBR

function (for M35 external tool breakage
detection)
1: Single-block stop
2: Machining restarts from the next process.
3: Single-block stop occurs in a state where machining can be restarted
from the next process.
L7
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 to 3
2-204
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TABLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
The maximum skipping movement distance for the measurement with the
MMS unit
An alarm message will appear if the touch sensor has not come into contact
with the workpiece within this distance.
Skipping stroke limit for MMS
L8
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Invalid
L9
to
L15
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range

Setting prohibited
L16
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
L17
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-205
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TABLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
0: Tailstock absent.
1: Tailstock present.
Presence/absence of tailstock
L18
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Invalid
L19
to
L21
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Use L22 and L23 to set the dimensions of the sensor for tool nose
measurement.
L24 and L25 are provided to set in machine coordinates the reference point
of the sensor (see the diagram below).
Data of the tool nose measurement sensor

L22: Sensor width along the X-axis
[lathes]
Example:
L23: Sensor width along the Z-axis
L22
to
L25
Machine zero point
L24: X-coordinate of the sensors

reference point
L25: Z-coordinate of the sensors
reference point
L24
Sensors
reference point
L25
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
99999999
L22
Sensor for tool nose
measurement
L23
Invalid
L26
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-206
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TABLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Timer setting for manual TOOL EYE

measurement
During manual TOOL EYE measurement, even if the sensor turns on for a
time shorter than that which has been specified in this parameter, that will
not be regarded as sensor-on.
L27
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
7.1 ms
Setting range
0 to 65535
In the machine configuration that will cause the arm of the TOOL EYE to
interfere with the tool when the arm is extended or retracted with the tool
present at the measuring approach point during automatic tool
measurement with the TOOL EYE, set the distance through which the tool
is to be returned in the Z-axis direction before extending or retracting the
arm for the measurement.
In the MAZATROL program, before the arm is extended or retracted, the
tool is returned through the L28/L78-set distance from the measuring
approach point.
L28
In the EIA/ISO program, when G136 command execution is completed, the

tool will be returned through the L28/L78-set distance from the approach
point. (In the EIA/ISO program, the tool will be retreated to a relay point,
only in retraction mode, and the arm will be extended by execution of M284
Amount of Z-axial retreat from the approach in the next block onward.)
point for TOOL EYE measurement
(For QTN machine specifications, parameter L28 becomes valid for the #2
and #4 approach points in the Z direction.)
X
Z
In case of #2, #4
approaching (QTN)
TOOL EYE #1, #2

approach point AP1
L78
AP1
L28
K20
K20
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
99999999
K20
AP3
TOOL EYE #3, #4
approach point AP3
Invalid
L29
L30
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-207
TOOL EYE #1,

#2
approach point
APK1
K20
L28
Program type
APK1
APK3
TOOL EYE #3,
#4
approach point
APK3
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TABLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
The settings of these parameters can be read using system variables.
L31
to
L34
Use in machine manufacturer macro
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
99999999
Parameter
System variable
L31
#3103
L32
#3104
L33
#3105
L34
#3106
Invalid
L35
to
L43
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Select whether automatic setting of the amount of tool nose position

correction is to be made valid or invalid when entering the nose angle of a
drilling tool in the tool data or when measuring the tool.
Selection of automatic setting on/off for

nose position correction of a drilling tool
L44
0: Automatic setting valid

When the tool nose angle is specified: The amount of correction that is
appropriate for the specified angle is auto-set.
When the tool nose angle is not specified: The amount of correction is
not auto-set.
1: Automatic setting invalid
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 2
2: Automatic setting valid

When the tool nose angle is specified: The amount of correction that is
appropriate for the specified angle is auto-set.
When the tool nose angle is not specified: The amount of correction
that assumes a nose angle of 118 is auto-set.
Invalid
L45
to
L50
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-208
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TABLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Tool command system in MDI operation (Tool on the spindle and next time
tool)
0: Command of pocket number
Tool command system in MDI operation
1: Command of group number
L51
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Invalid
L52
to
L54
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0: FR-SF
1: FR-SE
Spindle load meter display type
L55
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
0: Method by M2 tool edge memorizing function
1: Method by M32 tool edge memorizing function (for Z-axis only)
2: Method by M32 tool edge memorizing function (for X-, Y-, Z-axes)
Method of measurement of coordinates by

tool edge memorizing function (TEACH)
Example:
+Z
L56
Mothod by M2
(distance from the tool tip
to the zero point with a sign): 50
Method by M32
(distance from the zero point
to the tool tip with a sign): 50
50
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 2
+Y
2-209
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TABLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Make it possible/impossible to rewrite tool data except on tools on the
spindle in automatic operation on a program.
0: Impossible
Rewriting of tool data during automatic

operation
1: Possible
L57
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Invalid
L58
to
L77
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
In the machine configuration that will cause the arm of the TOOL EYE to
interfere with the tool when the arm is extended or retracted with the tool
present at the measuring approach point during automatic tool
measurement with the TOOL EYE, set the distance through which the tool
is to be returned in the X-axis direction before extending or retracting the
arm for the measurement.
In the MAZATROL program, before the arm is extended or retracted, the
tool is returned through the L28/L78-set distance from the measuring
approach point.
In the EIA/ISO program, when G136 command execution is completed, the

tool will be returned through the L28/L78-set distance from the approach
point. (In the EIA/ISO program, the tool will be retreated to a relay point,
Amount of X-axial retreat from the approach only in retraction mode, and the arm will be extended by execution of M284
point for TOOL EYE measurement
in the next block onward.)
L78
Z
In case of #2, #4
approaching (QTN)
TOOL EYE #1, #2

approach point AP1
L78
AP1
L28
K20
K20 TOOL K20
EYE
L28
K20
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
99999999
AP3
TOOL EYE #3, #4
approach point AP3
2-210
APK1
TOOL EYE #1,
#2
approach point
APK1
APK3
TOOL EYE #3,
#4
approach point
APK3
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TABLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the In-position width for changeover of the synchronized-tapping gain.
If 0 is set, 10 microns will be regarded as having been set.
In-position width for changeover of the

synchronized-tapping gain
L79
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.001 mm
Setting range
0 to 255
Set the deceleration rate at the linear to arc or arc to linear blocks of shape
correction.
Linear to arc deceleration rate
L80
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
mm/min/inch/min
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Invalid
L81
to
L105
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
L106
(bit 0)
(bit 1)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-211
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TABLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
0: Measuring table (see L22 to L26)
1: TOOL EYE (see BA95 to BA102)
Selection of measuring equipment
L106
(bit 2)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Invalid
L106
(bit 3)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Specify whether to enable or disable the fixed amount compensation

function.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
L106
(bit 4)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Invalid
L106
(bit 5)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-212
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TABLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the non-compensation area for the tool measurement and execution
timing of tool and workpiece measurement operation.
0: MT Pro scheme
Non-compensation area setting
Non-compensation area for the tool measurement based on the
measuring tolerance (K17 and K18) invalid
(handled as if K17 = 0 and K18 = 100)
L106
Non-compensation area for the tool

measurement and execution timing of tool
and workpiece measurement operation
Execution timing of tool and workpiece measurement operation

The measurement unit is executed whenever the parts count reaches
same or a multiple of the specified measurement interval in addition to
the first time.
(bit 6)
1: M Pro scheme
Non-compensation area setting
Non-compensation area for the tool measurement based on the
measuring tolerance (K17 and K18) valid
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Execution timing of tool and workpiece measurement operation

The measurement unit is executed whenever the program execution
count reaches same or a multiple of the specified measurement
interval, omitting the first time.
Invalid
L106
(bit 7)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
In AGX machines, the tool locus (on the TRACE or TOOL PATH CHECK
display) on the following coordinate is drawn by the EIA/ISO program.
0: Loft on the standard coordinates system
1: Loft on the machine coordinates system
Tool path drawing
L107
Note:
(bit 0)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
When 1 (drawing on the machine coordinate) is selected, the loft

does not correspond to the form made on the MAZATROL
coordinates system. However, 1 makes a loft corresponding to
the tool movement of the machine.
(For AGX series)
2-213
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TABLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set whether the tailstock function is to be made valid or invalid.
0: Tailstock function invalid
1: Tailstock function valid
Tailstock function valid/invalid
L107
(bit 1)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Select whether the tailstock included in the tailstock-equipped machine
specifications is of the conventional type or the motor-driven type.
0: Conventional type
1: Motor-driven type
Tailstock type
L107
(bit 2)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Select whether the tail thrust is also to be displayed in pounds (lbs).
0: Display off
1: Display on
Whether tail thrust is also to be displayed in

pounds (lbs)
L107
(bit 3)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Invalid
L107
(bit 4)
To
(bit 7)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-214
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TABLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Fixed value (0)
L108
(bit 0)
to
(bit 4)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
L108
(bit 5)
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Fixed value (0)
L108
(bit 6)
L108
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Displaying the milling tool nose in the

MAZATROL program of the TOOL PATH
CHECK display
Set whether, during tool path check of the MAZATROL program on the
TOOL PATH CHECK display of a machine having a turning function, the
tool nose of the milling tool is to be displayed with the tool diameter similarly
to the M640M Pro or with a tool nose mark similarly to the M640MT Pro.
0: Display with tool diameter (M640M Pro compatible)
1: Display with tool nose mark (M640MT Pro compatible)
(bit 7)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Note 1: A tool nose mark is always displayed when the tool path of the
EIA/ISO program is checked.
Note 2: For a machine without a turning function, this parameter is invalid
and the display is always made with the tool diameter.
2-215
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
Meaning
Description
Axial direction for checking for interference

at software limit 4
Bit 0: Interference axial direction (1st set)
L109
(bit 0)
to
(bit 3)
TABLE
Display title
Specify the relationship between axial directions of the two axes to be used
to check for interference.
0: Same direction
1: Reverse directions
Bit 1: Interference axial direction (2nd set) Even if the axes for the interference check are present on the same sliding
surface, the axial directions of the two axes may differ as shown below. In
Bit 2: Interference axial direction (3rd set)
this case set 1.
Bit 3: Interference axial direction (4th set)
W-axis
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Z2-axis
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Z-axis direction
0: Horizontal
1: Vertical
L110
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
(Bit 2: At power on)
Unit
Bit
Setting range

Invalid
L111
L112
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Interference check reference axis

L113 1st set of axes
L113
to
L116
Set one of the axes to be used for the interference check. Specify the axis
number by that of NC. The checking function will be invalid if the number is
missing or if an invalid number is set.
L114 2nd set of axes

L115 3rd set of axes
L116 4th set of axes
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 16
2-216
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
Meaning
Description
Set the interference check target axis with respect to the interference check
reference axis. Specify the axis number by that of NC. The checking
function will be invalid if the number is missing or if an invalid number is set.

Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 16
Set the machine coordinate of the interference check target axis that is
about to cause interference when the interference check reference axis is
at its zero point.
In the example shown below, if the W-axis and the Z2-axis are defined as
the interference check reference axis and the interference check target
axis, respectively, set the machine coordinate of the Z2-axis existing at
where the lower turret and the secondary spindle are most likely to
interfere. If zero is entered, the checking function will be invalid.
Interference clearance
L121
to
L124
TABLE
Display title
Interference check axis
L117
to
L120
Example:
Machine coordinate of the Z2-axis = 496
Machine coordinate of the W-axis = 100.
496 (100) = 596
Set 596000. (in case of metric specifications)

Machine coordinate W = 100.

W
Z2
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
99999999
Lower turret
machine zero point
Invalid
L125
to
L144
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-217
Machine coordinate Z2 = 496.
W-axis machine
zero point
PARAMETER

Classification
MACHINE
Address
FEED VEL. (M)

FEED VEL.
Display title
Meaning
Description
Rapid feed rate
The feed rate for moving each axis under the G00 command during
automatic operation
The feed rate for moving each axis in either the manual rapid feed
mode or the zero-point return mode
Note:
M1
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
1 mm/min (1 deg/min)
Setting range
0 to 600000
Initial zero-point return is performed at the feed rate set in

parameter M2.
The feed rate for moving each axis during initial zero-point return
(reference-point return) at power on
Feed rate
M2
Feed rate for initial zero-point return
N8
N8
M2
Watchdog
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 600000
Zero point
(reference point)
The limit of cutting feed rate during automatic operation

Even if a feed rate higher than this parameter setting is specified, the latter
governs.
Cutting feed rate limit
M3
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 600000
2-218
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
FEED VEL.
Display title
Meaning
Description
The machine coordinating values of the point to which each axis is to move
back under G28 command (first zero-point return).
Offset of machine coordinates system

First zero point
M4
M4
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.0001 mm
Setting range
99999999
Machine
zero point
M4
back under the G30 command (second zero-point return).
Second zero-point coordinating value

Second zero point
M5
M5
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
0.0001 mm
Setting range
99999999
Machine
zero point
M5
back under the G30P3 command (third zero-point return).
Third zero-point coordinating value

Third zero point
M6
M6
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
0.0001 mm
Setting range
99999999
Machine
zero point
M6
back under the G30P4 command (fourth zero-point return).
Fourth zero-point coordinating value

Fourth zero point
M7
M7
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
0.0001 mm
Setting range
99999999
Machine
zero point
2-219
M7
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
FEED VEL.
Display title
Meaning
Description
The maximum moving zone permissible under the machine specifications
Set the machine coordinate values.
Maximum software limit specified by

manufacturer (+ direction)
+Y
M8
M8 (Y-axis)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.0001 deg
Setting range
99999999
+X
Moving zone
M9 (Y-axis)
M9 (X-axis)
Note:
M8 (X-axis)
This parameter is invalid when M8 = M9.
Maximum software limit specified by

manufacturer ( direction)
M9
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.0001 deg
Setting range
99999999
Select a unit of command from the following table and set it.
* micron system
1000*
Command unit
M10
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
1 to 50000
100*
10*
1*
0.1*
10000
1000
100
10
2 index
20000
2000
200
20
5 index
50000
5000
500
50
Register the address of each axis in hexadecimal numbers in ASCII code.
Coding of address of axis
X-axis
Y-axis
Address name
Set value
&58
&59
&5A
&41
&42
&43
M11
Fixed value
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
&0 to &7F
2-220
Z-axis 4th-axis 5th-axis 6th-axis
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
FEED VEL.
Display title
Meaning
Description
Register the incremental axes respectively in hexadecimal numbers of the
ASCII code.
Coding of incremental axis
M12
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
&0 to &7F
Specify the address name of the axes to be used for display, by the
appropriate hexadecimal number of the ASCII code.
For reverse display, set up the most significant bit.
Example 1: Reverse display of C
C: &0043 Reverse display of C: &00C3
Axis name (for display)
Example 2: Reverse display of X1

X1: &5831 Reverse display of X1: &D831
M13
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
&0 to &FFFF
When the watchdog-less home position is set, it will be shifted through the
distance
<If returning to the zero point is not yet executed>
M14
Shifting distance of the watchdog-less home

position
Zero point
Signal ON
position
M14
<If returning to the zero point is executed>
New M14
Ex-M14
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.0001 deg
Setting range
99999999
Zero
point
2-221
Ex-zero
point
M14 changing
position
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
FEED VEL.
Display title
Meaning
Description
Specify the name of the address to be used for axis name changing
(G110), by the appropriate hexadecimal number of the ASCII code.
Axis name (for axis name changing)
M15
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
&0 to &7F
The distance from the grid point to the actual zero point that exists during
zero-point return (reference point return) in the initial operation after
power-on.
Zero-point shift amount

M16
M16
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.0001 deg
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Watchdog
Grid point
Zero point
(Reference point)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Unit of output from MCP to servo amplifier
0: Millimeter
1: Inch
Direction of machine zero-point return
0: (+) direction
1: () direction
Error correction schema with servo on
0: To correct with motor
1: To correct with counter display
Axis control flag
Type of axis
0: Linear
M17
1: Rotational
Rotational direction of servo motor (Note)
(for movement in (+) direction)
0: CW
1: CCW
If axis is removed:
0: Alarm
1: No alarm
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Note:
Usually, specify the rotational direction for the motor when

viewed from the front (the opposite side of the encoder). For
Spindle-Cs control, however, specify the rotational direction for
the motor when viewed from the rear.
2-222
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
FEED VEL.
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Type of C-axis
0: Motor type with frame
1: Built-in type
Machine zero-point position
0: Fixed point for zero-point return using
watchdogs
1: Position existing when power was turned on
Watchdog-less axis
Axis control flag
X-axis current position display

0: Radius
M18
1: Diameter
Automatic/manual simultaneous absolute-value
updating
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Absolute-value detection
0: Invalid
1: Valid
M18 bit 7
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
0
SV17
bit 7
Dog type
Dog type
1
Simplified detection
position
Absolute detection
position
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Select an in-position checking method
0: NC
Axis control flag
1: Servo
Homing operation starting position check
M19
0: No check
1: Alarm if returned from the top of the watchdog
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Backlash scheme to be adopted for watchdog-type

returning to home position
0: G01
1: G0
Invalid
M20
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-223
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
FEED VEL.
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
(0: Invalid 1: Valid)

Linear acceleration/
deceleration
First-order lag
Second-order lag
Exponential acceleration/
linear deceleration
Linear acceleration/
deceleration
First-order lag
Second-order lag
Exponential acceleration/
linear deceleration
M21
Note:
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Rapid-feed
acceleration/deceleration type
Cutting-feed
acceleration/deceleration type
Time constants for each type of acceleration/deceleration control

must be set using parameters N1 through N6.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Deceleration time constant for rapid-feed
exponential acceleration/linear deceleration
0: Parameter N3
1: Parameter N3 2
M22

00: Linear deceleration
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
10: Position-loop stepped stop

01: Speed-loop stepped stop
11: Position-loop stepped stop
Invalid
M23
to
M31
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-224
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
FEED VEL.
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the safety speed to be used in safety supervisory mode 2.
Safety speed
(Safety supervisory mode 2)
If the operating speed of the axis exceeds the set value in safety
supervisory mode 2, this will cause a safety supervisory alarm and result in
an emergency stop.
M32
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
1 mm/min / 1 deg/min
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Set the safety speed to be used in safety supervisory mode 3.
Safety speed
If the operating speed of the axis exceeds the set value in safety
supervisory mode 3, this will cause a safety supervisory alarm and result in
an emergency stop. (Assign a value greater than that of parameter M32 to
parameter M33.)
M33
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Set the safety clamping speed to be used in safety supervisory mode 2.
Safety clamping speed

In safety supervisory mode 2 and while a safety clamping request is in

effect, operation decelerates to the set speed. (Assign a value smaller than
that of parameter M32 to parameter M34.)
M34
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Set the safety clamping speed to be used in safety supervisory mode 3.
Safety clamping speed


effect, operation decelerates to the set speed. (Assign a value smaller than
that of parameter M33 to parameter M35.)
M35
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 99999999
2-225
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
FEED VEL.
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set to which door group the axis belongs in safety supervisory mode.
Speed supervisory door selection

(Safety supervisory mode)
M36
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Safety clamping speed reduction judgment

coefficient
(Safety supervisory mode)
M37
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 99999999
A speed clamping signal is output after the axis has decelerated to the
clamping speed. This parameter specifies to what additional percentage of
the safety clamping speed the axis is to be decelerated as the output
timing of the speed clamping signal.
If 0 is set, the speed clamping signal will be output when the axis
decelerates to a 10% additional speed (i.e., 110% of the safety clamping
speed).
Invalid
M38
to
M44
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-226
PARAMETER

Classification
MACHINE
Address
TIME CONST. (N)

TIME CONST.
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the time constant to obtain linear acceleration/deceleration of the rapid
feed rate.
Speed
Rapid-feed time constant

(linear acceleration/deceleration)
M1
N1
Time
N1
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 ms
Setting range
4 to 1800
N1
This parameter is valid only when bit 0 of M21 is 1.
Note:
Set the time constant to obtain linear acceleration/deceleration of the

cutting feed rate.
Speed
Cutting-feed time constant
(linear acceleration/deceleration)
M3
N2
Time
N2
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 ms
Setting range
4 to 1800
Note:
N2
First-order lag time constant for rapid-feed acceleration/deceleration
<First-order lag>
Speed
Rapid-feed time constant

(First-order lag)
<Exponential cceleration/
linear deceleration>
Speed
M1
N3
M1
Time
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 ms
Setting range
4 to 5000
N3
Note:
N3
Time
N3
N3 2
This parameter is valid only when either bit 1, 2 or 3 of M21 is 1.
2-227
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TIME CONST.
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the time constant for the filter that further smoothens the speed signal
waveform during rapid feed (G0) operation with shape correction off and
during rapid feed operation in manual operation mode.
Time constant for post-interpolation rapid

feed acceleration/deceleration filter
The filter will be invalid if 0 is set.
N4
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
1 ms
Setting range
0 to 455
First-order lag time constant for cutting-feed acceleration/ deceleration
<Exponential acceleration/
linear deceleration>
<First-order lag>
Speed
Speed
Cutting-feed time constant

(First-order lag)
M3
M3
N5
Time
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 ms
Setting range
0 to 5000
N5
Note:
N5
Time
N5
N5 2
This parameter is valid only when either bit 5, 6 or 7 of M21 is 1.
Invalid
N6
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
During external deceleration, the position loop is disconnected for the time
interval set using this parameter and, as a result, the speed becomes zero.
OT time
N7
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
1 ms
Setting range
1 to 32767
2-228
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TIME CONST.
Display title
Meaning
Description
The feed rate at which each axis is moved back to the zero-point
(reference point) after the zero-point watchdog LS (limit switch) has turned
on in the initial operation after power-on.
Creeping speed during initial zero-point

return
Feedrate
M2
N8
N8
N8
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
1 to 60000
Watchdog
Zero point
(Reference point)
The spacing at which the grid point is ignored during zero-point return
(reference point return in the initial operation after power-on) after the
zero-point watchdog LS (limit switch) is turned off. With this parameter,
dispersion in position deviations of the zero point can be avoided.
Amount of grid ignorance during initial
zero-point return
N9
Watchdog
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm (0.001 deg)
Setting range
0 to 65535
Zero point
(Reference point)
N9
Note:
The amount of grid ignorance must not exceed 1 grid spacing.
Set the grid interval of the detector.

Usually, set the same value as the ball screw pitch. However, set the grid
interval of the detector if the grid interval differs from the pitch, as is the
case, with a linear scale.
Grid interval
N10
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
mm (0.001 deg)
Setting range
0 to 32767
Invalid
N11
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-229
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TIME CONST.
Display title
Meaning
Description
The backlash amount to be corrected after the axis movement direction
has been reversed in either the rapid-feed (G00) mode or manual mode
(except handle-pulse feed mode)
Rapid-feed backlash
Note:
Setting conditions: N12 < N13
N12
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.00005 mm/0.00005 deg
Setting range
9999
The backlash amount to be corrected after the axis movement direction
has been reversed in either the cutting-feed (G01) mode or manual
handle-pulse feed mode.
Cutting-feed backlash
Note:
Setting conditions: N12 < N13
N13
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.00005 mm/0.00005 deg
Setting range
9999
Invalid
N14
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-230
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TIME CONST.
Display title
Meaning
Description
N15
Width to which the machine posture change
correction is to be applied
N15
N16
N13
Program type
Machine posture
change correction value
Cutting-feed
backlash amount
Distance after reversing
the axis movement direction
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.00005 mm/0.00005 deg
Setting range
0 to 32767
Machine posture change correction value
N16
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.00005 mm/0.00005 deg
Setting range
32768 to 32767
Specify the channel number of the servo amplifier.
1: 1 ch
2: 2 ch
Servo amplifier channel number
3: 3 ch
N17
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0 to 3
Specify the rotary switch number of the servo amplifier.
0: SW0
1: SW1
Servo amplifier rotary switch number
2: SW2
3: SW3
N18
4: SW4
5: SW5
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0 to 6
6: SW6
2-231
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TIME CONST.
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the system number of the axes.
0: System 1
1: System 2
2: System 3
Axis system number
3: System 4
N19
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0 to 3
Invalid
N20
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Linear-type rotational axis
0: Rotary type
1: Linear type
Rotational axis shortcut
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Fixed value (0)
Fixed value
Relative polarity of control axis
N21
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-232
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
TIME CONST.
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
N22
to
N29
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Cutting feed time constant for time constant

changeover M-code command
Set the cutting feed time constant for a time constant changeover M-code
command.
N30: for M881 command
Feed rate
N30
to
N35

Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
1 ms
Setting range
0 to 1800
N30 to N35
Invalid
N36
to
N44
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Time
M3
2-233
N30 to N35
PARAMETER

Classification
ANOTHER (S)
MACHINE
Address
ANOTHER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
S1
to
S4
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set the position of the rotational center of the table in the machine
coordinates system.
X
S5
Rotational center of the table
S5
S5
Note 1: Z-axis data are not required for a machine with a tilting table.
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Note 2: This parameter is used to execute the automatic program origin

calculation function (option) for a machine with a tilting table.
(For dynamic offset)
2-234
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
ANOTHER
Display title
Meaning
Description
When movement is beyond the length set by this parameter during the
power off, it activates the alarm mode.
Absolute position detection parameter
S6
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch/

0.0001 deg
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Invalid
S7
to
S12
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set the in-position width for G00.

The in-position check for G00 is effective when the parameter K95 bit 7 is
1 and K96 bit 0 is 0.
For utilizing the in-position width of G00, set the in-position width of the
servo parameter to 0 to avoid trouble.
S13
Note:
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.001 mm
Setting range
0 to 32767
Set the inposition width for G01.

The in-position check for G01 is effective when one of G09 (exact stop
check), G61 (exact stop check mode) and the error detection is selected
with the parameter K95 bit 7 set to 1.
For utilizing the in-position width for G01, set the in-position width of the
servo parameter to 0 to avoid trouble.
S14
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
0.001 mm
Setting range
0 to 32767
Note:
2-235
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
ANOTHER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Fixed value
S15
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
S16
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Specify torque limit buffer reduction ratio 1.
S17
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 200
Specify torque limit buffer reduction ratio 2.
S18
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 200
2-236
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
ANOTHER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
S19
to
S22
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set the position of a reference workpiece zero point for each axis in the
machine coordinate system.
Set the position of a reference workpiece zero point relating to the turret
also in the machine coordinate system.
For machining centers, this parameter is invalid.
*
Tool set value is determined based on this parameter.
S23
S23 (Z)
S23 (X)

Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
99999999
Invalid
S24
to
S30
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-237
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
ANOTHER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Specify the machine coordinates of the floating reference point.
Example:
Specification of the machine coordinates of
the floating reference point
S31
Program type
G30.1X10.Z10.;
Entry of the above command returns the tool in rapid feed mode through
the intermediate point (X10, Z10) to the floating reference point specified in
this parameter.
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
99999999
Invalid
S32
to
S44
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-238
PARAMETER

Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE (SA)
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Number of revolutions per minute of the spindle in each speed range
Maximum number of speed ranges
Address
SA1
to
SA8
Maximum RPM of spindle in each speed

range (range 1 to 8)
SA1
SA2
Invalid
ML
SA3
Invalid
Invalid
MH
SA4
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Example:
Output voltage
MAX
H
L
min
(Spindle speed)
SA9
SA10
SA1
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
1 min
SA2
0 to 99999
Constants for calculating each gear speed of the spindle
Address
SA9
to
SA16
Constants for calculating each gear speed

of the spindle (range 1 to 8)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
1 min

1
SA9
SA10
Invalid
ML
SA11
Invalid
Invalid
MH
SA12
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
(! SA1 - SA4)
0 to 99999
2-239
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
The maximum number of revolutions per minute of the spindle in each
speed range during a tapping cycle
Maximum RPM of spindle during tapping

cycle
SA17
to
SA24
Address
SA17
SA18
Invalid
ML
Invalid
Invalid
MH
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
(range 1 to 8)
Program type
M, E
SA19
Conditions
At power on
SA20
Unit
Setting range
1 min

1
0 to 99999
The number of revolutions per minute of the spindle during shifting of
gears thru the various ranges
Spindle speed during gear shifting
SA25
to
SA32
Address
(range 1 to 8)
SA25
SA26
Invalid
ML
Invalid
Invalid
MH
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Program type
M, E
SA27
Conditions
At power on
SA28
Unit
Setting range
1 min
Maximum number of speed range

1
0 to 32767
Linear acceleration/deceleration time constant for the synchronous tapping
cycle
Acceleration/deceleration time constant for

the synchronous tapping
SA33
to
SA40
SA33: Range 1
SA34: Range 2
SA35: Range 3
(range 1 to 8)
SA36: Range 4
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
1 ms
Setting range
0 to 1800
Specify the spindle orientating speed.
Spindle orientating speed
SA41
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
1 min
0 to 32767
2-240
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Specify the minimum spindle speed.
Minimum spindle speed
SA42
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
1 min
0 to 32767
Specify the channel number for the spindle amplifier.
1: 1 ch (the setting used when connection to SV1 of the HR353 is
established)
Channel number for the spindle amplifier
2: 2 ch (the setting used when connection to SV3 of the HR353 is

established)
SA43
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0 to 2
Specify the rotary switch number of the spindle amplifier.
0: SW0
1: SW1
Spindle amplifier rotary switch number
2: SW2
3: SW3
SA44
4: SW4
5: SW5
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0 to 6
6: SW6
2-241
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Spindle speed range changing method, in relation
to switching the torque factors for auto-pecking of
the cutting load detection type (Note 1)
0: As specified by bit 1
1: L/H coil sw. + Mecha. gear shift
Spindle speed range changing method, in relation
to switching the torque factors for auto-pecking of
the cutting load detection type 2
0: L/H coil switching scheme
1: Mecha-gear scheme (Only when 0 is set up at
bit 0) (Note 2)
00: Shorter route
SA45
01: Forward rotation
Spindle speed range changing method, in

relation to switching the torque factors for
auto-pecking of the cutting load detection
type
10: Reverse rotation

Defines the specified direction as the Z-phase
detection direction.
Spindle index gear correction
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Note 1: For the setting of SA45 bit 0 = 1, set the rated torque, viscous &
coulomic friction coefficients of the spindle motor in the relevant
parameters as tabulated below:
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Speed range
No.
Coil
Rated
torque
Visc. fric.
coef.
Coul. fric.
coef.
SA53
SA57
SA61
SA54
SA57
SA61
SA53
SA58
SA62
SA54
SA58
SA62
Note 2: Bit 1 is valid only when bit 0 = 0.
2-242
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
00: Shorter route
C-axis position control changeover type
0: After return to zero point
1: After deceleration stop
Synchronous tapping position control
changeover type
0: After return to zero point
SA46
1: After deceleration stop

Z-phase detection direction
0: Forward rotation
1: Reverse rotation
00: Shorter route
Synchronous tapping command polarity
Program type
M, E
0: Reverse rotation
Conditions
1: Forward rotation
Unit
Bit
Setting range

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0: Ignoring the spindle/motor gear ratio
1: Considering the spindle/motor gear ratio
SA47
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Bit
Setting range

Specify the encoder signal input destination.
0: Via the HDLC-connected axis (Spindle AMP feedback data)
1: Direct connection to encoder 1 (ENC1)
Encoder signal input destination
2: Direct connection to encoder 2 (ENC2)
SA48
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 2
2-243
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the speed attainment detection width. If a value other than 1-99 (%) is
set, the value will be regarded as 15 (%).
Speed attainment detection width
SA49
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 99
Specify the type of spindle corresponding to the displayed SA parameters,
by the appropriate numeric value.
0: Axis not specified
1: No.1 milling spindle
Spindle type
2: No.1 turning spindle
SA50

Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0 to 8

Set the number of gears on the spindle.
1) For displaying a gear selection menu in manual operation mode
0, 5 to 8: Without gear
1: 2 gear positions (without neutral)
2: 2 gear positions (with neutral)
Number of gears on spindle
SA51
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0 to 8
2) For automatic gear selection with the MAZATROL program (only for
milling spindle)
0: Type not set.

1: C-axis type
2: Orientation type
Turning spindle type
SA52
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 2
2-244
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the 1/4h (1/2h) rated torque for the L coils of the spindle motor.
SA53
Spindle 1/4h (1/2h) rated torque for

type
(L coils)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 Nm
Setting range
0 to 65535
Note 1: Only the 1/2h rated torque, not the 1/4h rated torque, may be
known for the particular motor. If that is the case, set the 1/2h
rated torque.
If coil selection is not possible for the spindle, enter the same
value in both SA53 and SA54. An alarm will result if 0 is entered
even in either one of the two parameters.
Note 2: If bit 1 in SA45 is set to 1, set the 1/4h rated torque applied when
the spindle motor gear position is 1.
Set the 1/4h (1/2h) rated torque for the H coils of the spindle motor.
SA54

type
( H coils)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 Nm
Setting range
0 to 65535
rated torque.
If coil selection is not possible for the spindle, enter the same
value in both SA53 and SA54. An alarm will result if 0 is entered
even in either one of the two parameters.
Note 2: If bit 1 in SA45 is set to 1, set the 1/4h rated torque applied when
the spindle motor gear position is 2.
Set the 1/4h rated torque applied when the spindle motor gear position is
3.
SA55

type
(Spindle gear position 3)
rated torque.
Note 2: This parameter is valid only when the setting of bit 1 in SA45 is 1.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 Nm
Setting range
0 to 65535
Set the 1/4h rated torque applied when the spindle motor gear position is
4.
SA56

type
(Spindle gear position 4)
rated torque.
Note 2: This parameter is valid only when the setting of bit 1 in SA45 is 1.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 Nm
Setting range
0 to 65535
2-245
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
If the fms value depends on spindle speeds, specify the gradient.
Spindle viscous friction coefficient cms for

type
SA57
Example:
If fms is 90000 for an S value of 5000 and 140000 for
S10000:
fms
(Range 1)
Gradient = b/a
140000
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
99999999

type
SA58
( Range 2)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
99999999
90000
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
99999999
Note:
(Range 4)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
99999999
Set the spindle viscous friction coefficient cms when SA45

bit 0 = 1. (Enter, moreover, 1000 times the respective calculation
results in this case.)

type
SA60
10000
Since cms = (140000 90000) / (10000 5000) = 10, set 10 in the

above example.
(Range 3)
Program type
5000

type
SA59
2-246
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the value where the width of the flat section in the current feedback
data matches estimated data.
SA61
Spindle coulombic friction coefficient fms

for auto-pecking of the cutting load detection Example:
If fms is 90000 for an S value of 5000 and 140000 for
type
S10000, set c in L105.
(Range 1)
fms
140000
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
99999999
90000
Gradient = 10
5000
10000
Calculate c form the linear equation y = (b/a) x + c. Since c = 90000

for auto-pecking of the cutting load detection (10 5000) = 40000, set 40000 in the above example.
type
SA62
(Range 2)
Note:
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
99999999
Set the spindle coulombic friction coefficient fms when SA45

bit 0 = 1.

for auto-pecking of the cutting load detection
type
SA63
(Range 3)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
99999999

for auto-pecking of the cutting load detection
type
SA64
(Range 4)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
99999999
2-247
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the filter for the data which has been sampled at 3.5 ms intervals.
If the entered value is 0, the data actually used will be 4 3.5 (ms).
Cutting force calculation filter for

type
SA65
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
3.5 ms
Setting range
0 to 65535
If the rotational speed of the milling spindle during polygonal machining
exceeds the setting of this parameter, that rotational speed will be clamped
at this setting.
Maximum permissible speed of milling

spindle for polygonal machining
Note:
This parameter is valid only for the milling spindle.
SA66
Program type
Conditions
At power on
Unit
1 min
Setting range
0 to 65535
Invalid
SA67
to
SA86
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-248
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Revolutions
Spindle speed operating time constant

changeover revolutions
SA87: Revolutions 1
SA87
SA88
SA87
SA88: Revolutions 2
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 min
SA89
SA90
0 to 99999999
Spindle speed operating time constant

SA89: Time constant 1
SA89
to
SA91
SA9
SA88
Time
SA91
Note:
For gears 2 to 8, SA87 or SA88 is internally converted to

calculate the changeover revolutions.
SA10 to 16
SA88 (SA10 to 16/SA9)
SA87 (SA10 to 16/SA9)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
ms
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Set the maximum revolutions for conducting Z-phase detection.
Z-phase detection speed
SA92
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 min
0 to 99999
Set the amount of shifting from the Z-phase when the axis is to be returned
to its zero point for synchronous tapping.
Amount of synchronous tapping zero point

shifting
Shifting is conducted in the Z-phase detection direction (specified in bit 4 of

SA46).
SA93
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
deg
Setting range
0 to 359
2-249
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the homing speed effective when After return to zero point (SA46 bit
2 = 0) is selected as the position-changing type for synchronous tapping.
Homing speed for synchronous tapping
SA94
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 min
0 to 99999
Set the manual operation mode maximum revolutions.
Maximum revolutions in manual operation

mode
SA95
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 min
0 to 99999
Set the amount of shifting from the zero point of orientation control.
Amount of orientation position shifting
SA96
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.00005 deg
Setting range
7200000
Reduction ratio of the synchronous tapping

time constant for high-speed synchronous
tapping
SA97
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
The synchronous tapping time constant for high-speed synchronous

tapping is reduced with respect to the synchronous tapping time constant
set in parameter SA33 to SA40. The value set in SA97 becomes the
reduction ratio.
Without the high-speed synchronous tapping option or for the axis
combination that does not allow high-speed synchronous tapping, normal
synchronous tapping is applied, in which case the data setting of SA33 to
SA40 is used as it is.
High-speed synchronous tapping time constant
= SA33 (100 SA97) / 100
2-250
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
SA98
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set the time constant for orientation control.

If 0 is set, 300 will be regarded as having been specified.
Orientation time constant
SA99
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
ms
Setting range
0 to 30000
Invalid
SA100
to
SA113
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set the spindle speed to be monitored in safety supervisory mode 2.
Spindle speed supervisory mode 2 for

safety supervision
If the operating speed of the spindle exceeds the set value in safety
supervisory mode 2, this will cause a safety supervisory alarm and bring
the machine to an emergency stop.
SA114
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
1 min
0 to 10000
2-251
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the spindle speed to be monitored in safety supervisory mode 3.
Spindle speed supervisory mode 3 for

safety supervision
SA115
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
1 min
If the operating speed of the spindle exceeds the set value in safety
supervisory mode 3, this will cause a safety supervisory alarm and bring
the machine to an emergency stop.
Assign a value greater than the speed value to be monitored in mode 2
(i.e., specified in SA114).
0 to 10000
Set the spindle safety clamping speed to be monitored in safety
supervisory mode 2.
Spindle safety clamping mode 2 for safety

supervision
SA116
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
1 min

effect, the spindle is decelerated to the set speed.
Assign a value smaller than the speed value to be monitored in mode 2
0 to 10000
Set the spindle safety clamping speed to be monitored in safety
supervisory mode 3.
Spindle safety clamping mode 3 for safety

supervision
SA117

effect, the spindle is decelerated to the set speed.
Assign a value smaller than the speed value to be monitored in mode 3
Assign a value greater than the speed value to be monitored in mode 2
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
1 min
0 to 10000
Select the door group to which the spindle belongs in safety supervisory
mode.
Selecting the spindle door of the spindle

whose speed is to be monitored
SA118
If SP129: SFNC9/bit F is OFF, speed monitoring will not be conducted,

irrespective of the setting of this parameter.
[Examples of setting]
0000: The spindle does not belong to any door.
0001: The spindle belongs to the door-1 group.
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0002: The spindle belongs to the door-2 group.

0003: The spindle belongs to the door-1/2 group.
2-252
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Deceleration judgment coefficient on safety

speed clamping of the spindle to be
supervised for safety
SA119
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
For safety speed clamping in safety supervisory mode, when a claming

request is input, a clamping signal will be output after the spindle has
decelerated to a safety clamping speed. This parameter specifies to what
additional percentage of the safety clamping speed the spindle is to be
decelerated as the output timing of the speed clamping signal.
If 0 is set, the speed clamping signal will be output when the spindle
decelerates to a 10% additional speed (i.e., 110% of the safety clamping
speed).
Set the number of PLG teeth per revolution.

If a value less than zero is set, 1024 will be regarded as having been set.
PLG pulse rate for spindle index gear tooth
correction
SA120
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Teeth
Setting range
99999999 to 99999999
Amount of branching point correction for

spindle index gear tooth
Set the amount of correction at the branching point where one PLG gear
tooth is split into eight equal segments.
SA121: Branching point [1]

SA121
to
SA128

Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 deg
Setting range
99999999 to 99999999
Set the notch filter frequency for the cutting-load detection pecking cycle.
Notch filter frequency for cutting-load

detection pecking cycle
SA129: #1 notch filter frequency
SA129
SA131
SA131: #2 notch filter frequency
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.1 Hz
Setting range
0 to 65535
2-253
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the notch filter depth to be used in the cutting-load detection pecking
cycle.
Notch filter depth for cutting-load detection

pecking cycle
SA130: #1 notch filter depth
SA130
SA132
SA132: #2 notch filter depth
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 7
Set the detection torque to be used when the breakage detection distance
(l) is specified for the cutting-load detection pecking cycle.
Breakage detection torque for cutting-load

detection pecking cycle
SA133
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.01 N"m
Setting range
0 to 65535
Set the maximum spindle orientation speed.
Maximum spindle orientation speed
SA134
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 min
Note 1: Some other functions (such as safety speed clamping control

based on a PLC ladder) may cause the spindle orientation speed
to be clamped at a speed lower than the setting of this
parameter.
Note 2: Immediately after power-on, the Z-phase is detected, so the
spindle is oriented at the maximum speed specified in parameter
SA92, not SA134.
Note 3: Clamping based on this parameter will be invalid if the setting is 0
0 to 99999999
Invalid
SA135
to
SA137
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-254
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
SPINDLE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the number of gears.
0: No gears
1 or more: Actual number of gears
Number of gears
SA138: Number of spindle gears
SA138
SA139
SA139: Number of motor gears
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Set the gear ratio for turret indexing.
Turret indexing gear ratio
SA140
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
SA141
to
SA143
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Encoder polarity for the spindle rotation for normal
thread cutting
0: Spindle cycle counter increase

1: Spindle cycle counter decrease
SA144
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Gear conversion during spindle rotation valid

Spindle gear changeover valid
Turret indexing valid.
2-255
PARAMETER

Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER (BA)
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Setting of chuck outside diameter
Chuck outside diameter

(for chuck barrier)
BA1
BA1
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Setting of chuck width
BA2
Chuck width
(for chuck barrier)
BA2
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Setting of chuck inside diameter
Chuck inside diamete

(for chuck barrier)
BA3
BA3
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
2-256
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Specify the workpiece outside diameter to be used for the EIA program.
EIA program workpiece outside diameter
BA4
BA4
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
BA17
Invalid
BA5
to
BA7
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Setting of tail body outside diameter
Tail body outside diameter (for tail barrier)

BA8
BA8
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Setting of tail body length
BA9
Tail body length (for tail barrier)
BA9
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
2-257
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Setting of tail spindle outside diameter
Tail spindle outside diameter

(for tail barrier)
BA10
BA10
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Setting of length with tail spindle at back end
BA11
Length with tail spindle at back end
(for tail barrier)
BA11
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Setting of tail head outside diameter
Tail head outside diameter

(for tail barrier)
BA12
BA12
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Setting of tail head length
BA13
Tail head length
(for tail barrier)
BA13
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
2-258
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Setting of tail head taper angle
Tail head taper angle

(for tail barrier)
BA14
BA14
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 deg
Setting range
0 to 180000
Setting of biting diameter when tail head is used
Tail head biting diameter

(for tail barrier)
BA15
BA15
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Workpiece zero point
Set the dimensional data for forming tail barriers using an EIA/ISO
program.
<During tail operation>
BA17
BA16
<During tail reversing>

EIA tail barrier
BA16
to
BA18
Tail dimensions
Machine
zero point
BA18
BA16: Tail extruding length

BA17: Workpiece length
BA18: Distance from the machine zero point to the leading edge position
during tail reversing
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999 (Note)
Note:
999999999 for BA18.
2-259
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Specify the distance from the machine zero point of the Z-axis to the edge
of the No. 1 turning spindle.
BA19
Distance from the Z-axis machine zero point

to the spindle edge
Machine zero point
BA19
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
99999999
Spindle
edge
Note:
Enter the distance with minus sign for the machine zero point in
the minus direction with respect to the spindle edge.
Invalid
BA20
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Specify the jaw number that has been registered on the CHUCK JAW
DATA display to be referred to in the EIA program when forming a jaw
barrier for the turning spindle.
Jaw number for EIA program barrier
BA21
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 to 44
Invalid
BA22
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-260
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the turret dimensions for the turret-type tool post.
BA24
Turret dimensions
BA23
BA24
BA23
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
BA23: Outside diameter of the turret

BA24: Width of the turret
Specify the turret reference position from the machine zero point for the
turret-type tool post.
Turret
reference
position
Turret reference position
BA26
BA25
BA26
BA25
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Tool holder mounting position
BA27
BA30
BA33
BA36
Setting of tool holder mounting position. When plus data is used, the tool
holder is mounted horizontally, and minus data downward.
Example:
BA27 - Type 1
BA25: Turret reference position X

BA26: Turret reference position Z
Machine
zero point
Type 1
BA30 - Type 2
BA27 (>0)
BA33 - Type 3
BA36 - Type 4
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
99999999
BA27 (<0)
Same for types 2, 3, 4
Setting tool holder width in X-axis direction
Tool holder width in X-axis direction
Example:
Type 1
BA28 - Type 1
BA28
BA31
BA34
BA37
BA31 - Type 2
BA34 - Type 3
BA37 - Type 4
BA28
(where BA27 < 0)
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
BA28
(where BA27 > 0)
2-261
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Setting of tool holder width in Z-axis direction
Tool holder width in Z-axis direction
Type 1
Example:
BA29 - Type 1
BA29
BA32
BA35
BA38
BA32 - Type 2
BA35 - Type 3
BA38 - Type 4
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
BA29
(where BA27 < 0)
BA29
(where BA27 > 0)
Set the holder shape data for forming tool barriers using an EIA/ISO
program.
<Holder-under type>
Input BA39 with a minus sign.
BA40
BA39
BA41
EIA tool barrier
BA39
to
BA41
Holder dimensions
<Holder-side type (0 type)>
<Holder-side type (180 type)>
Input BA39 with a plus sign.


Input BA41 with a minus sign.
BA39
BA39
BA40
BA40
BA41
BA39: EIA tool barrier, Holder mounting position
BA40: EIA tool barrier, X-axial width of the holder
BA41: EIA tool barrier, Z-axial width of the holder
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
99999999 (Note)
Note:
0 to 99999999 for BA40.
2-262
BA41
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Fixed value (1)
BA42
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set the first tool number assigned to the first set of tools.
First tool number (in the 1st set of tools)
BA43
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
1 to 4000
Set the number of tools assigned as the first set of tools.
Number of tools (in the 1st set of tools)
BA44
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
1 to 960
Set the first tool number assigned to the second set of tools.
First tool number (in the 2nd set of tools)
BA45
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
1 to 4000
2-263
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the number of tools assigned as the second set of tools.
Number of tools (in the 2nd set of tools)
BA46
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
1 to 960
Fixed value (1)
Turret type
BA47
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0 to 4
BA48
to
BA54
Set the turning spindle to be used in the D1 command mode of polygonal

machining.
0: Turning spindle No.1
Turning spindle number for polygonal
machining (D1)
BA55

1: Invalid
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 to 3
2-264
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
machining.

machining (D2)
BA56

1: Invalid
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 to 3
machining.

machining (D3)
BA57

1: Invalid
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 to 3
machining.

machining (D4)
BA58

1: Invalid
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
1 to 3
2-265
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Spindle forward rotation M-code for tapping

cycle
If the command block of G84/G88 does not contain spindle

forward/reverse rotation M-codes, one of the following M-codes will be
output by BA59 or BA60, depending on the status of bit 0 in parameter
SU153:
BA59 = 3
BA60 = 4
BA59 = 203
BA60 = 204
Tapping cycle of turning
Tapping cycle of milling

turning

milling
BA59
SU153
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Bit 0
be output.
be output.
Spindle reverse rotation M-code for tapping

cycle
BA60
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
BA61
to
BA65
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set the deceleration area and measuring area in the G37 command.
BA66: Set the distance between the starting point of movement at the
measuring rate, and the measuring point. This value will be used
when argument R is omitted from the G37 command.
G37 deceleration area
BA66
BA67
G37 measuring area
BA67: Set the moving distance in measuring feed mode. This value will
be used when argument D is omitted from the G37 command.
Program type
Conditions
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
2-266
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the deceleration area and measuring area in the G36 command.
BA68: Set the distance between the starting point of movement at the
measuring rate, and the measuring point. This value will be used
when argument R is omitted from the G36 command.
BA68
BA69
BA69: Set the moving distance in measuring feed mode. This value will
be used when argument D is omitted from the G36 command.
G36 deceleration area

G36 measuring area
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Distance between the reference points on

both turrets (radius value)
Workpiece zero point:

Workpiece edge center
Tool position reference point:

Reference point on the turret
Turret clearance:
Distance between the reference points on both turrets (radius value)
Workpiece offse t:
Workpiece zero point Reference point of reference turret tool position
Tool position:
Tool position reference point Tool nose position
<Schematic diagram>
Tool position
BA70
Work offset
Turret clearance
(BA70)
Workpiece zero point
Tool position
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Invalid
BA71
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-267
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the overriding value for retracting the tap.
Tap retracting feed =
[Programmed feed for the interrupted synchronous tapping] BA72 / 100
Feed override for retracting the tap
BA72 is processed as 100 (%) when the setting is equal to zero (0) or
greater than 100.
BA72
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Setting range
0 to 100
Invalid
BA73
to
BA91
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Set the central position X when viewed from the machine zero point.
machine zero point
Central position X when viewed from

machine zero point
(Barrier function)
BA92
BA92
X1
Z1
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.001 mm/0.0001 inch
Setting range
Invalid
BA93
BA94
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-268
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Use BA95 and BA96 to set the dimensions of the sensor for tool nose
measurement.
BA97 and BA99 are provided to set in machine coordinates the reference
point of the sensor (see the diagram below).
Example:
BA95: Sensor width along the X-axis

Machine zero point
BA96: Sensor width along the Z-axis
BA95
BA96
BA97
BA99
BA97: X-coordinate of the sensors

reference point
BA99: Z-coordinate of the sensors
reference point
BA97
Sensors reference point
BA99
BA95
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
99999999
Sensor for tool nose

measurement
BA96
Invalid
BA100
BA101
BA102
BA103
BA104
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Setting of sensor reference point Y coordinate
Machine zero point

Y-coordinate of the sensors reference point
B98
BA98
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
0.0001 mm/0.00001 inch
Setting range
99999999
2-269
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set adjustment FdT for holding the thrust of the servo axis.
Set a value less than BA108 BA106 / 100.
If any other value is set, the thrust may be unstable.
Adjustment FdT for servo axis thrust hold
BA105
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0.0005 mm/0.000005 inch

0 to 99999999
Set the dead zone for the drooping level of the servo axis thrust.
A drooping level change less than BA108 BA106 / 100 is ignored.
Dead zone
BA106
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Set the monitoring time for changes in the drooping level of the servo axis
thrust.
Filter
BA107
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
1/3.5 ms
Setting range
0 to 99999999
Set the drooping level for holding the servo axis thrust.
This drooping level is held during the application of the servo axis thrust.
Servo axis thrust hold droop
BA108
Program type
M, E
Conditions
Unit
0.0005 mm/0.000005 inch
Setting range
0 to 99999999
2-270
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
BA109
to
BA123
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Fixed value (0)
BA124
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-271
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the types of tailstock, tool holder and chuck for which the EIA barriers
are to be activated.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Tailstock usage valid/invalid (Note 1)
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Tailstock present/absent (Note 2)
0: Absent
1: Present
Tool holder present/absent
0: Absent
1: Present
Barrier tool nose position
0: Tool length correction
1: Current tool nose
Setting of BA11 is handled as tailstock extruding
length
EIA barrier activation
Execution of spindle revolution M-code specified in

same block as synchronous tapping
BA125
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Barrier cancellation check (see Note 3 and 4)
0: Valid
1: Invalid
Missing jaw number check (see Note 3)
0: Valid
1: Invalid
Note 1: Tailstock usage invalid does not mean canceling the tail
barriers; it means that the tail will move away prior to machining.
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Note 2: Bit 1 in this parameter is valid for the MAZATROL program as

well. If bit 1 is set to 0, the tailstock function itself will become
invalid. For a machine having a tailstock, be sure to set up 1 at
bit 1.
Note 3: Valid only for MAZATROL programs.
Note 4: Bit 6 of this parameter is valid only when the setup data has been
entered.
2-272
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Tool command scheme (Note)
0: M06 required.
1: M06 not required.
Milling spindle orientation command (M219)
0: Output
1: No output
Note:
BA126
T-command operation is defined as follows by the setting of

bit 3.
If the setting of bit 3 is 0

T!T"M6: Replaces the current tool with ! and indexes " as the
next tool.
T!M6:
Replaces the current tool with!.
T!:
Indexes ! as the next tool.
If the setting of bit 3 is 1

T!#:
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Replaces the current tool with ! and set # as the tool

offset number.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
M249 command for preparing for tool change
before moving the tool to the tool change position
using a MAZATROL program
0: No output
1: Output
Approach for C-axis machining after tool change
0: C-axis positioning first
1: Simultaneous tree-axis approach
Simultaneous output of TTM6M200 and
TTM6M202
0: No simultaneous output
BA127
1: Simultaneous output
NC tailstock (servo axis thrust control)
0: Invalid
1: Valid
M90/M91 output for machines with turret (for QTN
II series)
Program type
M (Bit 3, 7: M, E)
Conditions
Immediate
(Bit 3: After stop of
movement)
Unit
Bit
Setting range
0: Output
1: No output
Whether or not to read the current settings
(tailstock position) on the SET UP MANAG. display
at the beginning of the execution of each program
0: No
1: Yes
2-273
PARAMETER
Classification
MACHINE
Address
BARRIER
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
NC tailstock pushing direction
0: Negative direction
1: Positive direction
Select the method of automatic determination of
the virtual nose point for a MAZATROL programs
tool measuring unit (TOOL MES) to be executed
with the TOOL EYE.
0: With reference to the PART and CUT DIR.
items on the TOOL DATA display (Example 1)
1: With reference to PTN (measuring pattern:

from [TOOL EYE #1] to [TOOL EYE #4]) in the
sequence data of the tool measuring unit
(Example 2)
BA128
Example 1:
PART: OUT, CUT DIR.: LEFT

Virtual nose
point 3
Example 2:
Program type
Conditions
Immediate
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Virtual nose
point 3
Invalid
BA129
to
BA132
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
PTN: [TOOL EYE #1]
2-274
PARAMETER
2-3-16 Data I/O parameter
TAPE parameter (TAP)
Parameter setting
Classification
DATA I/O
TAPE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Baud rate for RS-232C interface
Set values
BAUDRATE
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
110 to 19200
110
4800
300
9600
1200
19200
2400
Number of data bits (parameter for RS-232C interface initialization)
Set values
DATA BITS
7
8
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
7, 8
2-275
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
TAPE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Parity check (parameter for RS-232C interface initialization)
Set values
NONE
PARITY
ODD
EVEN
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
Number of stop bits (parameter for RS-232C interface initialization)
Set values
1
STOP BITS
1.5
2
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
This parameter is used to select the method of handshaking to control the

state of data transfer between the NC system and connected device.
Set values
HAND SHAKE
NONE
DC CONTROL
RTS/CTS
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
Description
No control
Complies with control code DC1 through DC4
Complies with device connection RTS/CTS.
The waiting time for replies from the connected device during inputting or
outputting.
An alarm occurs if this time elapses following the final reply.
WAIT TIME
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
0.1 s
Setting range
0 to 65535
2-276
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
TAPE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Selection of paper tape puncher output code
Set values
FORMAT
Paper tape punching in ISO code
EIA
Paper tape punching in EIA code
ASCII
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
Description
ISO
Paper tape punching in ASCII code
Type of processing to be executed if the machining program of an existing

work number is to be loaded
Set values
SAME WNo.
ALARM
LOAD
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
Description
Issues an alarm if the received work number already
exists.
Overrides the program if the received work number
already exists.
Tape port selection
PORT
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
Set values
Data I/O
Tape operation
COM1
Serial ch1
Serial ch1
COM2
Serial ch2
Serial ch2
2-277
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
Address
TAPE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set values
Type of terminator
TAP1
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 5
Terminator
Without terminator
EOB or EOR
EOB only
EOR only
One character of your choice
Two characters of your choice
Effective only when TAP1 is set to 4 or 5.
Terminator code 1
TAP2
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Effective only when TAP1 is set to 5.
Terminator code 2
TAP3
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
This parameter is used to specify whether or not CR is to be placed in front
of LF (separation of blocks) during ISO code punching.
0: No placement of CR
Output of CR during ISO code punching
1: Placement of CR
TAP4
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
2-278
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
Address
TAPE
Display title
Meaning
Description
This parameter is used to specify whether or not a parity bit is to be
assigned to the DC code to be output.
Set values
Parity
No assignment
Assignment
DC code parity
TAP5
Note:
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Hole-punching pattern of DC3 code
This parameter is valid only when HAND SHAKE is set to DC

CONTROL.
Select whether or not DC2 and DC4 codes are to be output to the feed
sections which will be generated at the beginning and end of paper tape
punching.
Example:
Feed
EOR
(Significant
information)
EOR
DC2
Note:
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 3
DC4
Set values
TAP6
Neither DC2 nor DC4 is output.
Only DC2 is output.
Only DC4 is output.
Both DC2 and DC4 are output.
This parameter is valid only when HAND SHAKE is set to DC

CONTROL.
TAP7
TAP8
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Description
Invalid
Program type
Feed
2-279
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
Address
TAPE
Display title
Meaning
Description
This parameter is used to set a hole-punching pattern for the character
code [ onto a paper tape reader/puncher using EIA.
Set an eight-digit binary number in decimal form.
[ code for paper tape reader/puncher for

EIA
Example:
: Hole to be punched
TAP9
[ code
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set value
(0 27)+(1 26)+(0 25)+(0 24)+(1 23)+(1 22)+(0 21)+(0 20) = 76

code ] onto a paper tape reader/puncher using EIA.
] code for paper tape reader/puncher for
EIA
Example:
TAP10
] code
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set value
(0 27)+(0 26)+(0 25)+(0 24)+(1 23)+(1 22)+(0 21)+(1 20) = 13

code # onto a paper tape reader/puncher using EIA.
# code for paper tape reader/puncher for
EIA
Example:
TAP11
# code
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set value
(0 27)+(1 26)+(1 25)+(0 24)+(1 23)+(1 22)+(0 21)+(1 20) = 109

code onto a paper tape reader/puncher using EIA.
code for paper tape reader/puncher for
EIA
Example:
TAP12
* code
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set value
(0 27)+(1 26)+(1 25)+(1 24)+(1 23)+(0 22)+(1 21)+(0 20) = 122
2-280
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
Address
TAPE
Display title
Meaning
Description
code = onto a paper tape reader/puncher using EIA.
= code for paper tape reader/puncher for

EIA
Example:
TAP13
= code
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set value
(0 27)+(1 26)+(0 25)+(1 24)+(1 23)+(0 22)+(1 21)+(1 20) = 91

code : onto a paper tape reader/puncher using EIA.
: code for paper tape reader/puncher for
EIA
Example:
TAP14
: code
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set value
(0 27)+(1 26)+(0 25)+(0 24)+(0 23)+(1 22)+(1 21)+(0 20) = 70

code ( onto a paper tape reader/puncher using EIA.
( code for paper tape reader/puncher for
EIA
Example:
TAP15
( code
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set value
(0 27)+(0 26)+(0 25)+(1 24)+(1 23)+(0 22)+(1 21)+(0 20) = 26

code ) onto a paper tape reader/puncher using EIA.
) code for paper tape reader/puncher for
EIA
Example:
TAP16
) code
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
Set value
(0 27)+(1 26)+(0 25)+(0 24)+(1 23)+(0 22)+(1 21)+(0 20) = 74
2-281
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
Address
TAPE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
TAP17
to
TAP24
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0: No parity-V check during paper tape reading
1: Parity-V check during paper tape reading
Paper tape puncher parity-V check
TAP25
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-282
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
Address
TAPE
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Data transfer of a paper tape program which has
been punched by M2
0: Tape loading impossible
1: Tape loading possible
Types of data to be punched onto paper tape
during all punching
0: All programs and various NC data
1: All programs only
Bit parameter related to paper tape

reader/puncher
Input and output of the program name during paper

tape reading and punching
0: Valid
TAP26
1: Invalid
Number of digits of work No. output
0: 8 digits
1: 4 digits
Input/output of material data during punching/
reading
0: Output of ASCII data in hexadecimal notation
1: Output in characters
Program type
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Bit
Setting range

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
To specify whether or not M99 is to be set as the
program end code in reading of paper tape
0: Set as program end
1: Not set as program end
Bit parameter related to program end code

(M) for paper tape reader

TAP27

To recognize the code O (or :) as the program
end in reading of multiple programs (on one paper
tape)
0: Yes
1: No
Program type
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Bit
Setting range
2-283
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
Address
TAPE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
TAP28
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
The number of characters in NULL (feed) that are to be punched at the

beginning and end of paper tape
Example:
Number of characters in feed section for

paper tape puncher
TAP29 characters
TAP29
EOR
Feed
Program type
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
1 character
Setting range
0 to 65535
TAP29 characters
(Significant
information)
EOR
Tape setting position
Feed
End of punching
The total number of space-characters that are punched out between

O-number and program section.
Number of characters in the space between
O-number and program for paper tape
puncher
TAP30
Program type
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
1 character
Setting range
0 to 65535
SP SP SP
Program
section
SP CR
TAP30 characters
The total number of space-characters that are punched out between

programs when more than one program are punched onto paper tape.
Number of characters in the space between

programs for paper tape puncher
~
TAP31
Program type
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
1 character
Setting range
0 to 65535
Program
2-284
CR SP SP
SP CR
TAP31 characters
Program
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
Address
TAPE
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
TAP32
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-285
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
Address
OTHER (IOP/DPR/IDD)
OTHER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
IOP1
to
IOP4
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-286
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
Address
OTHER
Display title
Meaning
Description
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
In the data I/O screen the Text output menu is
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
In the data I/O screen, the Ethernet input/output
menu is
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
IOP5
When saving data, save it

0: After completely deleting data from the
specified directory.
1: While retaining the data in the specified
directory. (Data with the same name is
overwritten)
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Bit
Setting range
Overwriting associated with loading of the same

work number as that of the program(s) registered in
the NC unit by memory card or Ethernet
input/output
0: Alarm without overwriting
1: Overwriting
Invalid
IOP6
to
IOP8
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Fixed value (0)
IOP9
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
IOP10
to
IOP16
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
2-287
PARAMETER
DATA I/O
Classification
Address
OTHER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Baud rate for RS-232C interface
Baud rate
4800
Set values
Baud rate
Set values
Baud rate
300
9600
110
4800
1200
19200
300
9600
1200
19200
2400
110
DPR1
2400
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 6
Number of stop bits (parameter for RS-232C interface initialization)
Stop bit
DPR2
Set values
Stop bit
1.5
1.5
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 2
Invalid
DPR3
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Number of data bits (parameter for RS-232C interface initialization)
Data bit
DPR4
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
2-288
Set values
Data bit
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
Address
OTHER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Invalid
DPR5
to
DPR7
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
This parameter specifies whether CR is to be inserted at the

beginning of LF (block delimiter) in ISO code output when the output
destination is a serial port (DPR14 = 0 or 1).
0: No CR insertion
1: CR insertion
This parameter specifies the maximum permissible file size to be used

for hard disk output using an external output command macro when
the output destination is the hard disk (DPR14 = 4).
Maximum permissible file size: Entered value 100K bytes
However, this file size is 100K bytes if the entered value is 0.
ISO code CR output and the output file size
DPR8
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 255
This parameter is used to select the method of handshaking to control the
state of data transfer between the NC system and connected device.
Method of handshaking
Set values
Method
None
DC control
Complies with control code DC1 through

DC4
RTS/CTS
Complies with device connection

RTS/CTS.
DPR9
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 2
Description
No control
This parameter is used to specify whether or not a parity bit is to be

assigned to the DC code to be output.
Set values
Parity
No assignment
Assignment
DC code parity
DPR10
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Note:
Hole-punching pattern of DC3 code
This parameter is valid only when the handshaking method is set

to DC control (DPR9 is set to 1).
2-289
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
Address
OTHER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Select whether or not DC2 and DC4 codes are to be output to the feed
sections.
Example:
Feed
EOR
(Significant
information)
EOR
DC2
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 3
Description
Neither DC2 nor DC4 is output.
Only DC2 is output.
Only DC4 is output.
Both DC2 and DC4 are output.
Note:
Program type
DC4
Set values
DPR11
Feed
This parameter is valid only when the handshaking method is set

to DC control (DPR9 is set to 1).
outputting.
Waiting time
DPR12
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
0.1 s
Setting range
0 to 65535
Selection of output code
Output format
DPR13
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0, 1
Set values
Format
ISO
Output in ISO code
EIA
Output in EIA code
2-290
Description
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
Address
OTHER
Display title
Meaning
Description
Port selection
Set values
Port
Description
COM1
Serial ch1
COM2
Serial ch2
Selection of an output destination port
DPR14
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0 to 1
This parameter denotes the number of characters in NULL (feed) when the
output destination is a serial port (DPR14 = 0 or 1).
Number of characters or the number of lines Example:

in feed section
DPR15 characters
DPR15 characters
DPR15
Feed
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
1 character
Setting range
0 to 65535
DPR16
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
Invalid
IDD1
to
IDD16
Program type
Conditions
Unit
Setting range
(Significant
information)
EOR
Feed
This parameter denotes the number of lines fed when the output
destination is a hard disk (DPR14 = 4).
Invalid
Program type
EOR
2-291
PARAMETER
ETHERNET parameter
Parameter setting
Classification
DATA I/O
ETHERNET
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the IP address of NC unit.
IP ADDRESS
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
Set the subnet mask.
SUBNET MASK
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
2-292
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
ETHERNET
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the address of gateway.
GATEWAY
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At power on
Unit
Setting range
0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
outputting.
WAIT TIME
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
1s
Setting range
0 to 99
Set the host computer connected by Ethernet.
Set values
HOST COMPUTER
NONE
HOST COMPUTER 1
HOST COMPUTER 2
HOST COMPUTER 3
HOST COMPUTER 4
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
Set the computer name of host computer. Not necessary when the IP
address is set.
COMPUTER NAME
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
2-293
PARAMETER
Classification
DATA I/O
ETHERNET
Display title
Meaning
Description
Set the IP address of host computer. Not necessary when the computer
name is set.
IP ADDRESS
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
Set the user name to log in the host computer (FTP server).
USER NAME
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
Set the password to log in the host computer (FTP server).

**************** is displayed when the password has already set.
PASSWORD
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
Set the name of the subdirectory in the FTP server home directory set on
the host computer.
DIRECTORY
Program type
M, E
Conditions
At I/O startup
Unit
Setting range
2-294 E
ALARM
ALARM
If machine failures occur or if erroneous operations are carried out, appropriate alarm numbers
and messages will be displayed in the alarm display section of the screen. If alarm display
appears, refer to the alarm list to locate and eliminate the cause of the alarm. More than one
alarm may be raised at once, depending on the particular status of alarm occurring. In the event
of alarm display, therefore, it is highly recommended that the operator should call the ALARM
display on the screen and make sure of the type of alarm.
Alarm display area
ALARM display
3-1
ALARM
3-1
Outline
1)
Scope of this chapter

This chapter describes all the alarms displayed on the screen of NC unit. Always refer to
this chapter for eliminating an alarm.
2)
Precautions on this chapter

This chapter also lists alarms related to machine model-dependent functions and optional
functions. These alarms may therefore include ones not displayed for your machine. Check
the type of machine purchased by you and its specifications before you read this chapter.
Note 1: The contents of this list are subjected to change without notice, for NC unit or machine
improvement.
Note 2: Any questions about the contents of this list should be communicated to Mazak
3-1-1
Alarm display
1.
Machine-status indicator lamps

In the event of alarm, the machine-status indicator lamp ?ALARM on the operation panel will
light up.
2.
Display on the screen of NC unit

An alarm will be displayed on the ALARM display in the following format:
650 CHAMFERING IMPOSSIBLE
(1234, 56, 78)

Tool sequence number or block number
Unit number or sequence number
Work number
Alarm message
Alarm number
See Chapter 10 10-1 ALARM display provided in the separate specifications of OPERATING
NC UNIT AND PREPARATION FOR AUTOMATIC OPERATION for ALARM display.
3.
Color of alarm display and its elimination

Alarm display is presented in one of the following colors. Eliminate the alarm according to its
display color:
Display color
Red
Blue
Alarm elimination
Press the reset key.
Press the clear key.
Yellow
Press the reset key or clear key.
White
Press the clear key.
3-2
ALARM
3-1-2
Precautions
1)
If program-related alarm display appears, that portion of the program in which the alarm
has occurred will be displayed within the parentheses next to the alarm message. The
meaning of each code in parentheses on the alarm list is listed in the table below.
Code
Meaning
WNo.
Work number (MAZATROL or EIA/ISO)
UNo.
Unit number (MAZATROL)
SNo.
Tool sequence number (MAZATROL)
NNo.
Sequence number (EIA/ISO)
BNo.
Block number (EIA/ISO)
blank
No display, or intra-system alarm processing code
2)
The stopped status, clearing procedure, and display color for some types of alarm depend
on whether the alarm-encountered program is on the foreground (program selected on the
POSITION display) or on the background (program selected on the PROGRAM display).
The above mentioned three types of information for the latter case are indicated with
parentheses in the alarm list.
3)
The table for an alarm which does not exist remains blank.
4)
An alarm may not be displayed for certain machine models or versions of NC-software.
3-3
ALARM
3-2
3-2-1
Detailed Description
Structure of the alarm list
This alarm list is written in the following format:
No.
Message
[1]
[2]
Cause
[6]
Action
[7]
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
[3]
[4]
[5]
Display
[1]: Alarm number

[2]: Alarm message
[3]: Type of error
Code
Type
Description
Operation
A wrong key has been pressed. Or the machine has been operated incorrectly.
Registered data
The program or tool data includes an error(s).
Servo
Malfunctioning of the servo control mechanism
Spindle
Malfunctioning of the spindle control mechanism
NC equipment
System (hardware/software) error
Machine (PLC)
Machine failure
External I/O unit
Malfunctioning of external I/O unit
[4]: Stopped status

Code
Status
Emergency stop
Reset stop
Single-block stop
Feed stop (hold)
Operation continued
[5]: Clearing procedure

Code
Procedure
Power off Eliminate cause Power back on
Eliminate cause Power off Power back on
Eliminate cause Press reset key
Press reset key
Eliminate cause Press clear key
Press clear key
[6]: Cause of alarm

[7]: Action to be taken to eliminate the cause.
Note:
The list for alarms related to PLC machine control (No.200 to 399 and No.1200 to
1399) may have a different format.
3-4
ALARM
3-2-2
No.1 - No.99, No.1000 - No.1099 (System/Drive error)
No.
1
Message
EMERGENCY STOP
Cause
Action
EMERGENCY STOP
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
Trouble has occurred in the hardware.

Cause
Action
3
Turn power off and then back on. If this does not clear the alarm status, contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology
Center.
EMERGENCY STOP
Red
Red
The emergency stop button on the operating panel has been pressed.
Cause
Release the pressed state of the emergency stop button and reset the NC unit to its initial state.
Action
4
Cause
Action
SYSTEM SOFTWARE ERROR
The contents of the system software and/or custom software have been destroyed.
Cause
Contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center.
Action
6
Cause
Action
7
Cause
Action
8
Cause
Action
REMOTE I/O ERROR
Red
Red
Red
SRAM MALFUNCTION
The S-RAM mounted on the CPU card has become abnormal.
RAM MALFUNCTION
The RAM mounted on the CPU card has become abnormal.
3-5
ALARM
No.
9
Cause
Action
10
Cause
Action
11
Cause
Action
12
Cause
Action
13
Cause
Action
Message
ABSOLUTE POSITION MALFUNCTION
(Alarm No., Axis,
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
Red
Red
The absolute position detection system has lost absolute position data.
DETECTOR MALFUNCTION
(Alarm No., Axis,
The absolute position detection system has detected its detector error(s).
POSITION REFERENCE MALFUNCTION
(Alarm No., Axis,
The absolute position detection system has detected an error(s) by cross-checking the absolute position of its detector and
the internal coordinate data of the NC unit.
ABSOLUTE POSITION WARNING
(Alarm No., Axis,
Red
Red
The absolute position detection system has detected abnormal data.
PRE-PROCESSOR MALFUNCTION
The software is not correctly working.
Red
Red
Cause
Action
21
Cause
Action
22
Cause
Action
SYSTEM ERROR
Software of this system has become abnormal.
AMPLIFIER NOT EQUIPPED
Amplifier power is not yet turned on. Or no signals are transferred yet.
Check for an incorrectly connected cable, an incorrectly attached connector, an inadequate input supply voltage to the
amplifier, an incorrect axis-number switch setting, etc.
23
Cause
Action
3-6
ALARM
No.
Message
24
Cause
Action
25
Cause
Action
26
Cause
Action
SAFE OPERATION SYSTEM ALARM
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
Red
There occurred an alarm in the safe operation system.
SPINDLE SAFE OPER. SYSTEM ALARM
Trouble has occurred for the spindle in the mode of safety-speed operation.
Red
Red
Cause
Action
31
Cause
Action
32
Cause
Action
33
SERVO MALFUNCTION 1
The servo (power-off level) is abnormal.
SERVO PARAMETER MALFUNCTION
The parameters that have been transferred from the NC unit to the servo amplifier during NC power-on are not correct.

SERVO MALFUNCTION 2
Red
Red
Red
The servo (NC reset level) is abnormal.

Cause
Action
34
Cause
Action
35
Cause
Action
SERVO MALFUNCTION 3
The servo (amplifier power-off level) is abnormal.
OVERLOAD
An extraordinary overload has been detected.
Check if any collision has occurred on the machine and perform the corresponding recovery, or check and reduce the cutting
conditions.
If measures other than the above should be taken, contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center.
3-7
ALARM
No.
Message
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
Red
Cause
Action
41
Cause
Action
42
Cause
Action
43
Cause
Action
44
Cause
Action
SPINDLE MALFUNCTION 1
The spindle (power-off level) is abnormal.
SPINDLE PARAMETER MALFUNCTION
The parameters that have been transferred from the NC unit to the spindle amplifier during NC power-on are not correct.
Red
Red
The spindle (NC reset level) is abnormal.
The spindle (amplifier power-off level) is abnormal.
Blue
Blue
Cause
Action
51
Cause
Action
52
E2ROM MALFUNCTION
Parameters cannot be correctly written into the E2ROM.
BATTERY ALARM
Cause
The battery provided to retain parameters, machining programs and other types of data within the NC unit has reached the
minimum voltage level permissible or has run down.
Action
It is required that the machining data is rechecked for possible loss or that the battery is recharged or replaced. For battery
recharging or replacement, refer to the relevant description given in the Maintenance Manual.
3-8
ALARM
No.
53
Message
NC TEMPERATURE WARNING
( *1 ,
*2 ,
*3 )
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
The temperature of the control unit or operation board has increased above the required level.
Cause
*1: Location of the temperature alarm.

*2: Type of temperature alarm.
*3: On-alarm temperature value.
Action
54
Cause
Action
55
Cause
Reduce the temperature by turning off the NC power or by mounting a cooling unit.
DIO5V MALFUNCTION
Blue
Blue
REMOTE I/O ERROR
(Note 1, Note 2,

Note 1: & 00 00 01 00
Note 2: & 00 01
No.1 system (X0~, Y0~)
No.2 system (X80~, Y80~)
No.3 system (X100~, Y100~)
No.4 system (X280~, Y300~)
No.5 system (X380~, Y400~)

No.6 system (X400~, Y700~)
The above example indicates that a
communications error has occurred in
station 1 of the No.5 system.
Action
7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
Station 1
Station 2
Station 8
The above example indicates that a communications
error has occurred in station 1 of the No.2 system.
56
Cause
Action
57
Cause
Action
58
Cause
Action
SYSTEM SOFTWARE CHECKING
Red
The ROMs mounted in the system ROM card are currently being checked for abnormalities.
Wait for a while.

Contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center if the alarm is not cleared.
NO PLC
Red
Red
The user PLC is not stored in the NC unit.
CORRUPT PLC
Trouble has occurred with the PLC.
3-9
ALARM
No.
59
Cause
Action
Message
PLC STOPPED
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
The PLC has ceased running.
Run the PLC.

(
Blue
Blue
Cause
Action
66
Cause
Action
67
Cause
Action
68
Cause
Action
PARAMETER MALFUNCTION
HI-SPEED SYNCTAP AXIS ALARM
A servo with a system not applicable to high-speed synchronous tapping is connected in spite of the high-speed
synchronous tapping option being valid.
HI-SPEED SYNCTAP SPDL ALARM
Blue
A servo with a system not applicable to high-speed synchronous tapping is connected in spite of the high-speed
synchronous tapping option being valid.
69
Cause
Action
70
Cause
Action
71
Blue
Blue
ILLEGAL SERVO PARAMETER
Cause
Action
72
Cause
Action
SERVO WARNING
The servomotor is loaded abnormally.
Turn off the NC and the machine, remove the cause of the abnormal load, and then turn on the machine and the NC.
3-10
ALARM
No.
Message
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
Blue
Cause
Action
81
Cause
Action
82
Cause
Action
ILLEGAL SPINDLE PARAMETER
SPINDLE WARNING
Cause
Action
3-11
ALARM
3-2-3
No.100 - No.199, No.1100 - No.1199 (CNC machine control error)
No.
Message
100
Cause
Action
101
Cause
Action
SOFT LIMIT
(Axis,
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
Some mistake in operations during the automatic operation has caused the tool tip to overstep the area specified in the
software limit parameters in the direction of the axis corresponding to the displayed axis name.
Modify the program so that the tool tip may move within the area specified in the software limit parameters.
(
(Axis,
Cause
Action
113
Cause
Action
OVER TRAVEL
Red
The tool tip has reached stroke limit in the direction of the axis corresponding to the displayed axis name.
Move the tool tip away from the end in manual operation mode.
Cause
Action
125
ILLEGAL AXIS EXISTS
Red
Cause
During reference-point return, the proximity-point detection limit switch has overrun the position in which the watchdog is
mounted.
Action
Either extend the length of the proximity-point watchdog or reduce the reference-point returning speed. After that, carry out
the zero-point returning operation once again.
126
AXIS HAS NOT PASSED Z PHASE
Red
Cause
During initial reference-point return following the power-on action, an axis has not passed through the Z phase of the
corresponding detector.
Action
First actuate the handle for manual pulse feed to move the axis back in the opposite direction to the zero-point, and then
carry out the zero-point returning operation once again.
127
Cause
Action
ILLEGAL DIR. FOR ORIGIN RETURN
Red
The axis-movement direction selected with the axis selector button is not correct for the reference-point return in manual
operation mode.
Set the correct direction (+, ) using the axis selector buttons.
3-12
ALARM
No.
128
Cause
Action
129
Cause
Action
130
Cause
Action
131
Cause
Action
132
Message
OUTSIDE INTERLOCK AXIS
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
Red
An axis is interlocked because the interlock function has become active (input signal has turned off).
Clear the active state of the interlock function.

INSIDE INTERLOCK AXIS
The very direction in which the manual skip function has become effective is specified in the axis-movement command. Or
the servo-off function is active.
Deactivate the servo-off function.
NO OPERATION MODE
Red
This message is displayed in the event of incorrect mode selection or a mode selector switch malfunction.
CUTTING FEED OVERRIDE SET AT 0
Blue
The cutting-feed override value is set to 0 on the machine operating panel.
Change the cutting-feed override value to one greater than 0. If this alarm message is displayed when the cutting-feed
override value is not 0, check the signal line for a short-circuit.
FEEDRATE ZERO
Blue
Cause
An attempt has been made to execute an axis movement in the cutting feed mode or dry-run in the automatic operation
mode, with the manual feedrate remaining set to 0 on the machine operating panel.
Action
Change the manual feedrate to a value greater than 0. If this alarm message is displayed when the manual feedrate is not 0,
check the signal line for a short-circuit.
133
Cause
STOP SPINDLE
Red
Spindle rotation did not start when the spindle rotation start command was issued during automatic operation.
1) Conditions for spindle rotation start are not satisfied. Check the program and tool data.
Action
134
Cause
Action
135
Cause
Action
136
Cause
Action
2) The spindle amplifier and the encoder must be checked for normal operation. Contact Mazak Technical Center or
Technology Center.
SPINDLE ROTATION EXCEEDED
Red
Red
Red
The spindle-speed limit has been exceeded.
Reduce the spindle speed. The spindle amplifier must be checked for normal operation.
BLOCK START INTERLOCK
The interlock signal to lock the start of the program block has been input.
The sequence program needs checking for normal functioning.

CUTTING BLOCK START INTERLOCK
The interlock signal to lock the start of the cutting program block has been input.
The sequence program needs checking for normal functioning.

3-13
ALARM
No.
Message
137
Cause
Action
138
Cause
Action
139
Cause
Action
140
Cause
Action
141
Cause
Action
142
Cause
Action
143
Cause
Action
PRE-INTERP ACCEL/DECEL ERROR
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
An abnormality has occurred in the NC unit during the pre-interpolation acceleration/deceleration process.
Hardware trouble is likely. Contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center.
ILLEGAL REFERENCE RETURN No.
Blue
Returning to the second reference point has been commanded in spite of the fact that returning to the first reference point
has not yet occurred.
Return the axis to the first reference point first.
EXCESS SIMULTANEOUS ERROR
Blue
The synchronization error between the master axis and the slave axis during synchronous control has overstepped a
predetermined allowable value.
Move either axis in the direction that the error decreases.
Reduce the allowable value to zero (checking invalid), or increase the allowable value.
NONE OR DUPLICATE OPERAT. MODE
Blue
Blue
An operation mode has not been selected, or more than one operation mode have been selected.
The operation mode selector switch is malfunctioning.
Check for incorrect wiring of the input mode switch.
ILLEGAL HANDLE FEED AXIS
A nonexistent axis has been designated as the handle feed axis.

Or a handle feed axis has not been designated.
Check the handle feed axis selection signal line for incorrect wiring.
Or check the maximum number of axes that can be used under the current specifications.
3-14
ALARM
No.
144
Message
ILLEGAL CYCLE START
(Alarm No.,
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
It was attempted to start automatic operation under the following conditions:

Alarm No.
Cause
Action
145
Cause
Action
146
Cause
Action
The smoothing level is not zero.
0 102
READY lamp OFF.
0 103
Reset state not yet cleared.
0 104
Feed hold is in operation.
0 105
Hardware overtravel not yet cleared.
0 106
Software overtravel not yet cleared.
0 107
No operation mode selected.
0 108
Two or more operation modes selected.
0 109
During change in operation modes.
0 110
During editing on the EIA MONITOR display.
0 111
During search on the tape data.
0 113
Abnormality in temperature.
0 114
Operation restarted in MDI mode.
0 115
A door opened.
0 116
During compensation in tandem control.
0 117
An alarm related to polygonal machining or hob milling not yet cleared.
0 118
An alarm related to safety barrier not yet cleared.
Remove the cause, if possible, to (re)start the automatic operation.

If not, contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center.
REQUIRE ABSOLUTE RECOVERY
Blue
Blue
Red
NOT AUTO MODE
Automatic operation has been started in a mode other than automatic operation.
Change the mode to the automatic.
Action
Action
Trouble has occurred in the absolute position detector.
Cause
Cause
(Alarm No.,
The absolute position data has become lost.
147
148
Cause
0 101
CHUCK BARRIER
(Note,
The tool entered in the chuck barrier.

Note:
Turning spindle number where alarm has occurred is displayed.
Review and correct the program. If the program is correct, review the tool data and the barrier parameters.
3-15
ALARM
No.
149
Cause
Action
Message
TAILSTOCK BARRIER
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
The tool entered in the tail barrier.
Correct the machining program. If the program is correct, review the tool data and the parameters related to the barrier.
Cause
Action
153
Cause
Action
154
Cause
Action
TRANSFER/PUSH UNFINISHED
ZERO RET. NOT ALLOWED (G68 MODE)
Blue
Red
1) Select an operation mode other than the zero-point return mode.

2) To execute manual zero-point return, cancel three-dimensional coordinate conversion mode.
Cause
Zero-point return mode has been selected during three-dimensional coordinate conversion.
Action
157
Red
2) Modify the K46 setting as appropriate.
Action
1) Check whether the pressing completion position in the program is correct.
Cause
Cause
2) The drooping amount during pressing operation cannot overstep the setting in parameter K46.
155
156
1) The axis reached its pressing completion position before a skipping signal was generated.
ILLEGAL MEASURING SENSOR SIGNAL
A, B
The measuring sensor has turned on at a position in a non-measuring area.
If the sensor has come to contact with an object, confirm the program. In other cases, confirm the mounting status of the
sensor.
MEASURED RESULT MALFUNCTION
A, B
Red
Blue
Measurement results are not normal.
Check the program.

Action
Check if the sensor tool set data registered on the TOOL DATA display is correct.
Check the mounting status of the sensor.
(
Cause
Action
164
Cause
Action
ILLEGAL CMD SAFE OPER SYS ALARM
With the machine under the control for safety speed, a command for the following was given:
Threading, Synchronous tapping, Cross machining, Superposition control.
Close the door to operate the machine.
3-16
ALARM
No.
165
Cause
Action
Message
CANNOT MAKE SAFE OPER SYS ACTIVE
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
The command signal for the control for safety speed was turned on in the following modes of machining:
Threading, Synchronous tapping, Cross machining, Superposition control.
Close the door to operate the machine.
Red
Red
Red
Cause
Action
170
Cause
Action
171
Cause
Action
W AXIS THRUST FORCE ALARM

W-axis thrust has not been obtained.
Review and correct the program.
ILLEGAL W AXIS COMMAND
W-axis operation was programmed during the application of the W-axis thrust.
Cause
Action
176
Cause
Action
CANNOT CHANGE TIME CONSTANT
(System No.,
Changing the cutting feed time constant in the system has been attempted during synchronous tapping, threading, or control
axis superposition.
Cause
Action
180
Cause
Action
181
Cause
Action
SYNCHRO TAP ILLEGAL COMMAND
(WNo., UNo., SNo. )
Red
Blue
An orienting command has been entered during synchronous tapping.
NO MDI DATA
(System No.,
Although operation has been started in MDI mode, data has been found to be missing.
Set data in the MDI window.
3-17
ALARM
No.
182
Cause
Message
CANNOT DETACH AXIS
(Axis, UNo., SNo.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
The axis removal request signal has been turned on when the axis removal-in-progress signal was on (after turning off the
axis removal request signal, the operator has turned the axis removal request signal back on without waiting for the axis
removal-in-progress signal to turn off).
After the axis removal request signal was turned on for the absolute position control axis, the axis removal request signal
has been turned off during display of alarm 71 ILLEGAL SERVO PARAMETER.
Action
183
Cause
Action
Turn on the axis removal request signal when the axis removal-in-progress signal is off.
Clear the alarm.
CANNOT MDI INTERRUPT
Blue
Red
MDI interruption has been attempted during automatic operation.

MDI interruption is not possible. Return to original mode and resume operation.
Cause
Action
191
Cause
Action
192
Cause
Action
193
Cause
Action
194
Cause
Action
195
Cause
Action
196
Cause
Action
FILE SYSTEM I/O ERROR
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
An internal error(s) has occurred during program data change by the function of VFC, MMS etc.
After checking the entire data of the program being executed, tool data, parameters, etc., save the data using the data I/O
operation and then contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center.
EXECUTION IMPOSSIBLE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Red
An internal error(s) has occurred during execution of the MMS unit.

NO TOOL IN MAGAZINE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Red
Tool data that correspond to the tool being displayed in the TNo. item of the POSITION display are unregistered.
Register the tool data.
NO TOOL DATA IN PROGRAM
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Red
An internal error(s) has occurred when surface speed or feedrate changing by VFC function was under way.
WRONG MEASURING DIRECTION
Red
During the second or subsequent rounds of manual measurement, an attempt has been made to perform skipping in a
direction not available for measurement.
Perform measurements in the correct direction.
WRONG MEASURING POINT
Red
During the second or subsequent rounds of manual measurement, an attempt has been made to measure an illegal point.
Measure correct points.
3-18
ALARM
No.
197
Cause
Action
198
Cause
Action
199
Cause
Action
Type of
error
Message
DIVISION BY ZERO
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
An attempt has been made to carry out divisions by zero inside the NC unit during measurement of the
degree-of-straightness on the MEASURE display.
Check the touch sensor for abnormalities.
Carry out measurements once again if the touch sensor is normal.
3-19
ALARM
No.
Message
(
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
Red
Cause
Action
1104
Cause
Action
RAPID FEED OVERRIDE SET AT 0
The rapid feed override value set up on the operating panel is 0.
Set the override value other than 0.
1105
Cause
Action
1106
Cause
Action
1107
INCOMPLETE TOOL DATA
Cause
Manual tool measurement results cannot be calculated because of tool data items remaining blank.
Action
Confirm the settings of the machining section, rotational direction, and nose R in the tool data items, and enter the correct
data.
1108
CANNOT CHANGE OPERATION MODE
Cause
Blue
The memory operation mode key has been pressed during tape operation.
Action
Changeover to memory operation mode during tape operation is prohibited. Reselect tape operation mode before restarting
operation.
1109
TOOL LENGTH OVER
Cause
Action
The tool length input range has been overstepped as a result of tool measurement.
Use a tool of any tool length value falling within the range defined in parameters SU110 - SU113.
3-20
Red
ALARM
3-2-4
No.200 - No.399, No.1200 - No.1399 (PLC machine control error)
No.
200
Message
THERMAL TRIP (EMERGENCY STOP)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
The thermal relay of the electromagnetic switch for the hydraulic pump motor has tripped.
Cause
Reset after confirming that there is no malfunctioning in the motor.
Action
201
Address
X06
BREAKER TRIP
The circuit breaker in the power line is tripped.

Cause
Check the circuit breaker that has tripped within the control panel for abnormalities and turn it ON.
Action
202
Address
X0D
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE DOWN
An oil pressure decrease below the required level has activated the pressure switch.
Cause
Check for any malfunctioning in the hydraulic unit or pipes.
Action
203
Address
X19
AIR PRESSURE DOWN
An air pressure decrease below the required level has activated the pressure switch.
Cause
Check for any malfunctioning in the air feed opening or pipes.
Action
204
Address
X02
SPINDLE CONTROLLER MALFUNCTION
An alarm occurred at spindle controller.

Cause
Turn off the main power breaker and then turn it back on.
Action
If the alarm is not released, please contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center.
Address
205
MILLING CONTROLLER MALFUNCTION
An alarm occurred at milling controller.

Cause
Turn off the main power breaker and then turn it back on.
Action
If the alarm is not released, please contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center.
Address
208
TRANS OVERHEAT
Heavy cutting was carried out for a longer duration and the power trans was heated. (Thermal switch was activated.)
Cause
Turn off the main power switch and observe the condition for a while.
Action
If the problem cannot be solved, consult Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center.
Address
X01
3-21
ALARM
No.
210
Message
ILLEGAL DATA INPUT
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
The input program data or parameter is incorrect.

Cause
Set correctly the parameters RL50 and RL52 that determine the tailstock operation.
Action
211
Address
NOT OPERATED M-CODE SIMULTA.
M-codes which must not be used in combination were selected at the same time.
Cause
Correct the program.
Action
212
Address
CHUCK OPEN/CLOSE SWITCH MALF.
The foot switch for opening and closing the chuck of the spindle does not operate.
Cause
Malfunctioning or failure of the foot switch.
Action
Address
215
X08, X09
CHUCK SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
An erroneous chucking action was detected.

Cause
The chuck has failed to grip the material. The chuck open/close end sensor is abnormal or faulty.
Action
218
Cause
Address
X20, X21
CHUCKING TYPE NOT SELECTED
The chucking method (inner bundle/outer bundle) of the spindle chuck have not been selected. Outer bundle has been
selected in spite of the collet chuck.
Select the inner bundle/outer bundle of the chuck.
Action
221
Address
TURRET CLAMP SENSOR MALFUNCTION
Red
Red
The turret clamp confirmation sensor does not operate.

Cause
The turret coupling is not properly geared.

Malfunctioning or failure of the turret clamp sensor.
Action
224
Address
X03
CHUCK SENSOR MALFUNCTION
The chuck open edge/closed edge sensor does not operate, or both of the sensors are ON simultaneously.
Cause
The chuck open or close confirmation sensor is abnormal or faulty.
Action
225
Address
X20, X21
FRONT DOOR SENSOR MALFUNCTION
The front door open edge/closed edge sensor does not operate, or both of the sensors are ON simultaneously.
Cause
The front door open edge/closed edge sensor is abnormal or faulty.
Action
Address
3-22
Red
ALARM
No.
231
Message
TOOL EYE POSITION SENSOR MALF.
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
Tool eye arm extend/retract sensor does not operate, or both of the sensors are ON simultaneously.
Cause
Action
The TOOL EYE arm is likely to be obstructed in the middle of its operation. Or malfunctioning or failure of the tool eye arm
extend/retract sensor.
Address
236
Cause
X26, X27
PARTS-CATCHER SENSOR MALF.
Red
One of the parts catcher advance/retraction confirmation sensors fails in function, or both of the sensors are ON
simultaneously.
Check whether the functioning of the parts catcher is hindered or not. Or the corresponding sensor is faulty.
Action
242
Address
X22, X23
ROBOT CONTROLLER MALFUNCTION
Red
Red
Red
An error occurred at the robot controller.

Cause
Check for the causes of malfunctioning on the robot controller.
Action
243
MEASURING CONTROLLER MALF.
An error occurred at the measurement controller.

Cause
Check for the causes of malfunctioning on the measurement controller.
Action
244
Address
X58
MEASURING UNIT BATTELY MALF.
The battery of the measuring equipment was insufficient.

Cause
Replace the battery of the measuring equipment immediately.
Action
245
Address
X59
BAR-FEEDER CONTROLLER MALF.
Red
Red
Red
An error occurred at the bar feeder controller.

Cause
Check the cause of error at the bar feeder controller.
Action
248
Address
X64, X60 (YMC B/F)
EXTERNAL CONTROLLER (No. 1) MALF.
Malfunctioning occurred in the controller of the peripheral equipment.

Cause
Check for the causes of malfunctioning in the controller of the peripheral equipment.
Action
253
Address
OVERLOAD DETECTION
C, D
The overload of the spindle or spindle motor was detected.

Cause
Check the overload detection level. Or select a condition wherein the load of the cutting can be reduced.
Action
Address
3-23
ALARM
No.
257
Message
ILLEGAL M-CODE
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
Blue
An illegal M-code has been specified.

Cause
Correct the program.
Action
258
Address
TNo. MISMATCH
The No. of the tool to be restarted and that before the interruption differs at the restart after the manual interruption.
Cause
Specify the tool number selected before the manual interruption.
Action
259
Address
MODE CHANGE IMPOSSIBLE
O, Q
Blue
Blue
Changing of the operating mode has been attempted during measurement and turning of the turret.
Cause
Change cannot be made to the zero point return mode and rapid mode during the turning of the turret.
Action
Change cannot be made to the automatic mode during measurement.

Address
260
GREASE LUBRICATION ALARM
Cause
The pressure switch was already activated when the grease lubrication pump was started. Or, the pressure switch is not
activated even after starting the pump.
Action
Check the remaining quantity of grease and replace the cartridge if required.
Check for clogging of grease.
If the amount is correct, check for leakage of grease.
Address X17
261
OIL LUBRICATION ALARM
O, Q
Blue
The pressure of the pump system for oil lubrication has dropped.
Cause
Check the fuel quantity of the pump used for oil lubrication and refill if the lubricating oil is insufficient.
Action
Check the pump system for oil lubrication.

Address
262
X11
OIL LUBRICATION LEVEL LOW
O, Q
White
O, Q
Blue
The oil level of the pump for oil lubrication dropped.

Cause
Refill the pump for oil lubrication with lubricating oil.
Action
264
Address
X12
THERMAL TRIP (SINGLE BLOCK)
Switches such as thermal relay used for switching ON/OFF of the coolant pump motor, chip conveyor tripped.
Cause
Reset after confirming that there is no malfunctioning in each type of motor.
Action
270
Address
X05, X07
SPINDLE ORIENT EXCEED TIME
The operation complete signal does not turn ON even if the spindle orient is set and a certain time has elapsed.
Cause
Please contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center.
Action
Address
3-24
Blue
ALARM
No.
272
Message
TURRET INDEX EXCEED TIME
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
The operation complete signal does not turn ON even if the turret division is specified and a certain time has elapsed.
Cause
Consult Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center.
Action
275
Address
ROBOT SERVICE EXCEED TIME
Blue
The robot service completion signal is not turned on within a preset period after the issuance of the robot service command.
Cause
The robot could be malfunctioning (Check for causes in the robot controller).
Action
279
Cause
Address
PARTS CATCHER CYCLE EXCEED TIME
Blue
The parts catcher operation completion signal is not turned on within a preset period after the issuance of the parts catcher
command.
The parts catcher is malfunctioning.
Action
280
Address
TAILSTOCK BODY EXCEED TIME
Blue
The operation complete signal does not turn ON even if the tailstock body move is set and a certain time has elapsed.
Cause
The tailstock body is malfunctioning.
Action
282
Cause
Address
CHUCK CLAMP EXCEED TIME
Blue
The spindle chuck open/close completion signal is not turned on within a preset period after the issuance of the spindle
chuck open/close command.
Adjust the chuck open edge and closed edge sensor. Or, failure of the sensor.
Action
285
Address
X20, X21
C-AXIS CONNECT EXCEED TIME
Blue
The operation complete signal does not turn ON even if C axis connect is set and a certain time has elapsed.
Cause
Press the RESET key. Check the C axis connection operation after the main power is switched OFF/ON.
Action
Address
286
Cause
FRONT DOOR EXCEED TIME
Blue
The automatic door open/close completion signal is not turned on within a preset period after the issuance of the automatic
door open/close command.
Adjust the front door open/close check sensor. Or, malfunctioning or failure of the front door open edge/closed edge sensor
Action
292
Cause
Address
X0A
THERMAL OFFSET LIMIT EXCEEDED
P, S
Blue
There is malfunctioning in the sensor of the thermal displacement unit. Or, the correction value has exceeded the range of
upper limit or lower limit.
Action
Address
3-25
ALARM
No.
Message
293
THERMAL OFFSET UNUSUAL VALUE
Cause
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
P, S
Blue
There is malfunctioning in the sensor of the thermal displacement unit. Or, there is a big difference between the correction
value and the previously measured offset value.
Check whether the cable of the thermal displacement sensor is disconnected.
Action

Address
297
CHUCK PRESSURE DOWN
Blue
P, S
Blue
P, S
Blue
P, S
Blue
The chuck pressure remains reduced after a preset period has passed.
Cause
Check the pressure of the chuck.
Action
300
Address
X24, X25
START COND. ERR. (DOOR OPEN)
The automatic operation was started when the front door was open.
Cause
Close the front door.
Action
301
Address
X0A
START COND. ERR. (TUR UNCLAMP)
The automatic operation was started when the turret was unclamped.
Cause
Clamp the turret.
Action
302
Address
X03
START COND. ERR. (EXT RESET)
The automatic operation was started when the reset signals were input from the external units like bar feeders.
Cause
Check the controller of the external units.
Action
303
Address
X61, X65
START COND. ERR. (EXT FEED HOLD)
P, S
Blue
P, S
Blue
P, S
Blue
The automatic operation was started when the feed hold signals were input from the external units.
Cause
Check the controller of the external unit.
Action
308
Address
C/S ERROR (TOOL EYE EXTEND)
The automatic operation was started when the tool eye arm was not in the retract state.
Cause
Return the tool eye arm to RETRACT.
Action
309
Address
X26, X27
C/S ERROR (MIS-CHUCKING)
The automatic operation was started when the chuck of the spindle was in the MISS CHUCK state.
Cause
Check whether the chuck has gripped the workpiece correctly .
Action
Check whether the open-close confirmation sensor detects the state correctly when the workpiece is gripped and then
adjust the position of the sensor.
Address
3-26
ALARM
No.
310
Cause
Message
C/S ERROR (TNo. MISMATCH)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
P, S
Blue
During restarting after manual interruption the tool number used is different from the one used before the operation
interruption.
Return to the Tool No. before interrupt.
Action
311
Address
C/S ERROR (TAILSTOCK QUILL)
P, S
Blue
The position of the tailstock at the time of start-up is inappropriate.

Cause
Check the position of the tailstock. Move the tailstock to its zero-point position. Or, press the tailstock against the workpiece.
Action
312
Address
C/S ERROR (PT-CATCHER EXTEND)
P, S
Blue
P, S
Blue
The automatic operation was started when the parts catcher appeared.
Cause
Return (by storing) the parts catcher.
Action
313
Address
X22, X23
START-UP CONDITION ERROR:

TAIL THRUST OUTSIDE PERMISSIBLE VALUE
In case of pushing with low thrust, the thrust that pushes the workpiece exceeds the permissible range.
Cause
Maintain adequate thrust using the pulse handle feed.
Action
319
Address
CYCLE START DISPLAY INAPPROPRIATE
P, S
Blue
Blue
Automatic operation starts in a state where the program screen is displayed.

Cause
Start when the position screen is displayed.
Action
322
Cause
Address
RAPID MODE IMP. (ORIGIN RET UNF)
The rapid feed mode was selected without carrying out the zero point return operation after the power supply had been
turned on or the emergency stop state had been released.
Carry out the zero point return operation.
Action
324
Cause
Address
DIFF. MODE (ORIGIN RET UNFIN.)
Blue
The automatic operation mode was selected without carrying out the zero point return operation after the power supply had
been turned on or the emergency stop state had been released.
Carry out the zero point return operation.
Action
329
Address
CHUCKING SELECTION PROHIBITED
O, Q
Blue
Cause
Changing of the chuck inner bundle/outer bundle has been attempted during the rotation of the spindle/during automatic
operation with the help of a menu.
Action
Open the chuck according to the specifications of the chuck.
Stop the spindle rotation/automatic operation before changing the chuck inner bundle/outer bundle.
Address
3-27
ALARM
No.
346
Cause
Message
COND. MISSING (DOOR OPEN)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
The operation which must be executed in a state where the front door is closed was attempted when the door was open.
Spindle orient, C axis ON.
Execute the operation command after closing the front door.
Action
350
Address
OPERATING SWITCH FAULT
Yellow
A switch on the operation panel was pressed upon turning-on. Or the switch is faulty.
Cause
The control is faulty unless it has been inadvertently turned on. Or the switch is faulty.
Action
352
Address
POWER SUPPLY CONTACTOR FAULT
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
An error occurred at the power supply contactor (KM401)

Cause
Contactor (KM401) has failed.
Action
354
Address
X0F
START COND. ERR (SET UP SW)
While the setup switch remains set to I, the cycle start button was pressed.
Cause
Turn the setup switch to O when performing automatic operation.
Action
360
Cause
Address
SPINDLE COOLING MALFUNCTION
The spindle cooling fan (M114) is in the overloaded state (15 kW specifications). The pressure switch (SP4) of the pipe of
the spindle cooling pump was activated (18.5 kW specification).
Check whether there is any malfunctioning in the spindle cooling fan or the pipe used for the spindle cooling pump.
Action
361
Address
X0E
TAIL ALARM
Yellow
The tailstock has moved by a certain distance after its pressing towards the workpiece is complete.
Cause
During machining in the low thrust mode, the tailstock thrust has overstepped a predetermined allowable value.
There is a possibility that the workpiece is not in place. Reconfirm the machining status.
Action
365
Cause
Address
WORK REST JOINT COND. MISSING
Yellow
According to the work rest specifications, the connect command is executed when not in the contact position with the turret
or during arm clamp.
Execute the connect operation in the connecting position or in a state where the arm is unclamped.
Action
366
Address
WORK REST CLAMP COND. MISSING
Clamp command of the arm was executed when the turret and the work rest were in the connected state.
Cause
Execute the clamp command of the arm in a state where the connection is cancelled.
Action
Address
3-28
Yellow
ALARM
No.
367
Message
TAIL POSITION MALF.
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Yellow
The execution of an M-code (M31, M741, M742) for pressing the tail spindle against the workpiece has not been completed
normally due to the following:
Cause
The stop position of the tailstock excessively differs (by more than the tolerance set in parameter RL52 for proper
pressing) from the relevant setting (TAIL POS.) on the SETUP INFORMATION display.
There are no corresponding settings (under TAIL POS.) prepared on the SETUP INFORMATION display.
Specify the value as required in parameter RL23.

Action
Specify the value as required under TAIL POS. on the SETUP INFORMATION display.
Address
377
CONVEYOR OVERLOAD "OFF"
Yellow
P, S
Yellow
The chip conveyor was overloaded.

Cause
Check whether swarf has clogged up in the chip conveyor.
Action
381
Address
X14
COND. MISSING (SET UP SWITCH)
The operation of the axis and the tool eye has been attempted in the set-up switch OFF state when the door was open.
Cause
Turn the setup switch ON.
Action
383
Address
X11C
COOLANT LEVEL LOW WARNING
White
O, Q
Yellow
Red
Yellow
Coolant quantity reduced.

Cause
Check the coolant quantity.
Action
385
Address
X54
HIGH PRE. COOL SYS THERMAL TRIP
The thermal of the high pressure coolant unit tripped.

Cause
Check the thermal of the high pressure coolant unit.
Action
386
Address
X50
HIGH PRE. COOLANT SYSTEM ALARM
Alarm signal was input in NC from the high pressure unit.

Cause
Check the high pressure coolant unit.
Action
387
Address
X55
HIGH PRE. COOLANT PRESSUER ALARM
The pressure of the high pressure coolant unit dropped.

Cause
Check the pressure of the high pressure coolant unit.
Action
Address
X53
3-29
ALARM
No.
389
Cause
Message
WORK NO. SEARCH ERROR
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Yellow
Workpiece number search was executed for unregistered program numbers in case of warm-up operations or bar feeder
system.
Register the program number (1 to 99999999) of the warm-up operations on parameter RL33.
Action
390
Register the program number (1 to 99999999) of the top cut on parameter RL34.
WORK NO. SET ERROR
Yellow
Negative numerical values were written in the program number in case of warm-up operations or bar feeder system.
Cause
Register the program number of the warm-up operations or top-cut correctly (1 to 99999999) in the machine parameters.
Action
Address
3-30
ALARM
No.
1210
Message
SPINDLE INHIBIT (CHUCK OPEN)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
A, B
Yellow
The turning spindle rotation command was executed when the chuck of the spindle was not in a closed state.
Cause
Close the chuck of the spindle.
Action
1211
Address
SPINDLE INHIBIT (MISS CHUCK)
A, B
Yellow
Yellow
The turning spindle rotation command was executed when the spindle miss chuck was detected.
Cause
See section Alarm 215 CHUCK SYSTEM MALFUNCTION.
Action
1212
Address
SPINDLE INHIBIT (CHUCK INT/EXT)
A, B
The turning spindle rotation command was executed when the inner bundle/outer bundle of the chuck were not selected.
Cause
Action
1213
Address
SPINDLE INHIBIT (CHUCK PRES. LOW)
A, B
Yellow
The turning spindle rotation command was executed when low pressure (alarm No. 297) of the chuck was detected.
Cause
See section Alarm 297 CHUCK PRESSURE DOWN
Action
1214
Address
SPINDLE INHIBIT (DOOR OPEN)
A, B
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
The turning spindle rotation command was executed when the front door was open.
Cause
Action
1215
Address
XA
SPINDLE INHIBIT (TOOL EYE EXT.)
A, B
The turning spindle rotation command was executed when the tool eye arm was not in the retract state.
Cause
Action
1216
Address
X26, X27
SPINDLE INHIBIT (TURRET UNCLAMP)
A, B
The turning spindle rotation command was executed when the turret was in the unclamped state.
Cause
Clamp the turret.
Action
1217
Cause
Address
X03
SPINDLE INHIBIT (TAIL POS.)
A, B
The turning spindle rotation command was executed when the tailstock was not being pressed or when it was not in the
zero position.
Press the tailstock. When this is not the case, bring the tailstock back to zero.
Action
Address
3-31
ALARM
No.
Message
1218
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
A, B
Yellow
Yellow
Cause
Action
Address
1219
Cause
Action
1220
Address
SPINDLE INHIBIT (MILLING MODE)
The turning spindle rotation command was executed in the milling mode state (C axis is connected).
Cause
Cancel the connection of C axis.
Action
1221
Address
SPINDLE INHIBIT (EXT. INTERLOCK)
The rotation command of the spindle was executed when the interlock signal was input from the external controller.
Cause
Check the controller of the external unit.
Action
1230
Address
X61, X62
MILL SP. INHIBIT (CHUCK OPEN)
A, B
Yellow
The milling turning spindle rotation command was executed when the chuck of the spindle was not in the closed state.
Cause
Close the chuck of the spindle.
Action
1231
Address
MILL SP. INHIBIT (MISS CHUCK)
A, B
Yellow
The milling spindle rotation command was executed when 215 CHUCK SYSTEM MALFUNCTION was detected.
Cause
See section Alarm 215 CHUCK SYSTEM MALFUNCTION.
Action
1232
Address
MILL SP. INHIBIT (CHUCK INT/EXT)
A, B
Yellow
The milling spindle rotation command was executed when the inner bundle/outer bundle of the chuck were not selected.
Cause
Action
1233
Address
MILL SP. INHIBIT (CHUCK PRES. LOW)
A, B
The milling spindle rotation command was executed when 297 CHUCK PRESSURE DOWN was detected.
Cause
See section Alarm 297 CHUCK PRESSURE DOWN.
Action
Address
3-32
Yellow
ALARM
No.
1234
Message
MILL SP. INHIBIT (DOOR OPEN)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
A, B
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
The milling spindle rotation command was executed when the front door was open.
Cause
Action
1235
Address
XA
MILL SP. INHIBIT (TURRET UNCLAMP)
A, B
The milling spindle rotation command was executed when the turret was in the unclamped state.
Cause
Clamp the turret.
Action
1236
Cause
Address
X03
MILL SP. INHIBIT (TAIL POS.)
A, B
The milling spindle rotation command was executed when the tailstock was not being pressed or when it was not in the zero
position.
Press the tailstock. When this is not the case, bring the tailstock back to zero.
Action
Address
1237
Cause
Action
1238
Address
MILL SP. INHIBIT (TURNING MODE)
The milling spindle rotation command was executed in the turning mode state (C axis is not connected).
Cause
Connect the C axis.
Action
Address
1239
Cause
Action
Address
1240
Cause
Action
Address
1241
Cause
Action
Address
3-33
Yellow
ALARM
No.
Message
1242
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
A, B
Yellow
Cause
Action
Address
1243
Cause
Action
1244
Address
MILL SP. INHIBIT (TOOL EYE EXT.)
The milling spindle rotation command was executed when the tool eye arm was not in the retract state.
Cause
Action
1251
Address
X26, X27
AXIS MOVE INH. (C AXIS CLAMP)
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
The C axis turn command was executed in the C axis clamp state.
Cause
Connect the C axis. Unclamp.
Action
1259
Address
TURRET ROT. INH. (AXIS POS. NG X)
The turret turn command was executed when the turret was not in a position where it can be turned.
Cause
Move the X axis to the position where the turret can be moved.
Action
1263
Address
TURRET ROT. INH. (TOOL EYE)
The turret turn command was executed when the tool eye arm was not on the retract state.
Cause
Return the tool eye arm to RETRACT. Check the retract sensor.
Action
1264
Cause
Address
X26, X27
TURRET ROT. INH. (MEASURE MODE)
The turret turn command was executed during the measurement mode (when the touch sensor was ON) or during Z/C axis
offset measurement.
Cancel the measurement mode.
Action
1266
Address
TOOL EYE EXT. INH. (SPINDLE RUN)
A, B
The tool eye output command was executed in a state where the spindle/milling spindle is rotating.
Cause
Stop the spindle/milling spindle.
Action
Address
3-34
Yellow
ALARM
No.
1268
Cause
Message
TOOL EYE EXT. INH. (WK REST POS.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
A, B
Yellow
The tool eye output command was executed in a state where the distance between the tool eye and the work rest was
within the defined limit (parameter RL4).
Move the work rest and separate it from the tool eye by a certain distance.
Action
1269
Address
TOOL EYE EXT. INH. (ORIGIN RET.)
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
The tool eye output command was executed in a state where the zero return was not complete.
Cause
Execute zero return.
Action
1270
Address
TOOL EYE EXT. INH. (P-CAT. EXT.)
A, B
The tool eye output command was executed in a state where the arm of the parts catcher appeared.
Cause
Action
1272
Cause
Address
X22, X23
TOOL EYE EXT. INH. (TAIL POS.)
A, B
The tool eye output command was executed in a state where the distance between the tool eye and the tailstock was within
the defined limit (parameter RL2).
Move the tailstock and separate it from the tool eye by a certain distance.
Action
1274
Address
TOOL EYE EXT. INH. AXIS POS. X
A, B
Yellow
Yellow
The tool eye output command was executed in a state where the X axis was not on the zero point.
Cause
Move the X axis to zero position.
Action
1275
Address
M CODE INHIBIT (SPINDLE RUN)
M503, M504 was set during turning spindle rotation. Or, thrust change M code: M740, M731 - M735 was set.
Cause
Review the program.
Action
1276
Address
TAILSTOCK PUSHING OVERLOAD
Yellow
Yellow
The thrust on the workpiece exceeds a certain value in case of pushing with low thrust.
Cause
Move the tailstock backwards.
Action
1277
Address
TAILSTOCK MOVEMENT PROHIBITED
(X/Z MOVEMENT IN PROGRESS)
A, B
The X-axis or Z-axis was moved simultaneously with the tailstock.

Cause
Revise the program and do not move any other axis simultaneously with the tailstock.
Action
Address
3-35
ALARM
No.
1278
Message
TAIL MOVE INH. (SPINDLE RUN)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
A, B
Yellow
The move command for tailstock was executed during spindle rotation. Or, the tailstock moved during spindle rotation.
Cause
Stop the spindle.
Action
1279
Address
TAIL MOVE INH. (TOOL EYE EXT.)
A, B
Yellow
The move command was executed in the direction of tailstock press in a state where the arm of the tool eye appeared.
Cause
Return (by storing) the tool eye.
Action
1280
Cause
Address
X26, X27
TAIL MOVE INH. (P-CAT. EXT.)
A, B
Yellow
The move command was executed in the direction of tailstock press in a state where the arm of the parts catcher
appeared.
Action
1300
Address
TOOL LIFE OVER
The cumulative cut time, usage frequency had exceeded the life time and life number.
Cause
Replace the tool nose in case of which an alarm message is displayed.
Action
Address
3-36
Red
ALARM
3-2-5
No.400 - No.499, No.1400 - No.1499 (CNC screen operation error)
No.
Message
400
Cause
Action
401
Cause
Action
402
Cause
Action
403
Cause
Action
404
Cause
Action
405
Cause
Action
406
ILLEGAL FORMAT
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
Blue
The format of the input data is not an available one.

Example:
Negative data has been input to an item that rejects negative data input.
Press the data cancellation key and then input correct data.
ILLEGAL NUMBER INPUT
1) The work number of a display inhibiting program was specified.

2) The numeric value that has been input is out of the allowable range.
1) The operation concerned cannot be performed for the program of display inhibition (Program management function).
2) Press the clear key and then input correct data.
PROGRAM TOO LARGE
Blue
Blue
The limit of 2000 lines per program has been exceeded.
Recreate the program so that it consists of 2000 lines or less.
MEMORY CAPACITY EXCEEDED
1) Additional creation of a machining program is no longer possible since the memory has already been filled up to its
machining-program data storage capacity.
2) Additional preparation of program layout data is no longer possible since 198 sets of such data have already been
stored.
Make an available storage area by either erasing an unnecessary machining program from the memory or saving a
machining program onto an external storage, and then create a new machining program.
PROGRAM No. NOT FOUND
Blue
Blue
An attempt has been made to select a program whose work number has not been registered.
Select a program whose work number has been registered.
MEMORY PROTECT
1) Inhibiting operation (editing, erasing, renumber of work number and entry of names) has been performed for the
edit-inhibiting program.
Cause
2) PROGRAM LOCK/ENABLE switch on the operating panel is set to the LOCK position.
3) An attempt has been made to carry out TOOL NAME ORDER operation on the TOOL DATA display while a tool
remains set in the spindle.
Action
407
Cause
Action
1) The operation concerned cannot be performed for the edit-inhibiting program (program management function).
2) Set the PROGRAM LOCK/ENABLE switch to the ENABLE position.
DESIGNATED DATA NOT FOUND
The number or character string that has been designated does not exist in the program.
Designate an existent number or character string.
3-37
Blue
ALARM
No.
408
Cause
Action
409
Cause
Action
410
Cause
Action
411
Cause
Action
412
Cause
Action
413
Cause
Action
414
Cause
Action
415
Cause
Action
416
Cause
Action
Message
PROGRAM ERROR
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
The memory contents in the machining-program data storage area have been destroyed.
Delete the corresponding program.
ILLEGAL INSERTION
Blue
Blue
Blue
Program data insertion is not possible.
It is not possible to insert data before the common unit.
ILLEGAL DELETION
Program deletion is not possible.
An attempt has been made to erase the common unit during editing of the MAZATROL program.
It is not possible to delete the common unit.
Edit the program only after moving the cursor to the position where the data exists.
POWER OFF DURING PROGRAM EDIT
A portion of the program may have been destroyed because power has been turned off during program editing.
Check the corresponding program for incorrect data, and correct the program data if an error(s) exists in it.
SUB PROGRAM NESTING EXCEEDED
Blue
Blue
The number of repeats of subprogram nesting has exceeded nine times.
Correct the program so that the total number of repeats of subprogram nesting becomes nine or less.
MAX. No. OF REGIST PROG EXCEEDED
The program registration has exceeded its maximum value available (Standard: 256 programs).
Reduce the total number of registered programs by deleting unnecessary programs or moving them to the backup area or by
saving unnecessary programs in an external storage unit and then deleting them.
AUTO CALCULATION IMPOSSIBLE
Blue
Blue
Blue
Automatic calculation of surface speed and feedrate is not possible.
Check and correct the tool sequence data or machining unit of the program.
MIS-SET G CODE
A G-code not covered by the specifications has been designated.
Check and correct the G-code addresses within the program.
AUTO PROCESS IMPOSSIBLE
Tools cannot be automatically developed because of errors of the machining-unit data.
Check and correct the machining-unit data.
3-38
ALARM
No.
417
Cause
Action
418
Message
EDITING PROHIBITED
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
Blue
An attempt has been made to modify a program whose editing is prohibited.
Modify the data only after canceling the parameter setting of prohibition of editing.
EIA/ISO CONVERTING
Cause
During EIA/ISO conversion, an attempt has been made to perform erasure, work number change or editing of the conversion
source program. Or an attempt has been made to select the TOOL PATH CHECK display.
Action
During EIA/ISO conversion, erasure, work number change or editing of the conversion source program cannot be done. The
TOOL PATH CHECK display cannot be selected.
419
Cause
Action
420
Cause
Action
421
Cause
Action
422
Cause
Action
AUTO TAP PROCESS IMPOSSIBLE
Blue
The pitch or other data cannot be automatically set because of incorrectness of the tap nominal diameter in the tapping-unit
data.
Check and correct the tapping-unit data and tapping-tool sequence data of the program.
SAME DATA EXISTS
Blue
An attempt has been made to input the same data as that which has already been registered.
Suffix of tool data
Check and correct the data settings.
DATA NOT FOUND
Blue
Blue
An attempt has been made to designate the data that does not exist.
Check whether the designated data exists.
MEMORY PROTECT (I/O BUSY)
An attempt has been made to edit or input the machining program, tool data, etc. during I/O operation.
Wait until the I/O operation is completed, and then repeat the editing or input operation from the beginning.
423
Cause
Action
424
Cause
Action
3-39
ALARM
No.
425
Message
DATA MISSING
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
Processing is not possible because of lack of data.

Cause
1) Saving or loading has been attempted without designating any data (such as work numbers, etc.) on the DATA I/O
display.
2) The data to be input for restart operation is wanting.
Action
426
Cause
Action
427
Cause
Action
428
Cause
Action
429
Input data correctly.
PROGRAM DATA MISSING
Blue
The tool sequence data cannot be automatically developed because of partial lack of the machining-unit data.
Fill up all the machining-unit data items with data.
MEMORY PROTECT (AUTO MODE)
Blue
Blue
An attempt has been made to input unallowable data in the automatic operation mode.
Change the mode over to the manual operation mode, and then input the data.
MEMORY PROTECT (AUTO OPERATION)
An attempt has been made to input unallowable data on a display during automatic operation.
Example:
TOOL DATA display
Input allowable data only after placing the NC unit in its reset state or after changing the current mode over to another mode.
CANNOT PERFORM MEASUREMENT
Blue
Blue
The following conditions were not satisfied:

Coordinate measurement
Cause
1) Automatic operation must not be in progress.

2) Tool data of current tools must have already been input.
Tool measurement
1) Automatic operation must not be in progress.
Action
Set the specified conditions and then make the measurement.
430
Cause
Action
431
Cause
Action
432
Cause
Action
ILLEGAL TOOL No.
A nonexistent tool number has been designated.
Designate a correct tool number.
3-40
ALARM
No.
433
Cause
Action
Message
SAME PROGRAM EXISTS
Action
PROGRAM CHECK NOT ALLOWED
END UNIT NOT FOUND
Blue
Blue
Blue
Action
Action
Cause
Cause
440
437
Action
Blue
Cause
Action
439
Action
Interrupt the tool path checking operation before restarting.
Cause
Cause
Display
An attempt has been made to restart on the TOOL PATH display during checking of the tool path.
436
438
Clearing
procedure
Check the number of the machining program.
Action
Stopped
status
The number of the machining program that has been designated for work number change, program copy, or EIA conversion
already exists within the NC memory.
Cause
Cause
Type of
error
The number of the machining program that has been designated for program reading from an external unit already exists
within the NC memory.
434
435
The end unit is not included in the machining program.
Create the end unit at the end of the program.
MAZATROL PROGRAM DESIGNATED
A MAZATROL program has been designated for copying purposes during EIA/ISO program editing.
A MAZATROL program is specified in the subprogram unit.
No MAZATROL programs can be designated for copying purposes during EIA/ISO program editing.
A MAZATROL program can not be specified for the subprogram unit.
EIA/ISO PROGRAM DESIGNATED
1) The EIA/ISO program has been designated for copying purposes during MAZATROL program editing.
2) The EIA/ISO program has been designated as the source program of EIA/ISO conversion.
No EIA/ISO programs can be designated for operation during EIA/ISO conversion or MAZATROL program editing.
441
Cause
Action
3-41
ALARM
No.
442
Cause
Action
443
Cause
Action
444
Cause
Action
445
Cause
Action
446
Cause
Action
447
Cause
Action
448
Cause
Action
449
Message
DATA RENEWAL NOT ALLOWED
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
No updates can be made to the machining program.
This message may also be displayed when the NC unit is busy processing data. Press the clear key and then carry out the
operation once again.
HELP IS NOT AVAILABLE
Blue
Blue
No HELP display is prepared for the line on which the cursor is placed.
Refer to the Programming Manual (MAZATROL Program).
EDITING PROHIBITED AREA
During automatic operation based on the EIA MONITOR display, an attempt has been made to move the cursor to the
program section whose editing was prohibited.
The cursor cannot be moved to the area where editing is prohibited.
ILLEGAL UNIT
Blue
Blue
An attempt has been made to set tool layout data in a MAZATROL program containing an illegal unit(s).
Review the program.
RESTART TIMES EXCEEDED
The block to be searched for at the time of restart of the EIA/ISO program does exist, but the designated number of times of
reappearance of the block is too large.
Check the number of times of reappearance of the block.
PROGRAM ERROR
Blue
A program error(s) has occurred during EIA/ISO restart search.
The program being searched for includes an error(s). Perform a tool-path check upon the program contents.
RESTART SEARCH UNFINISHED
EIA/ISO restart searching has not been executed.
Designate the restart position and press the [EIA/ISO SEARCH] button to search the intended restart position.
RESTART SEARCH FINISHED
Blue
Cause
An attempt has been made to carry out another search operation when EIA/ISO restart searching had already been finished.
An attempt has been made to change the work number when EIA/ISO restart searching had already been finished.
Action
Press the reset key and then carry out the restart operation once again.
Before changing the work number, press the reset key.
450
Cause
Action
TOUCH SENSOR NOT IN SPINDLE
Blue
The spindle did not have a mounted touch sensor when an attempt was made to set MAZATROL coordinate measurement
data on the PROGRAM (MAZATROL) display.
Mount a touch sensor in the spindle before setting the data.
3-42
ALARM
No.
451
Cause
Action
452
Cause
Action
453
Cause
Action
454
Cause
Action
455
Cause
Action
Message
SAME MATERIAL ENTERED
NO SHAPE DATA IN UNIT
NO SHAPE DATA TO COPY IN UNIT
Blue
Blue
Blue
A copy of the shape data cannot be made in the units wherein the pattern of the shape sequence differs as in bar machining
unit and grooving unit.
CURSOR POSITION INCORRECT
Blue
Blue
Processing not permissible for the current cursor position has been attempted.
Example:
A copy of the shape data is made in the tool sequence line.
A copy of the shape data cannot be made in the tool sequence line.
SAME PROGRAM No. DESIGNATED
The machining program currently being edited has been appointed for the particular program copying operation.
Copying within the same program is not possible. Check the designated program number.
DATA ADDRESS NOT FOUND
Blue
Blue
During creation of manual program mode unit, data setting has been attempted without addressing.
During creation of the manual program mode unit, designate an address before setting data.
458
Cause
Action
Action
An attempt has been made to copy shape data whose type is not available for the particular program unit.
Cause
Display
Check the contents of the program unit for which shape copying is to be made.
Action
459
Clearing
procedure
No shape data exists in the program unit that has been designated in an attempt to make a copy of shape data.
Action
Stopped
status
Designate a new materials name.
Cause
Cause
Type of
error
The materials name that has been designated on the CUTTING CONDITION - W.-MAT/T.-MAT. display already exists.
456
457
DISPLAY PROTECT
An attempt has been made to display a program whose display is prohibited.
Display the program only after canceling the parameter setting of prohibition of display.
3-43
ALARM
No.
Message
(
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
Cause
Action
464
Cause
Action
465
Cause
Action
ILLEGAL ADDRESS INPUT
An address not covered by the specifications has been designated during input of subprogram unit addresses on the
PROGRAM (MAZATROL) display.
Check and correct the address.
Check the specifications.
EIA SHAPE DATA NOT FOUND
Cause
Action
467
Cause
Action
Cause
Action
469
Cause
Action
470
Cause
Action
471
Cause
Action
Blue
Review the program.
466
468
Although an attempt has been made to draw a workpiece shape using the selected EIA/ISO program, shape data is not
present in that program.
MAINTENANCE CHECK WARNING
Blue
The target time of the items which had been set on the MAINTENANCE CHECK display has been exceeded.
Carry out periodic checks, and then after completion of the checks, reset the current time of the check items of the
MAINTENANCE CHECK display to zero (0).
TPC DATA EDIT IMPOSSIBLE
Blue
Blue
Blue
The TPC data setting is not possible for the designated unit.
Check the program.
ILLEGAL TPC DATA
The TPC data for the unit is not correct.

After setting the TPC data, the unit machining mode has been changed.
Delete the TPC data and set correct TPC data once again whenever required.
TPC DATA NOT FOUND
While the cursor was on a line of unit not containing TPC data on the display, the [TPC] menu key was pressed during the
program list mode.
Press the [TPC] menu key after shifting to the programming mode.
3-44
ALARM
No.
472
Cause
Action
473
Cause
Message
CALCULATION ERROR
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
Calculating tool lengths A and B has been attempted in spite of tool nose position storage not being completed.
Store the position of the tool nose.
FINAL POINT DATA NOT FOUND
Blue
Although the end-point data of the preceding line was not yet set in the BAR or CPY unit, the [NEXT] menu key was
pressed.
Press the [NEXT] menu key after setting the end-point data of the preceding line.
Action
474
NO PROGRAM DISPLAY (TAPE MODE)
Blue
1) During tape operation mode, an attempt has been made to select the EIA MONITOR display.
Cause
Action
2) An attempt has been made to change the operation mode to tape operation mode when the EIA MONITOR display is
selected.
1) During tape operation mode, programs cannot be displayed on the EIA MONITOR display.
2) Select a display other than the EIA MONITOR display before changing the operation mode to tape operation mode.
475
Cause
Action
476
Cause
Action
NO OPTION
Blue
An attempt has been made to use an optional function in spite of the absence of that option.
This function cannot be used since the system does not have the option for the function.
Cause
Action
480
Cause
Action
481
Cause
Action
CARD NOT READY
Executing the memory card I/O function in DATA I/O display mode has been attempted when a memory card was not set.
Set a memory card before using the memory card I/O function.
If a memory card has been set, confirm the insertion direction of the memory card and set it again. If the alarm recurs even
so, the memory card is likely to be damaged; replace the memory card and re-execute the I/O function.
DIRECTORY NOT FOUND
Blue
Input/output operations on a directory not present in the memory card have been attempted during memory card I/O in
DATA I/O display mode.
Check whether the specified directory is present.
Cause
Action
3-45
ALARM
No.
489
Cause
Action
490
Cause
Action
491
Cause
Action
Message
CANNOT SET THREAD POSITION
REGISTRATION NUMBER EXCEEDED
Display
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
The data registration has exceeded its maximum value available.
Delete unnecessary items to register the desired one.
ITEM NOT SETUP
Data registration is not yet complete.
Check if all the data items are set as required.
Action
Action
Clearing
procedure
Execute the operation for threading position storage after rotating the turning spindle once or more.
Cause
Cause
Stopped
status
After switching ON the power source, the operation for threading position storage was executed without rotating the turning
spindle once or more.
492
493
Type of
error
SELECT JAW TYPE
Assigning dimensions to jaw data for which a shape has not been specified has been attempted.
Specify some shape before assigning dimensions.
3-46
ALARM
No.
1400
Cause
Action
Message
SYSTEM ERROR
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
An internal trouble has occurred in the system.
Contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center with the information of the particular operation causing the alarm,
and of the codes displayed in parentheses.
(
Cause
Action
1404
Cause
Action
MEMORY PROTECT (DATA IN USE)
Blue
Blue
Blue
It was attempted to edit jaw shape data of the machining program currently selected.
Change the selection of the program to edit the required data.
Cause
Action
1409
Cause
Action
MILLING ONLY SELECTED
Use the function for a program of another scheme.
Cause
Action
1411
MILL & TRN (Z-OFS) SELECTED
Cause
Action
1412
Cause
Action
1413
Cause
Action
The designated function is not available for a program of initial-point scheme (ONLY MILL).
1410
The designated function is not available for a program of workpiece scheme (MILL & TURN) with Z-offset setting.
Use the function for a program of another scheme.
INCORRECT G-CODE
Blue
Blue
The designated function is not available for the G-code system selected by the F30 parameter.
Correct the program, or change the F30 setting.
INCORRECT RUNNING MODE
The designated function is not available for the current mode of operation.
Change the operation mode.
3-47
ALARM
No.
Message
1414
Cause
Action
1415
ZERO CALCULATED TOOL LENGTH
Cause
Action
1416
Cause
Action
1417
Cause
Action
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
Check the settings of tool length or tool set data and, if required, measure the tool in question again.
CANNOT INDEX TOOL
Blue
Blue
The tool currently indexed on the turret is not appropriate.
Index an appropriate tool beforehand.
PARAMETER ERROR
The setting in a parameter is not correct.
Check and correct the parameter setting with reference to the codes displayed in parentheses.
Cause
Action
1419
Cause
Action
1420
FILE SIZE LIMIT EXCEEDED
Action
Stopped
status
The LENGTH A item of the tool is set to zero (0).
1418
Cause
Type of
error
Blue
Blue
The size of the file is too large for new data to be written in it.
Delete the file, or rename the file.
Cause
Action
1424
Cause
Action
BARRIER INFORMATION NOT SET
In the program-listing mode the [BARRIER INFORM.] menu function is selected without any barrier data being registered.
Select the program-creating mode before pressing the [BARRIER INFORM.] menu key.
3-48
ALARM
No.
1425
Cause
Action
Message
ILLEGAL SETUP DATA
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
The setup data are not correct.
Make a copy of the program in question on the PROGRAM FILE display, and prepare the setup data for the program
copied.
(
Cause
Action
1438
Cause
Action
1439
NO SETUP DATA
Blue
The [SETUP DATA] menu key has been pressed in program listing mode when there was no registered setup data.
Select programming mode before pressing the [SETUP DATA] menu key.
CANNOT CHANGE UNIT
Changing a unit has been attempted when a unit change in the MAZATROL program was prohibited.
Cause
1) It is not allowed to change a unit for which data other than the unit name has been set up.
2) It is not allowed to change a unit if the current machining section is not selectable for the new unit (e.g., a unit for which
an outside-diametral section has been selected as the machining section cannot be changed to a turning-drilling unit).
Action
Review the program.
1440
Cause
Action
1441
FILE NOT FOUND
Cause
Action
1442
Cause
Action
The corresponding file does not exist during file loading on the MAINTENANCE CHECK display.
Create maintenance.txt under \nm64mdata\ (language name) of CF card.
ILLEGAL TOOL- CANNOT ASSIGN
Blue
Blue
Registering an illegal tool in tool data has been attempted.
Confirm the type of tool to be registered.
Cause
Action
1446
Cause
Action
CANNOT CHNG.WNo (SNGL PROC.MODE)
A work number change has been attempted in single-process mode.
Cancel the single-process mode before conducting the work number change.
3-49
ALARM
No.
Message
1447
Cause
Action
1448
TOOL LENGTH OVER
Cause
Action
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
The tool length input range has been overstepped as a result of tool measurement.
Use a tool of any tool length value falling within the range defined in parameters SU110 - SU113.
3-50
ALARM
3-2-6
No.500 - No.599, No.1500 - No.1599 (I/O error)
No.
Message
500
Cause
Action
501
Cause
Action
502
Cause
Action
503
ILLEGAL FORMAT
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
Blue
An external storage medium that contains data other than SMART has been set.
Check the contents of the external storage medium for appropriateness to the SMART.
CANNOT LOAD (PROG SIZE EXCEED)
(WNo.,
The contents of the external storage medium are not correct.

(Loading of a MAZATROL program of more than 2000 lines of data has been attempted.)
Either use another external storage medium, or save the program data once again. After that, carry out the load operation
once again.
CANNOT LOAD (TOO MANY PROGRAMS)
(WNo.,
Blue
Cause
An attempt has been made to load more machining programs than the maximum number of programs that can be registered
within the NC unit.
Action
Delete unnecessary programs, or save the programs onto an external storage and then delete them. After that, load the
particular program.
504
Cause
Action
505
Cause
Action
506
Cause
Action
507
Cause
Action
CANNOT LOAD (AUTO OPERATION)
Blue
Blue
An attempt has been made during automatic operation to load data other than machining programs.
Load the data only after completion of automatic operation.
CANNOT LOAD (MISMATCH)
Loading has been attempted although the data within the external storage medium does not match to the NC unit
(Mismatching in data size, etc.).
Check if the data saved on the external storage medium is the data to be used for the machine currently in operation.
(WNo.,
Blue
An attempt has been made to load the machining program that has the same work number as that of a machining program
registered within the NC unit.
Check for an overlapping work numbers.
NO DESIGNATED PROGRAM
(WNo.,
The machining program whose saving has been attempted does not exist in the NC unit.
Check if the machining program with the specified work number exists in the NC unit.
3-51
Blue
ALARM
No.
508
Cause
Action
509
Cause
Action
510
Cause
Action
511
Cause
Message
(WNo.,
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
A (G)
L (L)
S (S)
Blue (Blue)
1) An attempt has been made to load machining program data that exceeds the maximum available area for program
registration within the NC unit.
2) In the middle of saving onto the external storage medium, data saving exceeding the memory capacity has been made,
or the end-of-tape (or end-of-disk) code has been detected.
1) Delete unnecessary programs, or save the programs onto an external storage and then delete them. After that, load the
particular program.
2) Split the data into segments according to the particular size of the free saving area within the external storage medium,
and then carry out the saving operations once again.
MEMORY PROTECT
Blue
Blue
Loading has been attempted when the PROGRAM LOCK/ENABLE switch setting was LOCK.
Set the switch to ENABLE, and then carry out the loading operation.
DATA DO NOT MATCH
(WNo.,
Comparison between the external storage medium contents and the NC memory contents has shown disparities in data
size, type of file information, etc.
1) Locate those disparities on the PROGRAM FILE display and correct them, and then make the comparison once again.
2) If the disparities exist in data other than machining program data, check if the data is for the machine being used.
PROGRAM DATA NOT SAME
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Blue
Comparison between the external storage medium contents and the NC memory contents has shown several disparities.
1) After correcting the disparities within the machining program, make the comparison once again.
2) If the disparities exist in data other than machining program data, locate those disparities on each display.
Action
512
Cause
Action
513
Cause
Action
514
Cause
Action
515
Cause
Action
Note:
This alarm message may be displayed if data is saved prior to automatic operation and then subjected to
comparison with that after automatic operation. This is because execution of automatic operation may cause
automatic data overriding.
NO EIA/ISO OPTION
(WNo.,
Blue
Blue
An attempt has been made to load an EIA/ISO program in spite of the absence of an EIA/ISO option.
An EIA/ISO program cannot be loaded since the system has no EIA/ISO option.
PROGRAM DATA TYPE INCORRECT
An attempt has been made to load a machining program different in structure from the programs within the NC memory.
Check the contents of the external storage medium for appropriateness to the SMART.
DATA TYPE INCORRECT
Blue
An attempt has been made to load data (other than machining program data) that differs in structure from the NC memory
data.
Check the contents of the external storage medium for appropriateness to the SMART or the machine being used.
INCORRECT DESIGNATED DATA
Blue
During I/O operation with a memory card, an attempt has been made to load data the structure of which is not correct.
Check if the data saved during I/O operation with a memory card is for SMART.
3-52
ALARM
No.
516
Cause
Action
517
Cause
Message
SYSTEM ERROR
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
An error has occurred within the system.
Contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center. (At this time, also please notify them of what kind of operating
procedure you had carried out before the alarm message appeared and what values were displayed in parentheses.)
PROG. OPERATION NOT ALLOWED
(WNo.,
Blue
1) An attempt has been made to save a display inhibiting program. (Program management function)
2) An attempt has been made to save the program being edited or the program being loaded using another I/O unit.
1) Check if the specified work number is for the program of display inhibition.
Action
518
2) Carry out a saving operation only after completion of the program editing operation (or the program loading operation
using another I/O unit).
DATA OPERATION NOT ALLOWED
Blue
1) An attempt has been made during automatic operation to load data other than machining program data.
Cause
2) An attempt has been made to save the data being loaded using another I/O unit.
3) An attempt has been made to load the data being saved using another I/O unit.
Action
519
Wait until automatic operation has been completed (or until the loading or saving operation using another I/O unit has been
completed).
DATA SIZE EXCEEDED
(WNo., *
Blue
The EIA/ISO machining program includes a block that consists of more than 256 characters. (EOB or EOR does not appear
Cause
within 256 characters.)

*
Action
520
Cause
Action
521
Cause
Action
The number displayed next to the work number is a line number, which corresponds to the number displayed in the
lower right section of the PROGRAM display.
Correct the EIA/ISO machining program. (Insert EOB within 256 characters.)
EIA/ISO CONVERT ERROR
(WNo.,
Blue
Nonconvertible sections have been found when an attempt was made to convert the MAZATROL program into an EIA/ISO
program.
Review the MAZATROL program.
CANNOT LOAD (WRONG PROG TYPE)
Blue
The operator has attempted loading a machining program of a scheme different from the program scheme within the NC
unit.
Confirm the program scheme of the machining program.
Cause
Action
540
Cause
TAPE READER MIS-CONNECTED
This message implies incorrect cable connection between tape reader or microdisk unit and the NC unit or implies a
power-off state. In the case of microdisk unit, this message also implies incorrect setting of a floppy disk.
1) Check for correct cable connections.
Action
2) Check if power is turned on.

3) In the case of microdisk unit, check if the floppy disk is correctly set.
3-53
Blue
ALARM
No.
541
Cause
Message
TAPE PUNCHER MIS-CONNECTED
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
This message implies incorrect cable connection between tape puncher or microdisk unit and the NC unit or implies a
power-off state. In the case of microdisk unit, this message also implies incorrect setting of a floppy disk.
1) Check for correct cable connections.
Action
2) Check if power is turned on.

3) In the case of microdisk unit, check if the floppy disk is correctly set.
542
Cause
Action
543
Cause
Action
544
NO TAPE READER PUNCHER OPTION
Blue
An attempt has been made to carry out a tape I/O operation although the tape reader/puncher option is not provided.
Provide the NC unit with a tape reader/puncher option. (Only with this option, tape I/O operations can be carried out.)
WNo. NOT FOUND ON PAPER TAPE
Blue
Loading or comparing is not possible since no O numbers (work numbers) are stored on the paper tape or floppy disk.
Call the DATA I/O display (TAPE) and designate a work number(s).
SET NEW PAPER TAPE
Blue
1) The tape reader/puncher is not correctly loaded with paper tape.

Cause
Action
545
Cause
Action
546
Cause
Action
547
Cause
Action
548
Cause
Action
549
Cause
Action
2) Differences in baud-rate or other parameter settings for RS-232C exist between the tape reader/puncher (or microdisk
unit) and the NC unit.
1) Check if the tape reader/puncher is correctly loaded with paper tape.
2) Check for differences in RS-232C parameter settings between the I/O unit and the NC unit.
POWER OFF TAPE READ/PUNCH OPER.
Blue
Power has been turned off during operation of the tape reader/puncher or microdisk unit.
If power has been turned off during loading, check the machining program loaded. If an error(s) is found, delete the loaded
data and then reload the program. If power has been turned off during punching, re-punch the tape.
TAPE READER ERROR
Blue
A hardware error has occurred in the tape reader or the microdisk unit.
Before operating the tape reader or microdisk unit, check that no differences in RS-232C parameter settings exist between
the tape reader or microdisk unit and the NC unit and replace the paper tape or floppy disk.
TAPE PUNCHER ERROR
Blue
A hardware error has occurred in the tape puncher or the microdisk unit.
Before operating the tape puncher or microdisk unit, check that no differences in RS-232C parameter settings exist between
the tape puncher or microdisk unit and the NC unit and replace the paper tape or floppy disk.
Blue
Blue
An attempt has been made to punch a MAZATROL program onto paper tape.
Designate an EIA/ISO program.

(Only EIA/ISO programs can be punched on paper tape.)
The designated data was not found on the paper tape or floppy disk.
Select another set of data or make a search once again from the beginning of the paper tape or floppy disk.
3-54
ALARM
No.
550
Message
PARITY H ERROR
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
The contents of the paper tape or floppy disk cannot be read since they include a parity-H error(s).
(The number of holes on tape must always be even for ISO; it must be odd for EIA).
Cause
Action
551
Sprocket
Reading must be carried out only after replacing the paper tape or floppy disk or after re-punching the program.
PARITY V ERROR
Blue
Blue
The contents of the paper tape or floppy disk cannot be read since they include a parity-V error(s).
Cause
E
O
B
E
O
B
E
O
B
The number of sprocket holes in this area must be even.
Action
552
Cause
Make reading possible by making bit 1 of parity V-check valid/invalid parameter TAP25 invalid.
PROGRAM END NOT FOUND
A machining program in which EOR precedes the end M-code (M02, M30 or M99) or the next O number (work number) was
loaded.
The end-of-program condition can be changed by varying the settings of the parameter (TAP27).
Action
553
Cause
Action
554
Cause
Action
555
Cause
Action
556
Cause
Action
Since the machining program has already been loaded, the PROGRAM display must be called and then one of the above
three end M-codes must be inserted in the program.
WORK No. UNITS EXCEEDED
Blue
An attempt has been made to load the program of a work number of more than four digits in spite of the fact that the
maximum allowable number of digits in one work number is set to four.
Check bit 3 of parameter TAP26.
POWER OFF IN EIA/ISO CONVERT
Blue
Power has been turned off during EIA/ISO conversion.
Check the EIA/ISO program being converted. If an anomaly is found, erase the program and repeat the conversion.
ETHERNET CONNECTION ERROR
Blue
Blue
A communication error with FTP server has occurred while connecting via Ethernet.
Check the setting of FTP server and the network connection for abnormalities.
PARAMETER ERROR
All data items are not set in Ethernet parameters of Data I/O parameter display.
Set all required items in Ethernet parameters of Data I/O parameter display.
3-55
ALARM
No.
557
Cause
Action
Message
DESIGNATED DIRECTORY NOT FOUND
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
B (A)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Blue
Blue
The designated directory does not exist.
Check if the designated directory exists.
Cause
Action
563
Cause
Action
PRINTER I/O ERROR
Check the printer for correct connection.

Check for differences in the RS-232C parameter settings between the printer and NC unit.
Action
Action
566
Cause
Action
567
Cause
Action
Cause
Cause
564
565
(Cause,
An error in printer communications has occurred during measurement result printing.
ID MIS-CONNECTED
Erroneous cable connection has occurred during connection of the ID unit and the NC unit, or power has remained turned
off.
Check for incorrect cable connections.
Or check if the power is turned on.
POWER STOPPED DURING ID OPER.
Blue
Blue
Power has been turned off during the operation of the ID unit.
Check the current tool data, and if errors are found, operate the unit once again.
ID I/O ERROR
Communication between the NC unit and the ID unit has become interrupted because of hardware trouble (such as line
noise).
Cause
Action
571
Cause
Action
ILLEGAL FORMAT
Blue
Data other than that of the MATRIX or SMART has been transmitted from the host (the format of the message is incorrect)
Confirm whether the transmitted data from the host is for the MATRIX or the SMART.
3-56
ALARM
No.
572
Cause
Action
573
Message
CANNOT LOAD (PROG SIZE EXCEED)
(WNo.,
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
Blue
The contents of the transmitted machining program from the host system are not correct.
(More than 2000 lines of MAZATROL program data have been transmitted.)
Check the size of the program which has been transmitted from the host system.
CANNOT LOAD (TOO MANY PROGRAMS)
(WNo.,
Cause
within the NC unit.
Action
particular program.
574
Cause
Action
575
Cause
Action
576
CANNOT LOAD (AUTO OPERATION)
Blue
Blue
An attempt has been made during automatic operation to load data other than machining program data.
Load such data only after completion of automatic operation.
CANNOT LOAD (MISMATCH)
Loading has been attempted when the transmitted data from the host system does not match to the data or other parameter
settings within the NC unit (mismatching in data size, etc.).
Check if the data that has been transmitted from the host system is that which is to be used for the machine being used.
(WNo.,
Blue
Cause
An attempt has been made to load the machining program that has the same work number as that of a machining program
registered within the NC unit.
Action
Check for an overlapping work number. This alarm message also implies that the parameter (DNC26, bit 2) is set for the
priority of the old program over a new one. If the parameter is set to 0, the old data will automatically be deleted in such a
case as mentioned above and the new program data can be loaded with the specified work number.
577
Cause
Action
578
(WNo.,
Blue
The machining program whose transmission from the NC unit to the host system has been attempted does not exist
within the NC unit.
The machining program that has been designated using a control command (work number search or program deletion)
does not exist within the NC unit.
Check if the machining program with the specified work number exists in the NC unit.
(WNo.,
Blue
Cause
within the NC unit.
Action
particular program.
579
Cause
Action
MEMORY PROTECT
Blue
Loading has been attempted when the PROGRAM LOCK/ENABLE switch setting was LOCK.
Set the switch to ENABLE, and then carry out the loading operation. This alarm message also implies that the setting of the
parameter (DNC26, bit 3) is OFF (0). Change this parameter setting to ON (1). Data loading will then become possible.
3-57
ALARM
No.
580
Cause
Action
Message
CARD NOT READY
Action
Action
583
Cause
Action
584
Cause
Action
585
Cause
Action
586
Cause
Action
587
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
Blue
Check if the memory card is correctly mounted.
Cause
Cause
Stopped
status
A memory card has not been correctly mounted in the NC unit.
581
582
Type of
error
DESIGNATED FILE NOT TRANSFERED
A file different from the one that has been requested from NC unit to the host system was transferred from the latter.
Check the details of the file that has been transferred from the host system.
PROGRAM DATA TYPE INCORRECT
Blue
An attempt has been made to load a machining program that is different in structure from those stored within the NC unit.
Confirm whether the program to be transmitted from the host is for the MATRIX or the SMART.
Check if the contents of the file transfer message (header block) are correct.
RECEIVED DATA TYPE INCORRECT
Blue
An attempt has been made to load data other than machining program data and also different in structure from the data
stored within the NC unit.
The contents of the header block or data block in the file transfer message (including machining programs) are not
correct.
Check if the data that has been transferred from the host system is for use with MATRIX or for use with the machining
being operated.
Check the contents of the header block (version number, etc.) or data block (sequence number, etc.) in the file transfer
message.
CABLE MIS-CONNECTED
Blue
This message implies incorrect cable connection between the host system and the NC unit or implies a power-off status.
Check if the DNC cables are correctly connected.
Check if the host system is turned on and ready for data transmission/reception.
There may be cases that although a DNC option is provided, DNC itself is not to be used for the time being and thus the
DNC cables are not yet connected. If this is the case, then set the appropriate parameter (DNC26, bit 1) to OFF (0). This will
clear the alarm display.
SYSTEM ERROR
Blue
An error has occurred within the system.
Contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center. (At this time, also please notify them of what kind of operating
procedure you had carried out before the alarm message appeared and what values were displayed in parentheses.)
(WNo.,
Blue
1) An attempt has been made to transmit a display inhibiting program to the host system. (Program management function)
Cause
Action
2) An attempt has been made to transmit to the host system the program being edited (or the program being loaded using
another I/O unit).
1) Check if the specified work number is for the program of display inhibition.
2) Carry out the transfer operation only after completion of the program editing (or program loading using another I/O unit).
3-58
ALARM
No.
588
Cause
Action
589
Message
DATA OPERATION NOT ALLOWED
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
An attempt has been made during automatic operation to load data other than machining program data.
An attempt has been made to transmit to the host system the data being loaded using another I/O unit.
An attempt has been made to load the data being saved using another I/O unit.
Wait until automatic operation has been completed (or until the loading or saving operation using another I/O unit has been
completed).
DATA SIZE EXCEEDED
(WNo., *
Blue
The EIA/ISO machining program includes a block that consists of more than 256 characters. (EOB or EOR is not present
Cause
within 256 characters.)

*
Action
The number displayed next to the work number is a line number, which corresponds to the number displayed in the
lower right section of the PROGRAM display.
Correct the machining program. (Insert EOB within 256 characters.)
Cause
Action
594
Cause
Action
595
Cause
Action
SEND-RECEIVE ERROR
Blue
The preset number of retries has been exceeded during transmission/reception of command messages.
RS-232C communication parameter settings (such as those of the baud-rate, etc.) between the host system and NC unit
differ.
Timer, number-of-retries or other settings are not correct.
Make line checks and message checks of the host systems.
Match the RS-232C communication parameter settings between the host system and NC unit.
Set the timer, number-of-retries or other settings to those of the host system. (Parameters for the NC unit: DNC
parameters)
FILE TRANSFER ERROR
Blue
The preset number of retries has been exceeded during transmission/reception of the messages.
RS-232C communication parameter settings (such as those of the baud-rate, etc.) between the host system and NC unit
differ.
Timer, number-of-retries or other settings are not correct.
Make line checks and message checks of the host systems.
Match the RS-232C communication parameter settings between the host system and NC unit.
Set the timer, number-of-retries or other settings to those of the host system. (Parameters for the NC unit: DNC
parameters)
(
Cause
Action
599
The host system has issued a request for transmission/reception of data not existing within the NC unit.
Cause
Action
A drum-tool data transfer request has been issued to the NC unit though it is not provided with a drum.
A request for transfer of a larger volume of data than the control data stored within the NC unit has been made.
Check the contents of the command messages that have been sent from the host system.
3-59
Blue
ALARM
3-2-7
No.600 - No.699, No.1600 - No.1699 (MAZATROL program error)
No.
Message
600
Cause
Action
601
Cause
Action
602
Cause
Action
603
Cause
Action
SYSTEM ERROR
Action
607
Cause
Action
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The program having the work number that has been set in the subprogram unit does not exist within the memory.
No work number has been set in the subprogram unit.
The work number that has been designated as the restart position does not exist within the memory.
Review the machining programs to see if the designated program exists.
Cause
After the transfer operation is completed, start the program.
Action
606
Display
An attempt has been made to start the program being transferred.
Action
Clearing
procedure
Using data I/O operation, save the program data, tool data, tool file data, parameters, etc. that are currently being used.
After that, contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center.
Cause
Cause
Stopped
status
A processing error has occurred within the NC unit.
604
605
Type of
error
NO TOOL DATA IN PROGRAM
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The point-, line- or face-machining (including 3-D) unit does not contain any tool sequences.
Review the particular machining program to see if there are units that do not contain necessary tool sequences.
NO FIGURE IN PROGRAM
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The point-, line- or face-machining (including 3-D) unit does not have any shape data.
Review the particular machining program to see if there are units that do not contain necessary shape data.
MISSING INPUT DATA (POINT)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
A point-machining unit lacks data.
Review the particular machining program, and set data if a point-machining unit lacks data.
3-60
O (S)
Red (Blue)
ALARM
No.
608
Cause
Action
Message
MISSING INPUT DATA (LINE)
Action
Action
611
Cause
Action
MISSING TOOL DATA FOR POINT
MISSING TOOL DATA FOR LINE
613
Cause
Action
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
The maximum permissible number of repeats of MAZATROL program nesting has been exceeded nine.
Review and correct the particular machining program so that the total number of repeats of nesting does not excess nine.
Cause
Action
Action
615
Cause
I (L)
Review the particular machining program, and set data if a line-machining tool sequence lacks data.
Action
616
A line-machining tool sequence lacks data.
Action
Display
Review the particular machining program, and set data if a point-machining tool sequence lacks data.
Cause
Cause
Clearing
procedure
A point-machining tool sequence lacks data.
612
614
Stopped
status
Review the particular machining program, and set data if a line-machining unit lacks data.
Cause
Cause
Type of
error
A line-machining unit lacks data.
609
610
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
DATA ERROR IN M CODE UNIT
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The M-code unit contains no data.
Review the particular machining program, and input data to the M-code unit.
3-61
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
ALARM
No.
617
Message
EXECUTION IMPOSSIBLE
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Cause
The data processing operation cannot be performed because of contradiction in data. This condition occurs if an attempt is
made to start automatic operation when the specified work number is an unregistered number.
Action
Search out the contradictory data making reference to WNo., UNo., SNo. (which are displayed together with the alarm
message), and then correct the data.
618
Cause
Action
619
Cause
Action
620
Cause
Action
621
Cause
Action
622
Cause
Action
623
Cause
Action
624
Cause
Action
625
POINT CUTTING PARAMETER ERROR
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The point-machining parameter setting(s) is out of its permissible range.
LINE/FACE CUTTING PAR. ERROR
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The line- or face-machining parameter settings are out of their permissible ranges.
The parameter E13 is set to 0; change it to a value other than 0.
CUTTING SPEED ZERO
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Of tool sequence data (except for chip removal), the surface speed (C-SP) is unset or set to 0.
Review the machining program and set the desired surface speed (C-SP).
FEEDRATE ZERO
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Of tool sequence data (except for chip removal), the feedrate (FR) is unset or set to 0.
Review the machining program and set the desired feedrate (FR).
DESIGNATED UNIT NOT FOUND
The unit that has been designated as the restart position is not present in the program with the specified work number.
Review the machining program and designate the correct unit number.
DESIGNATED SNo. NOT FOUND
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The tool sequence that has been designated as the restart position is not present in the unit of the specified work number;
two or more lines of tool sequence data are present in the line-machining chamfering unit.
Review the machining program and designate the correct tool sequence number.
RESTART IMPOSSIBLE
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The unit that has been designated as the restart position is the end unit.
The designated number of times of reappearance (L) is too large and the corresponding restart position is not present.
The restart data is incomplete.
Check the contents of the restart data or the program.
ENDMILL DIAMETER EXCEEDED
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The value of (groove width) (finish allowance R) 2 of the endmill groove unit is smaller than the tool diameter
value of the rough-machining tool.
The groove width value of the endmill groove unit is smaller than the tool diameter value of the finishing tool.
Cause
Action
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
3-62
ALARM
No.
626
Cause
Action
627
Cause
Action
Message
DESIGNATED TOOL NOT FOUND
TOOL DATA INPUT PROCESS ERROR
629
Cause
Action
Cause
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Set the necessary data after checking and correcting tool data.
Action
631
Clearing
procedure
Data is not input in Tool set or tool diameter of the tool data. Register the required tools in tool data.
Action
Stopped
status
Register the required tools in tool data.
Cause
Cause
Type of
error
The tool(s) specified in the program is not registered in the tool data.
628
630
Z DEPTH OF CUT TOO LARGE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Of the line-machining tool sequence data, the value of the Z depth of cut is in excess of the depth of cut on the TOOL FILE
display.
Review the machining program and correct the value of the Z depth of cut..
STOCK REMOVAL R TOO LARGE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The value of (removal allowance R) (finish allowance R) in the line-machining unit is larger than the value of the tool
diameter of the rough-cutting tool.
The value of removal allowance R in the line-machining unit is larger than the value of the tool diameter of the finishing tool.
Action
632
Cause
Action
633
Cause
Action
634
Cause
Action
Review the machining program and correct the values of removal allowance R and finishing allowance R in the
line-machining unit.
RADIAL DEPTH OF CUT ZERO
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Of line-machining tool sequence data, the radial depth of cut is set to zero or smaller.
Review the machining program and set the radial depth of cut to the correct value.
Z DEPTH OF CUT ZERO
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Of line-machining tool sequence data, the Z depth of cut is set to zero or smaller.
Review the machining program and set the Z depth of cut to the correct value.
FINISH DEPTH OF CUT ZERO
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The finish allowance value in the line- or face-machining unit is set to zero in spite of the fact that a finishing tool is
registered.
Review the machining program and set data in the finish allowance data item.
3-63
ALARM
No.
635
Cause
Action
636
Cause
Action
637
Cause
Action
Message
TOOL DIAMETER ZERO
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Of tool data, the tool diameter setting is zero.
Review the data on the TOOL DATA display and set data in the tool diameter item.
STOCK REMOVAL Z TOO SMALL
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
In the line-machining unit, removal allowance Z is smaller than finish allowance Z.
Review the line-machining unit and increase removal allowance Z to a value greater than that of finish allowance Z.
STOCK REMOVAL R TOO SMALL
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
In the line-machining unit, removal allowance R is smaller than finish allowance R.
Review the line-machining unit and increase the value of removal allowance R to a value greater than that of finish
allowance R.
(
Cause
Action
643
Cause
Action
644
DATA ERROR IN MAN. PROG. UNIT
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The manual program mode unit contains a sequence that has no data.
Review the machining program, and fill in any incomplete sequence with data or erase such sequences.
NOMINAL DIAMETER NOT FOUND
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Cause
The nominal diameter item of the tool sequence data is not complete. The nominal diameter item of the MMS unit or the
manual program mode unit (when a tool is set) is not complete.
Action
Review the machining program, and set data in the nominal diameter item of the MMS unit or the manual program mode unit
(when a tool is set) or erase the corresponding portion.
645
Cause
Action
646
Cause
Action
647
Cause
Action
END UNIT NOT FOUND
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The end unit is not present in the program.
Review the machining program and set the end unit at the end of the program.
3-64
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
ALARM
No.
Message
648
Cause
Action
649
Cause
Action
650
Cause
MEASURING SEQUENCE INCOMPLETE
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The measurement sequence lacks of data.
Review the machining program, and input data to the measurement sequence to make it complete.
CHAMFERING IMPOSSIBLE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
Cutting is impossible because the chamfering cutter is likely to come into contact with the wall or bottom of the workpiece
during chamfering.
The data of the specified chamfering cutter on the TOOL DATA or TOOL FILE display is not appropriate.
Action
651
Cause
Action
652
Cause
Review the machining program or the tool file, and correct inappropriate data.
GEAR PARAMETER ERROR
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An attempt has been made to execute the point-, line- or face-machining MAZATROL program when the setting of
parameter SA51 was 5 or more.
Change the setting of parameter SA51 to a value between 0 and 4.
GEAR SHIFT DATA ERROR
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The tool sequence data contains an unavailable milling spindle gear-shift M-code(s).
Change the corresponding code(s) to an available one(s).

Action
653
Cause
Action
654
Cause
Action
655
Cause
Action
2-gear H: M39, L: M38

3-gear H: M39, M: M38, L: M37
4-gear H: M39, MH: M38, ML: M37, L: M36
ILLEGAL TOOL DESIGNATED
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Tools that cannot be used have been designated.
Review the machining program and designate tools that are usable.
TOOL DATA ERROR
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The tool length and tool diameter settings on the TOOL DATA display are negative.
Set positive tool length and tool diameter values.
PROGRAM DATA CORRUPT
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The program is destroyed.
Erase a part of the program and then re-create the destroyed part; or erase the entire program and then carry out a loading
operation using the data I/O operation once again.
3-65
ALARM
No.
Message
656
MASURING SEQ. DATA NOT FOUND
Cause
Action
657
Cause
Action
NO TOOL PATH CHECK (I/O BUSY)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo.,
Blue
Make the tool path check after the I/O operation has been completed.
Cause
Action
Action
I (L)
The tool path check cannot be performed since I/O operation (loading) is in progress.
660
Cause
Review the machining program and make data corrections.
Action
661
Display
The program contains incorrect data.
Action
Clearing
procedure
Create one or more lines of sequence data in the corresponding measurement unit, or erase the unit.
Cause
Cause
Stopped
status
The measurement units include one that has no sequence data.
658
659
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Type of
error
ILLEGAL M CODE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
M195 (tool breakage detection start command code) has been set for the M-code unit or for the manual program mode
sequence.
M195 cannot be executed on MAZATROL programs. Delete that command code from the program.
Cause
Action
678
NO INTERSECTION
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Cause
In the line- or face-machining unit, the coordinates of the intersection point of figures cannot be obtained because of
shortage of, or contradiction, in the free-shape data.
Action
679
Cause
Action
CONNECTING CORNER IMPOSSIBLE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The figures cannot be connected smoothly at corner R because of contradiction in the data of corner R or in the data of the
figures in front and rear of corner R.
Review the machining program and check the value of corner R of the free shapes.
3-66
ALARM
No.
680
Cause
Action
681
Message
NUMBER OF HOLES EXCEEDED (> 500)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The point-machining units include one(s) that has more than 500 holes defined in it.
Review the point-machining units, and make corrections so that the total number of hole settings in one point-machining unit
in not greater than 500.
CORNER R/C DEFINED AT SPT/FPT
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Cause
Corner rounding or corner chamfering has been set at the starting or ending point of a figure when defining figures in the
central linear machining, right-hand linear machining, left-hand linear machining, right-hand chamfering or left-hand
chamfering units.
Action
Review the machining program and correct it so that the corner rounding or corner chamfering is not set at the starting or
ending point.
682
Cause
Action
683
ILLEGAL REPEAT FIGURE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Contradiction presides in the figure rotation or figure shift data that has been set during defining free figures in the
line-machining unit.
Review and correct the corresponding shape data.
UNDEFINED CORNER
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The specified size of corner rounding or chamfering is inadmissible.

Example:
This alarm does not occur in general unless the specified size of rounding or chamfering exceeds the length
of one of the two sides of the corner concerned. As for a rectangular line- or face-machining shape described with
the aid of the [SQUARE] menu function, in particular, the size in question for corners CN1 (starting point) and CN4
(ending point) must not exceed half the length of the side between them since the cutting start position will be set
in actual machining to the mid-point of that side.
Cause
Cutting start position

Ending point
Specified
chamfering size
Starting point
CN1
CN4
Sides of the corner
to be rounded or
chamfered
CN2
CN3
Check the shape sequence data in question to correct the size of corner rounding or chamfering.
Action
684
Cause
Action
685
Cause
Action
In the above-mentioned particular case of rectangular shape, use the [ARBITRY] menu function, instead of [SQUARE], to
describe the desired shape on multiple lines of shape sequence data.
POINT CUTTING PATTERN ERROR
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The point-machining shape definition data is not appropriate.
SQUARE CANNOT BE DEFINED
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
When the shape pattern is square, the input data cannot be used to make shape definitions.
3-67
ALARM
No.
686
Cause
Action
687
Cause
Action
688
Cause
Action
689
Cause
Message
NO STARTING POINT
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
During input of free-shape data (open-figure data) to the line-machining unit, ? has been set as the definition of the starting
point.
Review the machining program and set the coordinates of the starting point of the free shape.
NO FINISH POINT
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
During input of free-shape data (open-figure data) to the line-machining unit, ? has been set as the definition of the ending
point.
Review the machining program and set the coordinates of the ending point of the free shape.
INSUFFICIENT INPUT DATA
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Input data of the user-defined shape of the line-machining unit is inadequate and computation of the co-ordinates of the
intersection point is not possible.
Review the corresponding shape data and set data that is wanting.
INPUT DATA TOO MANY
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
1) There is excessive input data of the user-defined shape of the line-machining unit and there is contradiction in redundant
data.
2) Tool sequence numbers of the line-machining unit exceeded.
Action
690
Cause
Action
1) Review the corresponding shape data and erase either one of the overlapping data sets.
2) Reduce the number of tool sequences.
ILLEGAL RADIUS
Action
Action
693
Cause
Action
694
Cause
Action
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Review the corresponding shape data and set correct data.
Cause
Cause
Contradiction exists in the free-shape data that have been set to define arc in the line-machining units.
691
692
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
MAX POINT NUMBER EXCEEDED (> 200)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The number of points which are necessary to define the shapes designated in the line-machining unit exceeds 200.
Review the machining program, and reduce the number of shapes within one line-machining unit.
NUMBER OF SHAPES TOO LARGE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Among the line-machining units is one(s) that contains more shapes than allowable within one unit.
Review the corresponding shape data and check the number of shapes.
FIXED FIGURE DESIGNATED ERROR
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
Fixed shapes are included in the shape data (open figures) of the central linear machining, right-hand linear machining,
left-hand linear machining, right-hand chamfering, and left-hand chamfering.
Change the fixed shapes to free ones.
3-68
ALARM
No.
695
Cause
Action
696
Cause
Action
697
Cause
Action
698
Cause
Action
699
Cause
Action
Message
POINT INSIDE CIRCLE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
It is not possible to draw a tangent line from point P1 since it is inside the arc.
Review the machining program and check the free-shaped data.
ILLEGAL DIRECTION
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Left or right is set for the crossing point (P), though up or down should have been set.
Review the machining program and check the value of the crossing point (P).
DATUM <P> REQUIRED
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
The crossing point (P) is not yet input in spite of the fact that there are more than two points of intersection with the arc.
Review the machining program and set the crossing point (P).
TWO POINTS OVERLAP
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The coordinate values of the start point and end point are the same.
For the pattern of straight line, the data of X/Y are set to exactly the same end point coordinate values as X/Y present on the
preceding line of the program; delete these data.
PARALLEL LINE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The two straight lines are parallel to each other, and thus the coordinates of their intersection point cannot be obtained.
Review the corresponding shape data and set correct data.
3-69
ALARM
No.
Message
(
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Cause
Action
1606
Cause
Action
1607
Cause
Action
ILLEGAL CUTTING ANGLE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The infeed angle or relief angle during cutting is 0 or less.
Confirm the infeed angle or relief angle in the tool data.
NEED TOOL ROTATION DIRECTION
CUT DIR. (which is indispensable for executing a MAZATROL program) remains unset on the TOOL DATA display.
Perform the required setting for CUT DIR.
3-70
ALARM
3-2-8
No.700 - No.799, No.1700 - No.1799 (MAZATROL program error)
No.
Message
700
Cause
Action
701
Cause
Action
702
DEFINED SHAPE TOO SMALL
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The shape compensation clearance is too large; or the tool diameter with respect to the size of the line-inside machining is
too large.
Change the shape compensation clearance (parameter E13) to an appropriate value: or use a tool of smaller diameter.
FIGURE DEFINITION ERROR
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Blue
Cause
The input shape is contradictory to logic, that is, the radius of the arc, for example, does not agree with the distance from the
center.
Action
Such contradiction usually results from arithmetic errors. Change the radial depth of cut by some micro, or use a tool of
smaller diameter.
703
Cause
Action
704
Cause
Action
705
Cause
Action
PROCESS DEFINITION ERROR
TOOL INTERFERENCE
Blue
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Blue
Blue
In area machining, the tool diameter with respect to the figure is too large.
Replace the tool with one that has a smaller diameter.
APPROACH POINT ERROR
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The approach point cannot be obtained.
Reduce the tool diameter, the approach amount (parameters E1, E2) and/or the overlap amount (parameter E21).
Action
Action
Change the machining conditions to correct ones.
Cause
Cause
The machining conditions are incorrect (for example, the radial depth of cut is zero).
706
707
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
CHAMFER CUTTER INTERFERENCE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The chamfering tool interferes with the side wall or bottom.
Use a tool which does not interfere with the side wall or bottom.
3-71
Blue
ALARM
No.
708
Cause
Action
709
Cause
Action
Message
BLOCK DATA LIMIT EXCEEDED
CHECK DEPTH-R
Action
713
Cause
Action
714
Cause
Action
715
Cause
Action
716
Cause
Action
Blue
Blue
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Cause
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Change the radial depth of cut in the tool sequence by some micro.
Action
712
Display
No automatic calculations of intersection were obtained since there is no or too short a distance between end points of the
shape.
Action
Clearing
procedure
Divide the block so that one block contains 248 characters or less.
Cause
Cause
Stopped
status
In the EIA program, the total number of characters within one block is in excess of 248.
710
711
Type of
error
UNIT DATA NOT FOUND
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Unset unit data exists for the unit you have made an attempt to execute.
Set all data.
ILLEGAL UNIT DATA
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Sequence data for the unit you have made an attempt to execute does not match to the unit data.
Delete the sequence data, and then set correct sequence data.
SEQUENCE DATA NOT FOUND
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
No sequence data exists for the unit you have made an attempt to execute.
Set sequence data.
ILLEGAL SEQUENCE DATA
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Data out of the allowable setting range exists in the sequence data of the unit you have made an attempt to execute.
Correct the sequence data.
ILLEGAL CUTTING POINT
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The specified infeed point is outside the profile of the workpiece (approximate workpiece shape designated by common
unit).
Move the infeed point into the profile of the workpiece.
ILLEGAL CUTTING START POINT
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The relative position of the starting or ending point specified by the sequence data with respect to the specified infeed point
is not appropriate.
When the section to be machined is the back-face in the bar machining, copy machining, and threading unit, the ending
point X is more than cutting point X.
Change the position of the starting or ending point of the sequence data, or change the position of the infeed point.
3-72
ALARM
No.
717
Cause
Action
718
Cause
Action
719
Cause
Action
720
Cause
Action
721
Message
SHAPE EXCEEDS MATERIAL SIZE
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The starting or ending point is outside the profile of the workpiece (approximate workpiece shape specified by common unit).
Change the starting or ending point.
CUTTING DIRECTION NOT DEFINED
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The direction of machining (forward/backward) cannot be determined using the specified infeed point and sequence data.
Change the position of the starting or ending point.
REVERSE SHAPE CONTOUR
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Part of the defined shape is opposite in direction of machining with respect to the reference axis movement direction.
Correct the position of the starting or ending point.
DOUBLE SHAPE CONTOUR
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The defined workpiece shape has overlaps.
Correct the position of the starting or ending point.
ILLEGAL RADIUS
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Arc-drawing data you have specified is illegal.

Cause
That is, the relationship between the starting point, ending point, and radius of the arc is incorrect.
It is impossible to define an arc.
Action
722
Correct the starting-point data, ending-point data, or radius data of the arc.
LLEGAL CORNER DEFINITION
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
There are the following errors related to the designated corner C data:
<BAR, CPY, CORNER>
Cause
The arc length of the block present before or after corner C is smaller than that of corner C.
<T. GROOV>
Added corner C is outside the workpiece profile.
Action
723
Cause
Action
724
Cause
Action
Correct either the length of corner C or the sequence data set before or after corner C.
EXCEEDS NUMBER OF SHAPES
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Defined shape of machining or of the workpiece is too complicated to be processed.
Simplify the shape of the machining or of the workpiece.
EXCEEDS NUMBER OF VALLEY SHAPES
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The total number of valleys in the machining shape is in excess of 16.
Divide the machining shape in multiple units.
3-73
ALARM
No.
725
Cause
Action
726
Cause
Action
727
Cause
Action
728
Cause
Action
729
Cause
Action
730
Cause
Action
731
Cause
Action
732
Cause
Action
733
Cause
Action
Message
ILLEGAL COMMON DATA (RADIAL)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
OD-MAX and ID-MIN in the common unit do not satisfy the following condition:
OD-MAX > ID-MIN 0
Set correct data to OD-MAX, or ID-MIN.
ILLEGAL COMMON DATA (AXIAL)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
LENGTH, WORK FACE and FIN-LENGTH do not satisfy the following condition:
LENGTH WORK FACE + FIN-LENGTH > 0
Set correct data to LENGTH, WORK FACE and FIN-LENGTH.
MATERIAL SHAPE CROSSING
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
There is a data overlap between the inside diameter side (IN) and outside diameter side (OUT) of the workpiece shape
which has been designated in the MATERIAL unit.
Change the IN or OUT shape data.
EXCESSIVE FINISH ALLOWANCE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The area to be rough-cut does not exist since the designated finishing allowance is larger than the shape defined by the
sequence data.
Either change the finishing allowance or cancel rough-cutting.
ILLEGAL SHAPE DESIGNATED (CNR)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
In the CORNER unit data, the relationship between the starting point and the ending point is wrong.
Set the correct data to SPT and FPT.
ILLEGAL SHAPE DESIGNATED (EDG)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
In the FACING unit data, the relationship between the starting point and the ending point is wrong.
ILLEGAL NUM. OF PATHS (THR)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The designated number of cutting times for #0, #3 thread type is less than 3.
Change the number of cutting times to 3 or more, or change the thread type.
ACCELERATION DISTANCE EXCEED
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The calculated distance of threading acceleration is in excess of the allowable value.
Change the related parameter setting value or reduce the surface speed to its minimum permissible value.
ILLEGAL SHAPE DESIGNATED (GRV)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
In the T. GROOV unit data, the relationship between the starting point and the ending point is wrong.
3-74
O (S)
Red (Blue)
ALARM
No.
734
Cause
Action
735
Cause
Action
736
Cause
Action
737
Cause
Action
738
Cause
Action
739
Message
ILLEGAL SHAPE EXCEEDS MTRL SIZE
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
For machining of multiple grooves, the second and subsequent grooves are outside the workpiece profile defined by
common unit.
Reduce the number of grooves.
ILLEGAL DESIGNATED TL WID (GRV)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The designated tool width does not match to the groove shape specified in the T. GROOV unit.
Designate some other tool, or correct the width of the designated tool.
ILLEGAL OVERLAP
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
The parameter-set amount of grooving overlap is larger than the width or diameter of the designated tool.
Either designate some other tool, correct the width or diameter of the designated tool, or change the parameter setting
(TC75).
ILLEGAL DRILLING DIRECTION
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
In the T-DRILL or T-TAP unit data, the relationship between the starting point and the ending point is wrong.
Set the correct data to SPT-Z and FPT-Z.
CORNER (R/C) DESIGNATED OVERLAP
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
In the unit (BAR, CPY, etc.), different types of corners (R and C) have been designated for portions that are identical in
shape.
Check the designated corner portions and delete one of the corners.
ILLEGAL FINISHING ALLOWANCE

In the #0,
#0
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
type of THREAD unit data, the following condition exists:
(Finishing allowance) > (First depth-of-cut/4)

Cause
Action
740
Cause
Action
741
Cause
Action
Calculated from the height (HGT) and the number of times (NUMBER)
in unit data.
Specified by parameter TC78
Change either the thread height or the setting of parameter TC78.
ILLEGAL ANGLE IN FIRST SEQUENCE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The relationship between the thread shape and threading angle that are defined by the first sequence data of the THREAD
unit is incorrect.
Change the threading angle, or change the coordinates of the starting or ending point of the first sequence.
ILLEGAL THREAD ANGLE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
In the machining type that requires the designation of a threading angle, the following condition is not satisfied.
(Tool tip angle) (Threading angle)
Change either the threading angle or the data of the tool to be used.
3-75
Red (Blue)
ALARM
No.
742
Message
ILLEGAL THREAD HEIGHT
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
In the THREAD unit data, the following condition is not satisfied.

Cause
(Finishing allowance) (Thread height)

Designated in the unit data.
Set using parameter TC78.
Action
743
Cause
Action
744
Cause
Action
745
Cause
Action
746
Cause
Action
747
Cause
Action
748
Change the thread height or the setting of parameter TC78.
INTERSECTION NOT FOUND
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
No automatic calculations of intersection were obtained since there are shape sequence data disparities.
Correct the shape sequence data.
DATA MISSING (INTERSECTION)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
No automatic calculations of intersection were obtained since there are lack of data to automatically calculate a point of
intersection.
Correct the unit data or the sequence data.
INTERSECTION CALCULATE IMPOSS.
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
No automatic calculations of intersection were obtained since there are illegal data in the program.
Correct the unit data or the sequence data.
NO DEPTH OF CUT INFO.
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
A cutting depth cannot be determined for the tool since the DEPTH or CUT ANGLE data item on the TOOL DATA display is
left blank.
Set data in DEPTH or CUT ANGLE, or use some other tool.
CHIP BREAKING CYCLE N/A
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Executing the chip-cutting cycle program has been attempted in spite of the chip-cutting cycle option being absent.
(3 or 4 has been assigned to PAT. in the roughing tool sequence.)
The chip-cutting cycle option must be present before the chip-cutting cycle program can be executed.
(Assign either 0, 1, or 2 to PAT. in the roughing tool sequence.)
CANNOT MAKE T-PATH (CHK DEPTH)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
1) A normal path cannot be created since the cutting area is wider than twice the depth of cut per pass.
Cause
2) When the cutting area is equal to the clearance, a normal path cannot be created since the cutting area is wider than the
depth of cut per pass.
3) A normal path cannot be created since the cutting area overlaps the deceleration distance and is wider than the depth of
cut per pass.
1) Increase the cutting depth to be set in the tool sequence, or narrow down the cutting area.
Action
2) Increase the cutting depth to be set in the tool sequence, or reduce the clearance.
3) Two overlapping areas must not be present. Narrow down PRE-DIA (deceleration distance) to be set in the tool
sequence, or narrow down the cutting area, or increase the cutting depth to be set in the tool sequence.
3-76
ALARM
No.
Message
(
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Cause
Action
763
Cause
Action
START PROCESS ILLEGAL
It was attempted to execute restart operation from, or single-process operation of, an unsuitable unit.
Specify an appropriate unit for the desired mode of operation.
764
Cause
Action
765
Cause
Action
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Z-OFFSET NOT FOUND
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
The indispensable Z-offset is not yet set for a program of workpiece scheme (MILL & TURN) with Z-offset setting.
Set the Z-offset item externally in the setup data page.
Cause
Action
769
ILLEGAL TOOL DIRECTION/SPDL ROT
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Cause
The specification of the direction of turning spindle rotation differs between those tools on the upper and lower turrets which
are to be used for simultaneous machining.
Action
Select another tool, or change the specification in question, on either side for the same direction of turning spindle rotation
as for the other tool.
(
Cause
Action
775
Cause
Action
776
Cause
Action
TOOL CANNOT PERFORM FACING
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
For tool selection on a turret-type tool-post: The section to be machined by the selected tool differs from the corresponding
setting in the unit data line.
Change the setting in the unit data line with respect to the tool, or select another tool as required.
NO Y-AXIS
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
A Y-axis machining unit is created for a turret not correspondingly executed.
Delete the inappropriate machining unit from the program, or describe the particular machining process without using the
Y-axis control.
3-77
ALARM
No.
Message
(
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Cause
Action
780
Cause
Action
APPROACH PATH INTERFERENCE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The programmed shape of the approach path and/or retraction path interferes with the workpiece (programmed machining
shape + machining allowance).
Reduce the amount of approach and/or the amount of overlap or the tool diameter.
Or specify another position as the approach point.
(
Cause
Action
791
Cause
Action
792
Cause
Action
793
MUST INPUT CUTTING SPEED
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The surface speed data set in the tool sequence contains an invalid value.
Set correct surface speed data in the tool sequence.
MUST INPUT FEEDRATE
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The feed data set in the tool sequence contains an invalid value.
Set a correct feed data in the tool sequence.
ILLEGAL MILL SPINDLE RPM
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
If DRILL is selected as the turning drilling unit tool:

1) The milling spindle speed is less than the turning spindle speed when the rotation direction set in the tool sequence is
the same as that of the milling spindle.
Cause
2) The milling spindle speed has exceeded the maximum rotation speed (SA1 to SA8) when the rotation direction set in the
tool sequence is the same as that of the milling spindle.
3) The milling spindle speed is set to a negative value when the rotation direction set in the tool sequence is opposite to
that of the milling spindle.
1) Reduce the spindle speed for the turning spindle.
Action
2) Set the milling spindle speed to a value lower than its maximum spindle speed.
3) Increase the spindle speed for the turning spindle.
(
Cause
Action
797
Cause
Action
BARRIER CANCEL ON
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The cycle start button has been pressed when the barrier was canceled.
Disable the Cancel Barrier setting.
3-78
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
ALARM
No.
798
Cause
Action
799
Cause
Action
Message
JAW NO NOT FOUND
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
The cycle start button has been pressed when a jaw No. was not assigned.
Set the jaw No.
APPROACH DIRECTION ERROR
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
Direction of approach is set to the unsupported direction in the measurement unit.
Change the Direction of approach.
3-79
ALARM
No.
1700
Cause
Action
1701
Cause
Action
Message
LAYOUT UNABLE
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
A program is edited after changing the layout.
Reset the layout on the process layout screen.
CALL FROM MAZATROL
(WNo., UNo., SNo.)
A MAZATROL program is called as a subprogram.
Only EIA/ISO program can be used as a subprogram.
3-80
ALARM
3-2-9
No.800 - No.899, No.1800 - No.1899 (EIA/ISO program error)
No.
Message
800
Cause
Action
801
Cause
Action
802
Cause
Action
803
Cause
Action
804
Cause
Action
805
Cause
Action
806
Cause
Action
807
Cause
Action
SIMULTANEOUS AXIS EXCEEDED
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
The number of axis motion commands given in one block is in excess of the number of simultaneously controllable axes.
Modify the program with respect to the specification concerned.
ILLEGAL AXIS NAME
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The axis address names assigned in the program are different from those which have been parametrized.
Correct the axis address names in the program.
DIVIDED COMMAND ERROR
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
A distance of axis movement that cannot be divided by the preset command unit has been assigned.
Review the program.
PARITY H ERROR
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
On paper tape, the number of holes per character is even for EIA code or odd for ISO code.
Check the paper tape and the tape reader.
PARITY V ERROR
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
On paper tape, the number of holes per block is odd.
Make even the hole quantity per block on the paper tape; or turn off the bit 1 of the parameter TAP25 used for parity-V
selection.
ILLEGAL ADDRESS
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An address that is not covered in the specifications has been used.
Check and correct the corresponding address in the program, and also check the specifications.
ILLEGAL FORMAT
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
The format in which the data has been designated in the program is incorrect.
Review the program.
3-81
I (L)
ALARM
No.
808
Cause
Action
809
Cause
Action
810
Cause
Action
811
Cause
Action
812
Cause
Action
813
Cause
Action
814
Cause
Action
815
Cause
Action
816
Cause
Action
Message
MIS-SET G CODE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
A G-code that is not covered in the specifications has been designated.
Check and correct the corresponding G-code address in the program.
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
The assigned data for the address is out of the allowable setting range.
Review the program.
PROGRAM END NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
EOR has been detected during tape or memory operation.
For the main program, set M02 or M30 at the end of the program. For subprograms, set M99 at the end of the program.
ILLEGAL O/N NUMBER
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Zeroes have been designated as program or sequence numbers.
Delete zero from N (sequence) or O (program) numbers of the program; or change O-No. (program numbers) to between 1
and 99999999, N-No. (sequence numbers) to between 1 and 99999.
ERROR IN BUFFER BLOCK
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An error has been found to exist in the pre-read block during execution of tool diameter offset.
Review the program.
INCH/METRIC OPTION NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
The inch/metric selection command has been issued using the G-code although a G-code inch/metric selection function is
not provided.
INTERPOLATION OVERFLOW
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The specified moving distance is too long.
Specify a shorter distance.
G60 OPTION NOT FOUND
Program command G60 has been designated although a unidirectional positioning function is not provided.
Check the software specifications and change the program command G60 to G00.
FEEDRATE ZERO
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The feedrate command has not been input.
Specify feedrate F for the movement command. (Since modal move command G01 is automatically set at power-on, axis
movement in the modal mode is started by input of a move command, even if G01 is not designated in the program).
3-82
ALARM
No.
817
Cause
Action
818
Cause
Action
819
Cause
Action
820
Cause
Action
821
Cause
Action
822
Cause
Action
823
Cause
Action
Message
INCORRECT ARC DATA
MISSING CENTER (NO DATA)
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
For arc interpolation by R designation, the coordinates of the center of the arc cannot be calculated.
Axis moving by manual interruption is specified in immediate front of the arc command. The arc cannot be defined since
the relationship between the starting point, ending point, and radius of the arc becomes incorrect.
Correct the value of each address in the program.
Restart the program after pressing the RESET key.
HELICAL OPTION NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The helical interpolation command has been issued although such an interpolation function is not provided.
Check the specifications, and if such an interpolation function is not available, correct the data of the block in which the arc
interpolation command has been issued with designation of three axes.
G02.1, G03.1 OPTION NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The spiral interpolation command (G02.1 or G03.1) has been issued although such an interpolation function is not provided.
Delete the G02.1 or G03.1 command.
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The virtual-axis command (G07) has been issued although there are not virtual-axis specifications.
Check the specifications, and then change the G07 command.
ILLEGAL MODAL
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
A G-code command has been specified in illegal modal data.
Review the program.
G17 - G19 COMMAND IN M98
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
A plane selection command (G17, G18 or G19) has been issued during figure rotation.
Delete the plane selection command (G17, G18 or G19) from the figure rotation subprogram.
Action
Action
Stopped
status
Check the values of the starting/ending points and the address values of center of the arc in the program, and check the
address values for the correct direction (minus or plus).
Cause
Cause
Type of
error
The relationship between the starting and ending points of the arc and the center of the arc is not appropriate.
824
825
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
G17 - G19 COMMAND IN G38 - G42
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
A plane selection command (G17, G18 or G19) has been specified during tool diameter offset (G41 or G42).
Specify the plane selection command after the tool diameter offset command has been canceled by G40.
3-83
ALARM
No.
826
Cause
Action
827
Cause
Action
828
Cause
Action
829
Cause
Action
830
Cause
Action
Message
F0 COMMAND IN G02, G03
NO AUTO CORNER OVERRIDE OPTION
Action
834
Cause
Action
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The automatic corner override command (G62) has been specified although such an override function is not available.
Check the specifications, and delete the G62 command from the program.
ILLEGAL 2ND M CODE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The secondary auxiliary function address that has been specified in the program is different from the corresponding address
that has been parameterized.
Check and correct the secondary auxiliary function address that has been specified in the program.
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The constant surface speed command (G96) has been specified although such specifications are not provided.
Check the specifications and change the constant surface speed command (G96) to the speed command.
Cause
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Since rapid feed cannot be ordered for arc interpolation, specify an F 1-digit command other than F0. Specify G0 or G1 if the
type of interpolation is not arc interpolation.
Action
833
Display
The F 1-digit rapid-feed command (F0) has been specified during arc interpolation (G02 or G03).
Action
Clearing
procedure
After checking the specifications, change the synchronous feed command (G99) to the feed-in-minutes command (G98).
(Also change the F command value.)
Cause
Cause
Stopped
status
The synchronous feed command (G95) has been specified although such feed specifications are not provided.
831
832
Type of
error
G45 - G49 COMMAND IN G98
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Tool-position compensation has been specified during figure rotation or coordinates rotation.
Review the program.
1/4, 3/4 CIRCLES IN G45 - G48
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
An arc command that is not available for tool-position compensation has been specified.
Review the program.
G40, G41, G42 OPTION NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
A tool diameter offset command (G41 or G42) has been specified although such specifications are not provided.
3-84
ALARM
No.
835
Cause
Action
836
Cause
Action
837
Cause
Action
838
Cause
Action
839
Cause
Action
840
Cause
Action
841
Cause
Action
842
Cause
Action
843
Cause
Action
Message
G41, G42, FORMAT ERROR
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
A compensation command (G40, G41, G42) has been specified during the arc mode (G02 or G03 command).
Set either the linear command (G01) or the rapid-feed command (G00) into the compensation command block or the
cancellation block. (That is, set the modal status to linear interpolation).
NO INTERSECTION
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
In tool diameter offset (G41 or G42), the coordinates of the intersection point existing when a block was skipped in
processing of interference blocks cannot be calculated.
Review the program.
TOOL OFFSET INTERFERENCE ERROR
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An interference error has occurred during execution of tool diameter offset (G41 or G42).
Review the program.
3-D OFFSET OPTION NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
The three-dimensional compensation command has been designated although such compensation specifications are not
provided.
ILLEGAL OFFSET No.
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
A value greater than that specified in the tool correction number has been specified.
Check the maximum available number of sets of compensation numbers, and designate a compensation number smaller
than that.
CANNED CYCLE OPTION NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
A fixed-cycle G-code has been designated although fixed-cycle specifications are not provided.
Check the specifications and correct the program.
DESIGNATED TOOL NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
The tools that are not yet registered on the TOOL DATA display are specified using T-code command in an EIA/ISO
program.
Check the program and register the necessary tools on the TOOL DATA display.
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The total number of sequential calls of subprogram has exceeded eight.
Check the number of subprogram calls, and correct the program so that the number of calls does not exceed eight.
DESIGNATED BNo. NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The sequence number for subprogram call, for return from a subprogram or for the GOTO designation is not yet set.
Set the sequence number in the appropriate block.
3-85
ALARM
No.
844
Cause
Action
845
Cause
Action
846
Cause
Action
847
Cause
Action
848
Cause
Action
849
Cause
Action
850
Cause
Action
851
Cause
Action
852
Cause
Action
Message
PROGRAM No. NOT FOUND
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
An attempt was made to call a subprogram which was not yet registered.
Register the subprogram.
ILLEGAL VARIABLE COMMAND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
A variables number has been designated although variables number (#!!) specifications are not provided.
DESIGNATED NUMBER NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The designated variables number is larger than the maximum variables number permitted by the specifications.
Check the specifications and the variables numbers in the program.
NO = CODE IN PROGRAM
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Blue
Blue
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
= was not designated in the definition of a variable.
Set = in the variables definition.
M98 OPTION NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
A figure rotation command has been designated although figure rotation specifications are not provided.
FIGURE ROTATE NESTING EXCEEDED
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
One figure rotation command has been designated during execution of another such command.
Check the program.
G68 AND M98 COMMANDS SAME BLOCK
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
A figure rotation command and a coordinates rotation command are designated at the same time.
Check the program.
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
The coordinates rotation command (G68) has been designated although coordinates rotation specifications are not
provided.
USER MACRO OPTION NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
Macro specifications have been designated although such specifications are not provided.
3-86
O (S)
Red (Blue)
ALARM
No.
853
Cause
Action
854
Cause
Action
855
Cause
Action
856
Cause
Action
857
Cause
Action
858
Cause
Action
859
Cause
Action
860
Cause
Action
861
Cause
Action
Message
EXTERNAL MACRO OPTION NOT FOUND
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
A user macro interruption command has been designated although such interruption specifications are not provided.
INCORRECT USERMACRO PROGRAMMING (WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An NC statement and a macro statement are present in one block.
Review the program and give the NC statement and the macro statement in separate blocks.
USER MACRO NESTING EXCEEDED
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
The maximum permissible degree of multiplicity of user macro calls has been exceeded.
Review the program and correct it so that the number of user macro calls does not exceed the maximum number of calls
permitted by the specifications.
USER MACRO ARGUMENT EXCEEDED
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The number of sets of user macro call arguments of type II is too large.
Review the program.
INCORRECT USER MACRO G67 PROG.
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Command G67 has been designated when G66 command modal state was not yet set.
The G67 command is the call cancellation command; after reviewing the program, designate firstly the G66 command and
then the G67 command.
USER MACRO NESTING EXCEEDED
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The total number of [ and ] within one block has become more than five.
Review the program, and correct it so that the total number of [ and ] within one block does not exceed five.
NUMBER OF PARENTHESIS MIS-MATCH
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The total number of [ and ] within one block differ.
Review the program, and correct it so that the total number of [ and of ] become the same.
CALCULATION IMPOSSIBLE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The operation expression is not correct.
Review the program and correct the operation expression.
DIVISION BY ZERO
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
The denominator in the division expression is zero.
Review the program and correct it so that the denominator in the division expression does not become zero.
3-87
ALARM
No.
862
Message
INTEGER VALUE OVERFLOW
Action
863
Cause
Action
864
Cause
Action
865
Cause
Action
866
Cause
Action
867
Cause
Action
868
Cause
Action
869
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)

31
Cause
Type of
error
31
The integral value has overstepped 2 (2 1) in the operation process.
Review the operation expression written in the program, and correct it so that after operation, the value of the integer does
31
not overstep 2 .
REAL VALUE OVERFLOW
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The variables data is overflowing.
Review the variables data in the program.
IF STATEMENT ERROR
The statement of IF [<conditional expression>] GOTO is wrong.
Review the program.
WHILE STATEMENT ERROR
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
The statement of WHILE [<conditional expression>] DO ~ END is wrong.
Review the program.
SETVN STATEMENT ERROR
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
The SETVN statement containing the variables name is wrong.
Review the program and correct it so that the variables name in the SETVN statement consists of seven characters or less.
DO-END NESTING EXCEEDED
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Of WHILE [<conditional expression>] DO ~ END, DO ~ END has appeared more than 27 times (degree of multiplicity).
Review the program and correct it to reduce the degree of multiplicity of DO ~ END to no larger than 27 (27 times).
DO-END MIS-MATCH
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The DO's and END's are not formed in pairs.
Review the program and correct it to give DO's and END's in pairs.
NO USER MACRO IN TAPE MODE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Cause
During tape operation, macro command (WHILE, DO, END, IF, GOTO, POPEN, PCLOS, BPRNT or DPRNT) has been
found to exist in the tape contents.
Action
Execute the program in the memory operation mode since blocks containing a macro command (WHILE, DO, END, IF,
GOTO, POPEN, PCLOS, BPRNT or DPRNT) cannot be executed during tape operation.
870
Cause
Action
ILLEGAL VARIABLE NAME
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
The designated variables name is not correct.
Review the variables names in the program and correct the corresponding variables name.
3-88
O (S)
Red (Blue)
ALARM
No.
871
Cause
Action
Message
VARIABLE NAME EXISTS
Action
873
Cause
Action
Action
875
Cause
Action
876
Cause
Action
877
Cause
Action
878
Cause
Action
879
Cause
Action
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Correct the program so that variables names do not overlap.
Cause
Cause
Type of
error
There are overlapping variables names.
872
874
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
CORNER R/C OPTION NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Corner chamfering or corner rounding I/II has been designated although such specifications are not provided.
Check the specifications and delete corner rounding or corner chamfering from the program.
NOT FOUND GEOMETRIC OPTION
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The geometric command has been designated although geometric specifications are not provided.
NOT FOUND GEOMETRIC OPTION
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The geometric setting format is wrong.
Review the program.
The polar coordinates command (G16) has been designated although such command specifications are not provided.
ADDRESS CHANGE OPTION NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Absolute/incremental axis address conversion has been designated although such conversion specifications are not
provided.
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
Program data input has been designated although such input specifications are not provided.
3-89
O (S)
Red (Blue)
ALARM
No.
880
Cause
Action
881
Cause
Action
Message
AXIS NOT ZERO RETURNED
883
Cause
Action
Cause
Action
886
Cause
Action
887
Cause
Action
888
Cause
Action
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Action
885
Display
Second, third or fourth reference-point return has been designated although such reference-point returning specifications
are not provided.
Action
Clearing
procedure
Manually return the axis to its reference point.
Cause
Cause
Stopped
status
A move command other than that for reference-point return has been designated for the axis that was not returned to its
reference point.
882
884
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Type of
error
REFERENCE POINT RETURN CHECK
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An axis had not returned to the zero-point when the zero-point check command (G27) was executed.
Review the program.
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
The before-movement stroke check function (G22) has been designated although such function specifications are not
provided.
BEYOND AREA OF G22
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
This alarm message is displayed before execution of a movement block to indicate that the ending point of the axis
movement designated in the block is likely to enter the forbidden area which has been designated using the
before-movement stroke check function (G22).
Review the axis-address coordinate values in the program.
TAPE I/O ERROR
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
B (G)
Red (Blue)
Errors have occurred in the tape reader or printer errors have occurred during macroprogram data printing.
Check for parameter errors.
FILE I/O ERROR
The machining program file cannot be read.
3-90
Red (Blue)
ALARM
No.
889
Cause
Action
890
Cause
Action
891
Cause
Action
892
Cause
Action
893
Cause
Action
894
Cause
Action
Message
G31.1 - G31.3 OPTION NOT FOUND
Action
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
A multi-step skip command (G31.1, G31.2 or G31.3) has been designated although such skip specifications are not
provided.
AUTO PROGRAMMING FAILURE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
A trouble has occurred with the software of auto program during the operation.
PROGRAM DATA MISSING
Argument P was not designated in the macro call command (G65, G66, G66.1).
Review the program and set the number of the macro program to be called to argument P.
I (L)
1) An attempt has been made to call a MAZATROL program from an EIA/ISO program which was designated as a
subprogram of MAZATROL program.
2) A MAZATROL program has been specified using G65 command (subprogram call) in the manual program mode unit of
the MAZATROL program.
In cases 1 and 2 above, a MAZATROL program cannot be called as a subprogram. Review the program.
ILLEGAL CHAMFERING
Cause
Display
Action
897
Clearing
procedure
The skip command (G31) has been designated although skip specifications are not provided.
Action
Stopped
status
Cause
Cause
Type of
error
The automatic tool-length measurement command (G37) has been designated although such measurement specifications
are not provided.
895
896
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Red
Red
1) In the thread cutting cycle command, designation for chamfering is incorrect.

2) The current plane differs from the plane of chamfering.
1) Set chamfering data that ensures termination of the operation of the tool within the cycle.
2) Select the same plane as that of chamfering.
LAP CYCLE BLOCK NUMBER EXCEED
The number of blocks in the shape data of the turning fixed-cycle (G70 through G73) exceeds 100 blocks.
Reduce below 100 the number of blocks in the shape data of the turning fixed-cycle (G70 through G73).
3-91
ALARM
No.
898
Cause
Action
899
Cause
Action
Message
LAP CYCLE ILLEGAL SHAPE DESIGN.
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
Red
The shape defined in the turning fixed-cycle (G70 through G73) is not the shape for correct cutting.
Recheck the shape data specified by the turning fixed-cycle (G70 through G73).
ILLEGAL TAPER LENGTH
In the fixed-cycle (G90 through G94), designation for the taper length or the taper height is incorrect.
Set the taper length or the taper height for the fixed-cycle (G90 through G94) smaller than the travel of the axis.
3-92
ALARM
No.
1800
Message
CANNOT CHANGE TIME CONSTANT
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Red
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
The G-command has been set in the block containing a time constant changeover/cancellation command.
Cause
The time constant changeover/cancellation command has been set in the fixed cycle.
The time constant changeover/cancellation command has been set during MAZATROL programmed simultaneous
machining or MAZATROL programmed 2 workpiece machining.
Action
1801
Cause
Action
1802
Cause
ILLEGAL COMMD TIME CONST. CHANGE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Red
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The G10 command has been set during time constant changeover (non-M880 mode).
LLEGAL STARTUP CONDITION G12.1
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
1) The G12.1 command is set when the current position of the No. 1 axis (linear axis) on the plane is present on the
negative side.
2) The No. 2 axis (rotational axis) on the plane is not a rotating type of rotational axis.
1) Move the current position of the No. 1 axis (linear axis) on the plane into the positive side before setting the G12.1
command.
Action
2) Specify a rotating type of rotational axis as the No. 2 axis on the plane.
Example:
G17X_C_; G12.1;
1803
Cause
Action
1804
NO Z-OFFSET
Cause
Action
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Red
With F165 bit 6 = 1 (Z-offset data presence check for EIA automatic operation), Z-offset value was missing in setup data
when the G53.5 command (initial G53.5 included) was entered for EIA automatic operation.
Set the Z-offset value in the setup data or change the setting of F165 bit 6 from 1 to 0.
3-93
ALARM
3-2-10 No.900 - No.999, No.1900 - No.1999 (EIA/ISO program error)

No.
Message
900
Cause
Action
901
Cause
Action
902
Cause
Action
903
Cause
Action
904
INCORRECT FIXED CYCLE COMMAND
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
The fixed-cycle command has been set in the program during the tool diameter offset (G41 or G42) modal status.
Set the tool diameter offset cancellation command (G40) before the fixed-cycle command.
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The G10 command has been designated although this command is not available with the system.
ILLEGAL G10 L NUMBER
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
An unallowable L number has been designated during input of G10 program command.
Correct the L number in the program.
ILLEGAL G10 OFFSET No.
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Cause
Compensation numbers other than the number of sets permitted by the specifications have been designated during input of
G10.
Action
After checking the number of compensation sets permitted by the specifications, change the setting of address P to a value
smaller than the permissible number of sets.
905
Cause
Action
906
Cause
Action
907
Cause
Action
908
Cause
Action
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The G11 command has been designated although this command is not available with the system.
NO S DIRECTIVE IN FIXED CYCLE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
The spindle speed for the fixed cycle has not yet been set in the program.
Program the spindle speed command in the block which precedes the block with the fixed cycle command.
DIFFERENT SPINDLE TYPE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An attempt has been made to machine the workpiece using the synchronous tapping method in spite of the spindle
controller being an SE type.
Use the appropriate tapping method for the particular type of the spindle controller.
NO PITCH IN FIXED CYCLE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The pitch or the number of threads has not been designated for the tapping cycle (G74 or G84) of the drilling fixed cycles.
Designate the pitch using address F or E.
3-94
ALARM
No.
909
Cause
Action
Message
ILLEGAL PITCH IN FIXED CYCLE
Action
Action
912
Cause
Action
913
Cause
Action
914
Cause
Action
915
Cause
Action
916
Cause
Action
917
Cause
Action
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
Blue
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Check and correct the pitch or the number of threads.
Cause
Cause
Type of
error
The pitch or the number of threads designated for the tapping cycle (G74 or G84) of the drilling fixed cycles is wrong.
910
911
CORNER R/C OPTION NOT FOUND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Blue
Blue
Corner chamfering/corner rounding has been designated although such specifications are not provided.
Check the specifications and delete corner rounding or corner chamfering from the program.
NO MOTION COMMAND AFTER R/C
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
The block that is to succeed the corner rounding or corner chamfering command does not consist of a move command.
Give the G01 command in the corresponding block.
INCORRECT R/C COMMAND
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Blue
The length of the corner rounding or corner chamfering that has been designated in the corner rounding or chamfering
command is larger than the distance of movement.
Reduce the length of the corner rounding or chamfering to a value smaller than the distance of movement.
INCORRECT COMMAND AFTER R/C
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Blue
The movement distance designated in the next block is shorter than the length of the corner rounding or corner chamfering.
Reduce the length of the corner rounding or chamfering to a value smaller than the moving distance of the next block.
ANGLE < 1 DEGREE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Blue
In the geometric command, the difference in angle between the two straight lines which intersect with each other is less than
1 degree.
Increase the angle difference in the geometric command.
GEOMETRIC COMMAND NOT ABSOLUTE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Blue
Blue
The second block of the geometric command is an incremental command.
The second block must always consists of absolute data. Program it in units of absolute coordinates.
NO LINEAR COMMAND IN 2ND BLOCK
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
The second block of the geometric command is not given the linear command (G1).
Correct the program so that the linear command (G1) and the feedrate command (F) are given to the second block.
3-95
ALARM
No.
918
Cause
Action
919
Cause
Action
920
Cause
Action
921
Cause
Action
922
Cause
Action
923
Cause
Action
924
Cause
Action
925
Cause
Action
926
Cause
Action
Message
INCORRECT ANGLE DATA
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
In address designation of the geometric command, the angle in the first block, ending point coordinates and angle in the
second block are incorrectly given.
Check and reprogram the corresponding data.
INCORRECT PLANE SELECTION CMD.
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
A plane selection command (G17, G18 or G19) was given in the geometric command block.
Program the plane selection command (G17, G18 or G19) in the block that precedes the geometric command block.
G27, M COMMANDS SAME BLOCK
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An M independent command (M0, M1, M2 or M30) has been programmed in the same block as the G27 command.
Correct the program so that the G27 command and the M independent command are contained in separate blocks.
G29, M COMMANDS SAME BLOCK
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An M independent command (M0, M1, M2 or M30) and the G29 command (start-position return) have been programmed in
the same block.
Correct the program so that the G29 command and the M independent command are contained in separate blocks.
SKIP SPEED ZERO
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The feedrate F has not been programmed in the G31 (skip) command block.
Set the skip feedrate F into the G31 program block.
ILLEGAL COMMAND G37 AXIS
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
No axis settings are included in the automatic tool-length measurement block; or more than one axis setting have been
made.
Designate only one axis.
G37, H COMMANDS SAME BLOCK
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Red
The H-code is in the same block as the automatic tool-length measurement command.
Set the H-code into a block preceding the automatic tool-length measurement block.
H CODE REQUIRED
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
The H-code is not yet set for automatic tool-length measurement.
Set an H-code into a block preceding the automatic tool-length measurement block.
ILLEGAL G37 SIGNAL
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
The signal of measuring-position arrival has been turned on before the tool reaches the area designated through either a
D-code or the parameter for deceleration area d; or the signal has not been turned on at all.
Check the program and parameters.
3-96
ALARM
No.
927
Cause
Action
Message
SKIP COMMAND IN CORRECTING DIA
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The skip command (G31) was given during tool diameter offset (G41 or G42).
Correct the program so that the skip command is executed only after the cutter-diameter compensation cancellation
command (G40) has been executed.
(
0,
0)
Cause
Action
936
OPTION NOT FOUND
(WNo.,
I (L)
Red
Either of the following seven options is missing (identify the corresponding option from the work number displayed in
parentheses):
1) NURBS interpolation option
2) Shaping option
Cause
3) Planet tapping option

4) Shape correction control option
5) Auto pecking cycle of the cutting load detection type
6) Ethernet operation
7) Cylinder interpolation option
Action
937
Cause
Action
ILLEGAL TOOL DESIGNATED
Cause
Action
Cause
Action
940
Cause
Action
941
Cause
Action
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
K (L)
P (S)
Red (Blue)
Check the TOOL DATA display to see if the designated tool is an unusable one.
938
939
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
The designated tool cannot be used.
NO THREAD CUTTING OPTION
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
A (A)
An attempt has been made to execute operation or tool path check of the program that contains G32 command (threading),
although G32 option is not provided.
Without G32 option, G32 threading command cannot be used.
NO INVERSE TIME OPTION
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Inverse time feed program was attempted although inverse time feed option is not provided.
Inverse time feed program cannot be executed because inverse time feed option is not provided.
G93 MODE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
G-code of inhibition during G93 mode has been designated.
Review the program and delete G-code of inhibition.
3-97
I (L)
ALARM
No.
942
Message
NO 3-D CONVERSION OPTION
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Cause
An attempt has been made to execute the three-dimensional coordinate conversion program in the absence of a
three-dimensional coordinate conversion option.
Action
Three-dimensional coordinate conversion is not possible because of the absence of a three-dimensional coordinate
conversion option.
943
Cause
Action
944
Cause
Action
CONVERTING IN 3-D COORDINATES
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An illegal G-code in the G68 mode has been designated.
Review the program, and delete the illegal G-code.
WRONG CMD. IN 3-D COORDINATES
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
A G68 command has been designated during the modal information that does not permit G68 to be set.
Review the program, and modify the modal information existing when the G68 command was designated.
945
Cause
Action
946
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
NO MAZ. SUB PROGRAM OPTION
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Cause
An attempt has been made to call up a MAZATROL program from the EIA/ISO program in spite of the absence of a
MAZATROL call option.
Action
Since a MAZATROL call option is not present, MAZATROL programs cannot be called up from EIA/ISO programs using the
subprogram call function.
947
Cause
Action
948
Cause
Action
949
Cause
Action
950
Cause
Action
NO BLOCK SKIP OPTION
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An attempt has been made to carry out block skip operations in spite of the absence of a block skip option.
Block skipping is not possible because of the absence of a block skip option.
NO G54.1 OPTION
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An attempt has been made to use a G54.1 code in spite of the absence of a G54.1 (additional workpiece coordinate system)
option.
A G54.1 code cannot be used because of the absence of a G54.1 (additional workpiece coordinate system) option.
NO G52 IN G54.1 MODE
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An attempt has been made to use an additional workpiece coordinate system and a local workpiece coordinate system at
the same time.
An additional workpiece coordinate system and a local workpiece coordinate system cannot be used at the same time.
NO SPLINE CUTTING OPTION
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
An attempt has been made to specify a spline interpolation command in spite of the absence of a spline interpolation option.
A spline interpolation command cannot be used because of the absence of a spline interpolation option.
3-98
ALARM
No.
951
Cause
Action
952
Cause
Action
953
Cause
Message
NO CORNER C/R COMMAND IN G0/G33
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
A corner chamfering/rounding command has been designated in the G0 or G33 mode.
A corner chamfering/rounding command cannot be designated in the G0 or G33 mode.
NO SYNCHRONIZED TAP OPTION
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
An attempt has been made to perform synchronized tapping in spite of the absence of a synchronized tapping option.
Synchronized tapping cannot be performed because of the absence of a synchronized tapping option.
TOOL DATA INPUT PROCESS ERROR
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
During EIA/ISO program or MDI execution, data is not entered in the tool data item LENGTH (TOOL SET X, TOOL SET Z)
or ACT- (NOM-).
(Only when the MAZATROL tool length and tool diameter are valid and parameter F84 bit 7 = 1)
Review the tool data and enter necessary data if missing. (Related parameters: F84 bit 7, F92 bit 7, F93 bit 3)
Action
Enter a value in ACT- (NOM-) if the MAZATROL tool diameter is valid (F92 bit 7 = 1).
Enter a value in LENGTH (TOOL SET X, TOOL SET Z) if the MAZATROL tool length is valid (F93 bit 3 = 1).
If F84 bit 7 = 0, any missing data is ignored and the program and MDI are executed.
954
Cause
Action
955
SCREW PITCH ERR
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
Red
The thread lead (thread pitch) that has been designated in the threading command data is not correct.
Set the correct thread lead in the threading command data.
START AND END POINT NOT AGREE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
Cause
The ending point of the block immediately preceding the G06.2 command data, and the command data in the starting block
of G06.2 do not match.
Action
Modify the program so that the coordinate command data in the starting block of G06.2 matches the ending point of the
immediately preceding block.
956
RESTART OPERATION NOT ALLOWED
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
Red
1) Restarting from the block containing the G06.2/G43.4 mode data has been attempted.
Cause
2) During the control of cross machining, restarting the program containing another cross machining command has been
attempted in the corresponding command sequence or subsequent.
3) During the INTELLIGENT SAFETY SHIELD for automatic operation is valid, EIA modal restarting from the block
preceded by the M660 block has been attempted.
1) Restart from a block not containing G06.2/G43.4 mode data.
Action
2) Modify the program so that the control of cross machining is canceled before another cross machining command is
executed.
3) Cancel the INTELLIGENT SAFETY SHIELD for automatic operation and execute EIA modal restarting search.
957
Cause
Action
MANUAL INTERRUPT NOT ALLOWED
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
Manual handle or MDI interruption from the block containing the G06.2 mode data has been attempted.
Perform manual interruptions only at blocks not containing G06.2 mode data.
3-99
Red
ALARM
No.
958
Cause
Action
Message
AUTO PECKING IMPOSSIBLE
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
Red
1) The threshold value for load detection-based auto-pecking is not set to 0 or no such value is set.
2) The parameter is not set appropriately.
1) Set the appropriate threshold value either in the drill monitoring mode of the MACHINING-MONITORING display or on
the TOOL DATA display.
2) For parameter setting, contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center.
(
Cause
Action
963
Cause
Action
TURRET MIRROR IMAGE N/A
(WNo., NNo., BNo.)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
The optional mirror image function for the opposed turret is not provided.
Provide the NC unit with the mirror image option.
Cause
Action
979
Cause
Action
980
Cause
Action
981
Cause
Action
982
Cause
Action
983
Cause
Action
MACRO USER ALARM
#3000 = n (alarm message) in the user macroprogram was executed. n 21
Refer to the relevant user macroprogram instruction manual to check the alarm.
MACRO USER ALARM 1
#3000 = 1 (alarm message) in the user macroprogram was executed.
MACRO USER ALARM 2
MACRO USER ALARM 3
MACRO USER ALARM 4
3-100
ALARM
No.
984
Cause
Action
985
Cause
Action
986
Cause
Action
987
Cause
Action
988
Cause
Action
989
Cause
Action
990
Cause
Message
MACRO USER ALARM 5
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
MACRO USER ALARM 6
MACRO USER ALARM 7
MACRO USER ALARM 8
MACRO USER ALARM 9
MACRO USER ALARM 10
MACRO MEASUREMENT ALARM 1
1) During execution of the MMS unit, the touch sensor has not come into contact with the workpiece (the skip signal has
not turned on) when the maximum feed distance available at the skipping speed is exceeded.
2) #3000 = 11 (alarm message) in the user macroprogram was executed.
Action
991
Cause
1) Check the machining program.

2) Refer to the relevant user macroprogram instruction manual to check the alarm.
I (L)

Action
O (S)
Red (Blue)
1) During execution of the MMS unit, the touch sensor came into contact with the workpiece (the skip signal turned on)
when another feeding than that at the skipping speed was taking place.
1) Check the machining program. Also check the touch sensor for proper mounting on the spindle.
3-101
ALARM
No.
992
Cause
Message
Type of
error
Stopped
status
Clearing
procedure
Display
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
1) Correct signals were not output because of trouble with the touch sensors, receivers or other such MMS unit
components.
Action
993
Cause
Action
994
Cause
Action
995
Cause
Action
996
Cause
Action
997
Cause
Action
998
Cause
Action
999
Cause
Action
1) Contact Mazak Technical Center or Technology Center.

I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
I (L)
O (S)
Red (Blue)
3-102 E
M-CODE LIST
M-CODE LIST
!: Standard
M-CODE
#: EIA/ISO
Description
2-axis
Programmed stop
When this function is read, the execution of

the program stops and the PROGRAM
STOP lamp lights up. The spindle and
milling spindle also stops at this time.
Optional stop
When using this function, turn the

[OPTIONAL STOP] menu ON.
The movement is similar to that of M00. The
spindle and milling spindle stops at this
time.
When the [OPTIONAL STOP] menu is
OFF, M01 is ignored.
M02
Program end
When this function is read, the spindle stops

rotating and the blast of air and coolant also
stop. Then it resets the functions of the NC
unit and stops its movement. In cases other
than the tape operation mode, it functions in
a manner similar to M30. (REWIND)
M03
Spindle normal rotation
The turning spindle undergoes normal

rotation by means of this function.
M04
Spindle reverse rotation
The turning spindle undergoes reverse

rotation by means of this function.
M05
Spindle stop
Stops the spindle rotated by M03, M04.
Coolant ON
The coolant device goes into operation and

the cutting fluid flows out of the nozzle.
Coolant OFF
Turn OFF all air blasts and coolants.

Although 4 M-codes can be specified in a
block at the same time, other coolants
cannot be specified before M09 in the block
at the same time.
M16
Spindle orientation 0
The spindle undergoes orient stop at the

standard angle of 0.
"
"
M17
The spindle undergoes orient stop at an

angle of 120.
"
"
M18
The spindle undergoes orient stop at an

angle of 240.
"
"
M19
Spindle orientation as specified
It undergoes orient stop at a specified angle

by means of the command (M19S***) given
simultaneously with the S-code. The unit is
0.1. When there is a single command with
no S-code, it undergoes orient stop at a 0
angle.
"
"
M20
Robot service request 1
Service is requested to Robots.
"
"
M21
"
"
M22
"
"
M23
"
"
M24
"
"
M00
M01
Function
": Option
M06
M07
M08
M09
M10
M15
4-1
Remarks
M-CODE LIST
!: Standard
M-CODE
Function
": Option
#: EIA/ISO
Description
2-axis
M25
"
"
M26
"
"
M27
"
"
M28
"
"
M29
"
"
M30
Program end (reset & rewind)
This function stops the machine in the same

manner as M02 and returns to the program
head after resetting the functions of the NC
unit. (The PROGRAM HEAD lamp on the
NC screen lights up)
M31
Tail spindle advance
Presses the workpiece by moving at a slow

speed up to tailstock position 1 on the setup
input display.
M32
Tail spindle retract
Moves to the tailstock zero-point position.
M33
Low chuck pressure
The grip force of the spindle chuck shifts to

the low force side.
"
"
M34
High chuck pressure
The grip force of the spindle chuck shifts to

the high force side.
"
"
Turret air blast ON (OFF is M9)
Turret air blast occurs.
"
"
M48
Parts catcher advance
The arm of the part catcher moves forward.

Finish is returned after confirming forward
edge.
"
"
M49
Parts catcher retract
The arm of the part catcher moves

backward. Finish is returned after
confirming backward edge.
"
"
M51
Error detection OFF
The exact stop mode is cancelled.

Refer to the NC Operating Manual for
details of Exact Stop.
M52
Error detection ON
Goes to the exact stop mode.

Refer to the NC Operating Manual for
details of Exact Stop.
M53
Chamfering OFF
Screw cutting (chamfering) is disabled.
M54
Chamfering ON
Screw cutting (chamfering) is enabled.
M56
Front door opened
The front door is opened.
"
"
M57
Front door closed
The front door is closed.
Chuck air blast ON
Spindle chuck air blast occurs. At this time,

the spindle rotates at approximately
-1
45 min . Air blast stops after the time set by
the timer has elapsed.
"
"
Cycle bar feeder call 1
Service is requested to the bar feeder.
"
"
M35
M44
M45
M46
M47
M50
M55
M58
M59
M67
M68
4-2
Remarks
M-CODE LIST
!: Standard
M-CODE
Function
": Option
#: EIA/ISO
Description
2-axis
Cycle bar feeder call 2
"
"
M72
Chuck inner bundle type selection
The inner bundle of the spindle chuck is

selected.
M73
Chuck outer bundle type selection
The outer bundle of the spindle chuck is

selected.
M74
Connection between the work rest The turret and the work rest base are
and the turret
connected.
"
"
M75
Connection between the work rest The connection between the turret and the
and the turret is cancelled.
work rest base is cancelled.
"
"
M69
M70
M71
M76
M80
M81
Workpiece measurement start
Goes to a status wherein workpiece

measurement can be started (Workpiece
measurement mode).
"
"
M82
Workpiece measuremen end
Workpiece measurement mode ends.
"
"
M83
Tool measurement start
The tool eye arm appears at the time of tool

measurement.
"
"
M84
Tool measurement end
The tool eye arm returns at the time of tool

measurement.
"
"
M86
Work rest arm unclamp
The work rest arm is opened.
"
"
M87
Work rest arm clamp
The work rest arm is closed.
"
"
M90
Parts catcher advance (without

advance end check)
The arm of the part catcher moves forward.

Finish is returned at the same time as the
command.
"
"
M91
Parts catcher retract (without

retract end check)
The arm of the part catcher moves

backward. Finish is returned at the same
time as the command.
"
"
M96
User macro interrupt valid
User macro interrupt becomes valid.

Refer to the EIA/ISO program for details of
User macro interrupt.
M97
User macro interrupt invalid
User macro interrupt becomes invalid.

Refer to the EIA/ISO program for details of
User macro interrupt.
M98
EIA EIA subprogram call
Used to call a subprogram.
M99
EIA EIA subprogram complete
Indicates the end of the subprogram.

Also if M99 is executed, it returns to the
main program.
M85
M88
M89
M92
M93
M94
M95
M100
M122
4-3
Remarks
M-CODE LIST
!: Standard
M-CODE
": Option
Function
#: EIA/ISO
Description
2-axis
M123
Barrier cancel (chuck/tailstock)
The detection of chuck barrier or tailstock

barrier is disabled.
M124
M123 cancel
M123 command is disabled.
M130
Spindle cooling fan stop
The spindle cooling fan is stopped. (Only for

11 kW, 15 kW specification Spindle)
M131
M130 cancel
M160
Shower coolant ON
Shower coolant flows out.
"
"
M161
Shower coolant OFF
Shower coolant stops.
"
"
"
"
M125
M126
M127
M128
M129
M132
M159
M162
M168
M169
High pressure coolant ON (OFF is

High pressure coolant flows out.
M9)
M170
M199
M200
C-axis selection/milling mode

selection
Switches over to the milling machining

mode by connecting the spindle to the
C-axis.
M201
Same as above
Same as above
M202
C-axis connection cancel/turning

mode select
Switches over to the turning machining

mode by releasing the connection of the
C-axis from the spindle.
M203
Milling tool normal rotation
The milling spindle starts normal rotation.
M204
Milling tool reverse rotation
The milling spindle starts reverse rotation.
M205
Milling tool stop
The milling spindle stops.
M206
Spindle chuck opened
The spindle chuck is opened.
"
"
M207
Spindle chuck closed
The spindle chuck is closed.
"
"
M210
C-axis clamp
In the state where the spindle is connected

to the C-axis, it is clamped by the C-axis
clamp mechanism.
M211
C-axis brake

to the C-axis, it is braked by the C-axis
brake mechanism.
M212
C-axis unclamp

to the C-axis, the C-axis clamp/ C-axis
brake mechanisms are unclamped.
M208
M209
4-4
Remarks
M-CODE LIST
!: Standard
M-CODE
Function
": Option
#: EIA/ISO
Description
2-axis
C-axis brake only

to the C-axis, even if the M210 (C-axis
clamp command) is executed, the C-axis
brake command is substituted leading to the
brake state.
M214
C-axis unclamp only

clamp command)/M211 (C-axis brake
command) is executed, the C-axis unclamp
command is substituted leading to the
unclamp state.
M215
M213/M214/M216 cancel
M213/M214/M216 modes are cancelled.
C-axis unclamp ignore mode

(cancellation: M215)

unclamp command) is executed, it is
ignored and the current state is maintained.
M230
Grinder Mode ON
Grinder Mode is considered as valid.

Simultaneous rotation of the turning spindle
and the milling spindle is enabled by this
command.
"
M231
Tailstock retraction at the time of

spindle rotation - valid
The retracting operation of the tailstock

during the turning spindle rotation is
enabled.
M232
M231 cancel
The M231 command is cancelled.
M248
Number of spindle rotations

attained check
Checks if the specified number of rotations

has been achieved.
M249
Preparation for tool change

(Turret unclamping during axis
movement)
The turret unclamp operation is carried out

during spindle movement with the help of
this function.
M260
Polygon mode ON
Polygonal machining is enabled. This

command allows the simultaneous rotation
of the turning spindle and milling spindle.
"
M261
Polygon mode OFF
"
M213
M216
M217
M229
M233
M247
M250
M259
M262
M273
M274
M275
Work Rest Coolant ON

Work Rest Coolant OFF
Supply of work rest coolant starts.

Supply of work rest coolant stops.
Can be stopped by M09 as well.
M276
M330
4-5
"
"
"
"
Remarks
M-CODE LIST
!: Standard
M-CODE
Function
": Option
#: EIA/ISO
Description
2-axis
M331
Spindle wire: Select high-speed
Switch over to the high-speed spindle wire.
M332
M331 Cancellation
M331 command is considered as invalid.
M333
M350
M351
M248 (number of spindle rotations

M248 is disabled.
attained check) invalid
M352
M248 (number of spindle rotations

M248 is enabled.
attained check) valid
M353
M249 (tool replacement provision)

M249 is disabled.
invalid
M354
M249 (tool replacement provision)

M249 is enabled.
valid
M355
Tool change completion signal

rapid return invalid (Completion
after turret clamping)
The tool replacement command is

completed after the turret clamp sensor is
turned ON.
M356
Tool replacement completion

early return valid (Completed by
the clamp command)
The tool replacement command is

completed simultaneously with the turret
clamp command.
M370
Axis load detection, invalid
The load detection of the axis specified in

A*** (OTHER CODE) following M370 is
disabled.
"
"
M371
Axis load detection, valid
Load detection is started based on data

such as Table No. and the axis specified in
A*** (OTHER CODE) following M371.
"
"
M372
Axis load detection, temporarily

invalid
Load detection started by M371 is

temporarily disabled.
"
"
M373
Axis load detection, re-start
Load detection temporarily disabled by

M372 is restarted.
"
"
M374
NC feed holding on overload

detection
If overload is detected, NC Feed Hold stop

is carried out.
"
"
M375
If overload is detected, NC Feed Hold stop

NC feed holding & spindle stop on and spindle (milling spindle) stop is carried
overload detection
out.
This mode is activated after reset.
"
"
M376
The value specified in A*** (OTHER CODE)

Overload detection level % setting following M376 is considered as the
overload detection level.
"
"
M377
Overload detection time setting
The value specified in A*** (OTHER CODE)

following M377 is considered as the
overload detection level.
"
"
M378
Overload detection
peak %/detection frequency
setting
Set the value specified in A*** (OTHER

CODE) following M378 as the overload
peak value/data for comparison of detection
frequency.
"
"
M379
Overload detection table No.

registration
Register the data set in M376 M378 in the

Table No. specified in the second auxiliary
code (OTHER CODE).
"
"
M357
M369
4-6
Remarks
M-CODE LIST
!: Standard
M-CODE
Function
": Option
#: EIA/ISO
Description
2-axis
Remarks
M380
M397
M398
Mist collector ON
This functions starts up the mist collector.
"
"
M399
Mist collector OFF
This functions stops the mist collector.
"
"
M400
External M Code 1
M code is output to externally connected

units.
"
"
M401
External M Code 2

units.
"
"
M402
External M Code 3

units.
"
"
M403
External M Code 4

units.
"
"
M404
M499
M500
The chuck and spindle interlock is Allows the rotation of the spindle in the
released.
chuck open state.
M501
Chuck and spindle interlock valid
Prohibits the rotation of the spindle in the

chuck open state.
M550
High pressure coolant discharge

pressure select 1
The discharge pressure of the high

pressure coolant is specified as 1.
"
"
YMUK high pressure

coolant
YMC SUPER FLOW
M551

pressure select 2

"
"
YMUK high pressure

coolant
YMC SUPER FLOW
M552

pressure select 3

"
"
YMUK high pressure

coolant
YMC SUPER FLOW
M553

pressure select 4

"
"
YMUK high pressure

coolant
YMC SUPER FLOW
M554

pressure select 5

"
"
YMUK high pressure

coolant
YMC SUPER FLOW
M555

pressure select 6

"
"
YMUK high pressure

coolant
YMC SUPER FLOW
M556

pressure select 7

"
"
YMUK high pressure

coolant
YMC SUPER FLOW
M557

pressure select cancel
Selection of the discharge pressure of the

high pressure coolant is disabled.
"
"
YMC SUPER FLOW
YMC compatible bar feeder call 1
"
"
YMC compatible bar

feeder
M502
M549
M558
M563
M564
4-7
M-CODE LIST
!: Standard
M-CODE
Function
M565
YMC compatible bar feeder call 2
": Option
#: EIA/ISO
Description
2-axis
"
"
Turning spindle/Milling spindle

simultaneous rotation command
Simultaneous rotation of the turning spindle

and the milling spindle is enabled by this
command.
"
"
M610 Cancellation
Cancel the M610 command.
M731
Tail thrust 1 selection
The first of the thrusts listed in the machine

menu is selected.
M732
The second of the thrusts listed in the

machine menu is selected.
M733
The third of the thrusts listed in the machine

menu is selected.
M734
The fourth of the thrusts listed in the

machine menu is selected.
M735
The fifth of the thrusts listed in the machine

menu is selected.
Tail thrust S selection
By the command (M740S***) given

simultaneously with S code, thrust is directly
set with the help of the S command. The
unit is 0.1 kN.
Tailstock pressing Tailstock

position 1
Pressed after moving it up to the position of

Tailstock position 1 on the setup input
display. It is moved at a high speed till it
comes in front (set by parameters) of the
Tailstock position 1 and then at a slow
speed till the remaining workpiece is
pressed.
M742
Tailstock pressing Tailstock

position 2
Pressed after moving it up to the position of

Tailstock position 2 on the setup input
display. It is moved at a high speed till it
comes in front (set by parameters) of the
Tailstock position 2 and then at a slow
speed till the remaining workpiece is
pressed.
M743
The tailstock is moved backwards from the

pressing position only to a fixed distance
Tailstock retraction ESC position
(set by parameters). Automatic operation
can be started in this tailstock position.
M744
Interlock of tailstock position and

spindle
M566
M609
M610
M611
M612
M613
M730
M736
M737
M738
M739
M740
M741
By this command, rotation of the spindle

becomes possible in the user-defined
position of tailstock.
4-8
Remarks
YMC compatible bar
feeder
M-CODE LIST
!: Standard
M-CODE
M745
Function
": Option
#: EIA/ISO
Description
2-axis
M745 cancel
M745 command cancel
M998
Program chain
(W. No. Search Cycle start)
This is considered as the end of the

program and continuous operation is carried
out after carrying out No. search.
M999
Program chain
(Only W No. search)
This is considered as the end of the

program and No. search. is carried out and
completed.
M746
M997
4-9
Remarks
M-CODE LIST
- MEMO -
4-10 E

Mazak

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mazak

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mazak

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What safety precautions should be observed when operating the machine?

What safety precautions should be observed when operating the machine?

What does the manual cover in terms of M-code functions?

What does the manual cover in terms of M-code functions?

Return to Main Menu

QUICK TURN SMART

Failure to follow these instructions could result in loss of life.

Failure to observe these instructions could result in serious harm to a human

Failure to observe these instructions could result in minor injuries or serious

Remarks on the Cutting Conditions Recommended by the NC

! If axis-by-axis independent positioning is selected and simultaneously rapid feed

REQUEST TO THE USER

REQUEST TO THE USER

BEFORE USING THE NC UNIT

BEFORE USING THE NC UNIT

As humidity increases, insulation deteriorates causing electrical component parts to

BEFORE USING THE NC UNIT

INTRODUCTION .................................................................................. 1-1

PARAMETER ....................................................................................... 2-1

Types of parameters ................................................................................................. 2-1

Precautions ............................................................................................................... 2-2

Parameter List ....................................................................................................2-3

User parameter ......................................................................................................... 2-3

Machine parameter ................................................................................................. 2-29

Data I/O parameter.................................................................................................. 2-51

Detailed Description .........................................................................................2-54

Structure of the parameter list ................................................................................. 2-54

POINT (D) ................................................................................... 2-56

LINE/FACE/3D (E) ...................................................................... 2-76

EIA/ISO (F) ................................................................................. 2-86

SOFT LIMIT (I).......................................................................... 2-122

SYSTEM (SU)........................................................................... 2-127

TURNING (TC) ......................................................................... 2-141

CALL MACRO (J) ............................................................... 2-176

MEASURE (K) .................................................................... 2-179

TABLE (L) ........................................................................... 2-203

FEED VEL. (M) ................................................................... 2-218

TIME CONST. (N)............................................................... 2-227

ANOTHER (S) .................................................................... 2-234

SPINDLE (SA) .................................................................... 2-239

BARRIER (BA).................................................................... 2-256

Data I/O parameter

TAPE parameter (TAP) ....................................................... 2-275

Data I/O parameter

OTHER (IOP/DPR/IDD) ...................................................... 2-286

Data I/O parameter

ETHERNET parameter ....................................................... 2-292

ALARM ................................................................................................. 3-1

Alarm display............................................................................................................. 3-2

Precautions ............................................................................................................... 3-3

Detailed Description ...........................................................................................3-4

Structure of the alarm list .......................................................................................... 3-4

No.1 - No.99, No.1000 - No.1099 (System/Drive error) ............................................ 3-5

No.100 - No.199, No.1100 - No.1199 (CNC machine control error)........................ 3-12

No.500 - No.599, No.1500 - No.1599 (I/O error) ..................................................... 3-51

No.600 - No.699, No.1600 - No.1699 (MAZATROL program error)........................ 3-60

No.700 - No.799, No.1700 - No.1799 (MAZATROL program error)........................ 3-71

No.800 - No.899, No.1800 - No.1899 (EIA/ISO program error) .............................. 3-81